Choose the experimental features you want to try

This document is an excerpt from the EUR-Lex website

Document 52022SC0167

COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT Accompanying the proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on nature restoration

SWD/2022/167 final

Brussels, 22.6.2022

SWD(2022) 167 final

COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT

IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Accompanying the

proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council

on nature restoration

{COM(2022) 304 final} - {SEC(2022) 256 final} - {SWD(2022) 168 final}


Table of contents

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

GLOSSARY

1.Introduction: Political and legal context

1.1.Political context

1.2. Legal context

2.Problem definition

2.1. What are the problems?

2.3. Who is affected by the problem?

2.4. How will the problem evolve?

3.Why should the EU act?

3.1. Legal basis

3.2. Subsidiarity: necessity of EU action

3.3. Subsidiarity: added value of EU action

4.Objectives: What is to be achieved?

4.1. General objective

4.2. Specific objective

4.3. Intervention logic

5.What are the available policy options?

5.1.What is the baseline from which options are assessed?

5.2. Description of the policy options

5.3. Options discarded at an early stage

6.What are the impacts of the policy options?

6.1.Impacts of policy Option 1 (Baseline)

6.2.Impacts of policy Option 2 (Legally binding overarching target)

6.3.Impacts of policy Option 3 (Ecosystem-specific targets)

6.4.Impacts of policy Option 4 (Ecosystem-specific targets and an overarching objective)

7.How do the options compare?

8.Preferred option

9.How will impacts be monitored and evaluated?

Annex i: procedural information    

annex ii: stakeholder consultations

Annex iii: who is affected and how?

Annex iv: analytical methods

Annex v: specific targets considered for the main ecosystem types    

Annex vi: analysis by ecosystem                        

1.     Inland wetlands 

2.     Coastal and other saline wetlands  

3.     Forests 

4.     Agro-ecosystems  

5.     Steppe, heath, scrubland, dune and rocky habitats  

6.     Freshwater: rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats 

7.     Marine ecosystems 

8.     Urban ecosystems 

9.    Soils 

10.     Pollinators 

11.     Cost estimates for different speeds of restoration 

Annex vii: description, trends and impacts of the main options

1    Baseline                        

2.    Option 2: Overarching target covering all or most eu ecosystems

3.    Option 3 and option 4                            

4.    Costs of enabling measures                    

Annex viii: background information for potential restoration targets

Annex ix: evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020: summary of key relevant findings

1.    The EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020

2.    Evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020

3.    Key findings of relevance to the EU nature restoration targets

4.    Key lessons and their relevance to the nature restoration initiative

Annex x: coherence with eu legislation and policy initiatives related to nature restoration; approach to non-deterioration    

Annex xi: restoration frameworks in member states

Annex xii: financing options at eu level



LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

BDS2030

Biodiversity Strategy for 2030

BHD

Birds and Habitats Directives

CAP

Common Agricultural Policy

CBD

Convention on Biological Diversity

CFP

Common Fisheries Policy

EEA

European Environment Agency

ELD

Environmental Liability Directive

EMFAF

European Maritime Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund

HD

Habitats Directive

IPBES

Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services

LAU

Local Administrative Unit

LULUCF

Land use, land use change and forestry

MAES

Mapping and Assessment of Ecosystems and their Services

MBIs

market-based instruments

MSFD

Marine Strategy Framework Directive

NEC Directive

National Emission reduction Commitments Directive (Directive (EU) 2016/2284)

NGO

Non-governmental organisation

NRP

National Restoration Plan

UNCCD

UN Convention to Combat Desertification

UNFCCC

UN Framework Convention on Climate Change

WFD

Water Framework Directive



GLOSSARY

Term

Meaning or definition

Biodiversity 

Biodiversity means the variability among living organisms from all sources including terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes of which they are partand includes diversity within species, between species and of ecosystems.

Cities

Cities means Local Administrative Units where at least 50 % of the population lives in one or more urban centres, in line with the Methodological Manual on Territorial Typologies EUROSTAT 2018 1 .

Ecosystem

An ecosystem is a dynamic complex of plant, animal, and microorganism communities and their non-living environment, interacting as a functional unit and includes habitat types, habitats of species and species populations.

Ecosystem condition

Ecosystem condition is the quality of an ecosystem measured in terms of its abiotic and biotic characteristics and defined via key ecosystem attributes.

Ecosystem degradation

Degradation (of an ecosystem) means a level of harmful human impact that results in the loss of biodiversity and simplification or disruption in its composition, structure, and functioning (i.e. condition), and generally leads to a reduction in the flow of ecosystem services. 

Favourable reference area

Favourable reference area is the total area of a habitat type in a given biogeographical region or marine region at national level that is considered the minimum necessary to ensure the long-term viability of the habitat type and its species, and all its significant ecological variations in its natural range, and which is composed of the area of the habitat type and, if that area is not sufficient, the area necessary for the re-establishment of the habitat type.

Good (ecosystem) condition 

Good condition means a state where the key characteristics of an ecosystem, namely physical, chemical, compositional, structural and functional state, and landscape and seascape characteristics, reflect a high level of ecological integrity, stability and resilience necessary to ensure the long-term maintenance of an ecosystem.

Good ecosystem status

Good ecosystem status means that the ecosystem is in good condition, the areas it covers are stable or increasing and sufficiently large, covering the natural range of the ecosystem.

Green urban space

Green urban space means groupings of 1) green urban areas, including trees and groups of trees, green roofs and green walls, 2) urban forests and 3) herbaceous vegetation associations, as defined according to the mapping guidance of the EU Urban Atlas 2 , found within the Local Administrative Units;

Habitat types

Habitat types are sub-units of ecosystems as defined by the European Nature Information System (EUNIS) habitat classification or Annex I of the Habitats Directive (Directive 92/43/EEC).

Habitat of a species

A habitat of a species is an environment defined by specific abiotic and biotic factors, in which the species lives at any stage of its biological cycle.

Indicator

An indicator is a sign that shows the condition or existence of something.

Indicators of ecosystem recovery 

Characteristics of an ecosystem that can be used for measuring the progress towards restoration goals or objectives at a particular site (e.g., measures of presence/absence and quality of biotic or abiotic components of the ecosystem). 

Key ecosystem attributes of ecosystem condition 

 

Key ecosystem attributes assist with the definition of an ecosystem and its condition and the evaluation of progress of ecosystem recovery. They relate to the highest attainable absence of threats, physical and chemical conditions, species composition, structural diversity, ecosystem function, and external exchanges.

Local administrative unit

Local administrative unit is a low-level administrative division of a Member State below that of a province, region or state, established in accordance with Article 4 of Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council.

Nature-based solutions

Solutions that are inspired and supported by nature, which are cost-effective, simultaneously provide environmental, social and economic benefits and help build resilience. Such solutions bring more, and more diverse, nature and natural features and processes into cities, landscapes and seascapes, through locally adapted, resource-efficient and systemic interventions. Nature-based solutions must benefit biodiversity and support the delivery of a range of ecosystem services.

Pollinator

Pollinator is a wild animal which transports pollen from the anther of a plant to the stigma of a plant, enabling fertilisation and the production of seeds.

Pollinator decline

Pollinator decline or decline of pollinator populations means a decrease in abundance or diversity, or both, of pollinators.

Restoration

Restoration is the process of actively or passively assisting the recovery of an ecosystem towards or to good condition, of a habitat type to the highest level of condition attainable and to its favourable reference area, of a habitat of a species to a sufficient quality and quantity or of species populations to satisfactory levels, as a means of conserving or enhancing biodiversity and ecosystem resilience. 

·Restoration is thereby considered the activity (which includes both active and passive restoration measures). 

·Recovery is thereby considered the outcome sought or achieved through restoration. Full recovery is defined as the condition whereby, following restoration, all key ecosystem attributes closely resemble those of the reference condition (=good condition) 

Ecosystem restoration includes measures taken for the improvement of the condition of an ecosystem but also the re-establishment (also referred to as ‘re-creation’) of an ecosystem where it was lost as well as measures to improve connectivity of ecosystems.

Active/passive restoration:

·Passive restoration eliminates the factors of degradation and disturbance and permits natural regeneration of the ecosystem.

·Active restoration eliminates the source of degradation and disturbance of an ecosystem and implements measures to accelerate its recovery and to overcome obstacles to that recovery.

Restoration measure

‘Restoration measure’ means any activity assisting ecosystem recovery actively or passively towards or to good condition and enhancing biodiversity, including measures taken for the improvement of the condition of an ecosystem or for the re-establishment of natural and semi-natural ecosystems, as well as measures to improve the connectivity of natural and semi-natural ecosystems, and to enhance species populations, also across national borders.

Restoration objectives

Restoration objectives are defined qualitative and quantitative aims regarding the desired condition and area of the ecosystems / habitat types to be restored.

Sufficient quality and quantity of a habitat of a species

Sufficient quality and quantity of a habitat of a species means the quality and quantity of a habitat of a species which allows the ecological requirements of a species to be fulfilled at any stage of its biological cycle so that it is maintaining itself on a long-term basis as a viable component of its habitat in its natural range.

Sufficient quality of a habitat of a species

Sufficient quality of a habitat of a species means the quality of a habitat of a species which allows the ecological requirements of a species to be fulfilled at any stage of its biological cycle.

Towns and suburbs

Towns and suburbs means LAUs where less than 50 % of the population lives in an urban centre, but at least 50 % of the population lives in an urban cluster, in line with the Methodological Manual on Territorial Typologies EUROSTAT 2018.

Urban green space

Urban green space means all green urban areas, broad-leaved forests, coniferous forests, mixed forests, natural grasslands, moors and heathlands, transitional woodland-shrubs and sparsely vegetated areas found within LAUs classified as cities or towns and suburbs, calculated on the basis of data provided by the Copernicus Land Monitoring Service as established by Regulation (EU) 2021/696 of the European Parliament and of the Council.

Urban tree canopy cover

Urban tree canopy cover is the total area of tree cover within cities and towns and suburbs, calculated on the basis of the Tree Cover Density data provided by the Copernicus Land Monitoring Service 3 , under the classification of ‘vertical projection of tree crowns to a horizontal earth’s surface’ as established by Regulation (EU) 2021/696 of the European Parliament and of the Council 4 , expressed as a percentage of the total LAU area.


1.Introduction: Political and legal context

1.1.Political context

The value of biodiversity and ecosystems has been globally recognised since the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro in 1992. Yet, despite efforts at European and international level, biodiversity loss and the degradation of ecosystems continue at an alarming rate in the European Union (EU) and globally. This is widely documented, notably by several IPCC reports 5 , 6 , the Global Resources Outlook 7 , the IPBES report 8 , the Global Biodiversity Outlook 5 9 , and the Dasgupta Review 10 . Ensuring healthy nature, through restoration and protection, is essential for our long-term survival, wellbeing, prosperity and security. Healthy ecosystems provide food, clean water, carbon sinks, protection against growing disaster risks due to climate change, as well as boosting resilience and preventing the emergence and spread of zoonotic diseases. 

The 2022 IPCC report6 highlighted that there is a brief, rapidly closing window to secure a liveable future, as the rise in weather and climate extremes has led to some irreversible impacts as natural and human systems are pushed beyond their ability to adapt. It calls for the implementation of urgent actions for the restoration of degraded ecosystems, to mitigate the impacts of climate change, notably by restoring degraded wetlands and rivers, forest and agricultural ecosystems. The report underlines that  climate change and biodiversity loss are the biggest long term threats to food security in the EU.

Furthermore, recent geo-political developments have underlined the need to safeguard food security and the resilience of food systems 11 . Evidence shows that restoring agro-ecosytems has positive impacts on food productivity in the long-term, and more biodiverse and resilient agricultural ecosystems are needed to enhance food security and reduce dependence of imports. The restoration of nature acts as an insurance policy to ensure the EU’s long-term sustainability and resilience, against all these challenges.

More decisive action is needed in the EU to protect and restore biodiversity – including through legal instruments – for the Union to achieve its own climate and biodiversity objectives. The evaluation 12  of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 13 shows that the EU did not manage to halt the loss of biodiversity in the EU in the 2011-2020 period. The voluntary target to restore by 2020 at least 15 % of degraded ecosystems, in line with the global commitment under the Convention on Biological Diversity, Aichi Target 15 14  was equally not met. The overall picture for biodiversity and ecosystems is bleak and points to the fact that the current approaches are not delivering.

The European Green Deal 15  underlined the importance of protecting and restoring nature. The EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 16 set targets to protect nature in the EU, but also underlined that protection alone will not be enough. To reverse biodiversity loss, much more is needed to bring back nature to good health across the EU in protected areas and beyond. The strategy thus includes an ambitious EU nature restoration plan. As part of this plan, the Commission committed to put forward a proposal for legally binding EU nature restoration targets in 2021 to restore degraded ecosystems, and in particular those with the most potential to remove and store carbon and to prevent and reduce the impact of natural disasters. The primary aim is to reverse biodiversity loss.

Other sectoral strategies of the European Green Deal such as the Zero Pollution Action Plan, the Circular Economy Action Plan, the Forest Strategy, the new Soil Strategy 17 , the Farm to Fork Strategy , the EU Adaptation Strategy and the climate-neutrality ambition by 2050 , and the so-called Fit for 55% package all will have a positive bearing on biodiversity. However, policy measures without enforceable restortation objectives are unlikely to halt and reverse the current trend of biodiversity degradation in the EU.

The European Parliament and the Council have also highlighted the need to step up efforts to restore ecosystems, for instance in the Council Conclusions of December 2019 18   (the Council “ stressess the need for urgent additional commitments to halt biodiversity loss, protect and restore terrestrial, freshwater, wetlands and marine ecosystems within and outside protected areas […]”) and in the European Parliament’s resolution of January 2020 19  (which asked to move away from voluntary commitments and to propose an ambitious and inclusive Strategy that sets legally (and, consequently, enforceable) binding targets for the EU and its Member States"). In its resolution of 9 June 2021 20 , the European Parliament “strongly welcomes the commitment to draw up a legislative proposal on the EU nature restoration plan, including on binding restoration targets”. The resolution emphasised that the legislative proposal, in addition to an overall restoration target, should also include ecosystem-, habitat- and species-specific targets, that it should include forests, grasslands, wetlands, peatlands, pollinators, free-flowing rivers, coastal areas and marine ecosystems, that restoration should contribute to biodiversity as well as to climate change mitigation and adaptation, and stressed the importance of ensuring non-deterioration of restored ecosystems.

Public support for nature restoration is very high and the engagement to protect and restore nature among citizens, and especially among youth, is on the rise. In the Eurobarometer survey on biodiversity (2018-2019) 21 , respondents ranked restoration of nature among the most important actions that the EU should take to protect biodiversity. This public interest is also apparent in the replies (in number and in content) to recent public consultations on nature-related initiatives 22 . Healthy nature delivers a range of services to the society and businesses. Worldwide, the loss of ecosystem services is estimated at about ten trillion euros per year3, more than five times the entire value of agriculture in the market economy. Yet nature’s value goes beyond economic goods and services: most EU citizens highly value its very existence and recognise its intrinsic worth, consistently identifying ecological degradation as an urgent concern.

The restoration of ecosystems is high on the international agenda. The 2050 vision under the Convention on Biological Diversity 23 , the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD) 24 , the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development 25  and the UN Decade for Restoration 26 , all call for the protection and restoration of ecosystems. 

The Convention on Biological Diversity – agreed at the Rio Summit – will hold an important Conference of the Parties (COP15 starting in October 2021) which is expected to conclude a new Global Biodiversity Framework including ambitious restoration targets to be agreed by the end of 2022. The EU is taking leadership on the global stage to mobilise the international community, all the stakeholders and society at large, to take action to halt the loss of biodiversity. The EU’s Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 is a blueprint to make this a reality in the EU and to project the EU’s commitment also at global level. The nature restoration proposal announced in the Strategy will send a strong signal to the global community that the EU is taking its commitment seriously and aims to enshrine ecosystem restoration targets into law.

Restoration will also help meet the EU’s commitments under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), and its Paris Agreement 27 , as ecosystems such as peatlands, wetlands, oceans and forests can, when they are in good condition, remove and store large amounts of carbon dioxide and are also instrumental in contributing to climate change adaptation. Nature and the restoration of ecosystems was one of the five main priorities 28 for the 26th United Nations Climate Change Conference of the Parties (COP 26).

Restoring nature across the EU is among the core pillars of the European Green Deal. It is intrinsically linked to achieving the Union’s biodiversity and climate change objectives. The restoration objectives are specifically spelled out in the Biodiversity Strategy’s headline ambition to ensure that that Europe's biodiversity is on the path to recovery by 2030 and that by 2050 all ecosystems are restored, resilient, and adequately protected. The EU Adaptation Strategy 29  also calls specifically for scaling up nature-based solutions such as ecosystem restoration as they will help adapt to climate change in a cost-effective way. Restoring nature would thus significantly contribute to the EU’s climate mitigation and adaptation objectives, and to the EUs international commitments.

1.2. Legal context

1.2.1. Existing EU legislation relevant to ecosystem restoration

EU environmental law includes legislation that has a positive bearing on the restoration of EU ecosystems. For instance, the Birds Directive 30  (BD) requires Member States to not only maintain bird habitats but also re-establish destroyed biotopes for birds. The Habitats Directive 31  (HD) aims to maintain or restore, at favourable conservation status, natural habitats and non-bird species of wild fauna and flora of Community interest. The Water Framework Directive 32  (WFD) aims at achieving good status 33  of all EU freshwaters, ground waters, transitional waters and coastal waters by 2015 (with extensions up to 2027). The Marine Strategy Framework Directive 34 (MSFD) currently under review, aimed at achieving and maintaining good environmental status of all the EU's marine waters by 2020 and to protect the resource base upon which marine-related economic and social activities depend. The Environmental Liability Directive 35 (ELD) establishes a framework based on the polluter pays principle to prevent and remedy environmental damage. The Invasive Alien Species Regulation 36  provides for a set of measures to be taken acrosse the EU in relation to invasive alien species included in the Union list. All these pieces of legislation contribute to the improvement and restoration of ecosystems but together the outcomes are largely insufficient to address the extent and scale of the problem. Further details of the reasons for some of the policy and legislative failures are given in chapter 2.

As part of the European Green Deal, a variety of initiatives are underway which will be relevant to the restoration of ecosystems. These include the new legal framework for the Common Agricultural Policy 37 , the European  Climate Law 38 , as well as the set of proposals put forward in July 2021 that form the Fit for 55 package, which comprises notably the proposals to revise the Regulation on land use, land use change and forestry (LULUCF 39 ), the Energy Efficiency Directive, the Renewable Energy Directive 40 as well as the EU Forest Strategy. Ecosystem restoration will also be facilitated by the new carbon farming initiative 41 and by the law on soil health which is announced in the EU Soil Strategy for 2030. An overview of existing and forthcoming initiatives and explanation of their relevance is included in Annex X.

2.Problem definition

2.1. What are the problems?

2.1.1 General problem: biodiversity loss and degradation of ecosystems in the EU

The EU-wide ecosystem assessment, also called MAES-report, published by the European Commission in 2021, brings together for the first time EU-wide and commonly agreed data sets that can be used to assess the state and trends of ecosystems and their services as well as the pressures and their trends they are exposed to. It contributes substantially to our understanding of ecosystems, their degradation and threat so as to guide priority and cost-effective restoration efforts.

Recent assessments 42 of the state of biodiversity in the EU show that biodiversity loss and the degradation of ecosystems, continue at an alarming rate, across the broad range of ecosystem types in the EU. These include forests, wetlands, rivers and lakes, heath and scrub, sparsely vegetated land, agro-ecosytems (grassland and cropland), urban and marine ecosystems. Their restoration is central to ensuring human health, wellbeing and for tackling and adapting to climate change. It is necessary to halt biodiversity loss to ensure that future generations can continue to benefit from the services that nature provides to the society including to a broad range of economic sectors.

The assessments indicate that substantial efforts are needed to put ecosystems on a path to recovery, so that they can deliver benefits to society. The EU Ecosystem Assessment 43  demonstrated that most habitats listed in Annex I of the Habitats Directive and water bodies in the Water Framework Directive are not in favourable conservation status (Figure 1). Ecosystem degradation threatens the supply of vital ecosystem services such as food security and carbon sequestration (see 2.1.3).

Figure 1: The share of habitats in favourable conservation status and the share of water bodies in good chemical and ecological status (counted in percentage of number of habitat assessments). (EU Ecosystem Assessment, 2021)

All terrestrial Annex I habitats represent 24 % of the EU land territory and the marine Annex I habitats cover 240 030 km2 (4.8 %) of the EU seas 44 .

Figure 2: : The relative share (%) of ecosystems area covered by the Habitats and Birds Directives, the Water Framework Directive and the Marine Strategy Framework Directive. Natura 2000 is the nature protection network established under the Habitats Directive.

Figure 2 below shows the proportion (area) of the EU ecosystem types which is covered by the Habitats and the Birds 45 , Water Framework and Marine Strategy Framework Directives, and the area which is part of the Natura 2000 network. It also shows that large areas of EU ecosystems, primarily heavily modified ones such as urban, cropland and forests are not covered by those pieces of legislation due to their main use for production, habitation or infrastructure and thus do not benefit from the same level of protection, restoration and monitoring requirements. 

As a result, the condition of these ecosystems is less known. However,the continuous decline of common farmland bird species on agricultural land 46 , the rise in clear-cut forest harvesting 47 , evidence of soil degradation and erosion affecting 25% of agricultural land 48 and the dramatic decline of insects and pollinators 49 all point to a need for improvement. Evidence from the Horizon ‘Soil Health and Food’ Mission suggests that 60-70 % of EU soils are in unhealthy condition and costs associated with soil degradation in the EU exceed 50 billion € per year 50 .

The State of Nature in the EU report 51 has shown that in 2018,  81 % of assessments 52 of EU-protected habitats 53  listed in Annex I of the Habitats Directive show an unfavourable (‘poor’ or ‘bad’) status (compared to 77 % in 2013), of which 36 % are deteriorating and only 9 % improving. 

Figure 3 shows that large differences exist between Member States in conservation status of those habitats.

Figure 4: Conservation status of habitats listed in Annex I of the Habitats Directive at Member State level (State of Nature report, EEA).

Many of the Annex I habitats requiring restoration (such as peatland, forests, grassland, cropland) are particularly carbon-rich, thus offering significant potential to store and sequestrate carbon in the above- and below‑ground biomass and in the soil. Their restoration and maintenance could contribute significantly to climate change mitigation. For example, restoring drained peatlands in the EU by rewetting them could reduce CO2 emissions by about 50 MtCO2 eq per year 54 , as well as provide a healthy habitat for valuable species. Restoration of healthy ecosystems is also crucial for climate adaptation and to mitigate the impacts of natural disasters. For instance, improving the  condition of soils leads to better water absorption and retention, soil retention and temperature cooling. Restoration and climate adaptation are not only important because of the ecosystem services to people, but also for nature itself. Restored ecosystem that are more biodiverse, larger and better connected will be less vulnerability to climate change. In other words, we need more space for nature and natural processes in order to make nature more resilient and to minimise predicted ecosystem degradation and biodiversity loss due to climate change. The biodiversity and climate crisis are closely connected and so are their solutions.

Annex VIII provides information on the distribution, condition, pressures and trends for the EU ecosystems which Member States report on under the Habitats Directive. Annex VI provides further data and analysis on these ecosystems and beyond, covering for instance also soils, pollinators and urban ecosystems. A comprehensive overview is also available in the EU Ecosystem Assessment.

In summary, the problem is clear: biodiversity loss and the degradation of ecosystems continue at an alarming rate in the EU (albeit not at equal rate). This degradation is evident across the main EU ecosystem types: wetlands, forests, agro-ecosystems (including grassland and cropland), marine ecosystems, heathland, scrub, sparse vegetation, lakes, rivers and alluvial ecosystems, urban ecosystems and soils. Their restoration is central to ensure human health, wellbeing and for tackling and adapting to climate change.

Figure 4 shows the relative area covered by the main ecosystem types in the EU and the sum of their area 55 . Their geographical distribution is presented in Figure 5 (more detailed maps are in Annex VIII). It should be noted that soils are considered as a cross-cutting ecosystem in its own right, that underpin most terrestrial ecosystems. Note that the figures and tables in this chapter result from reports and data compiled before 2021 (based on data until 2018), and thus they cover the EU and the UK (EU-28).

Information on ecosystem-specific data availability is provided in the ecosystem-specific assessments in Annex VI.

Figure 5: The share of terrestrial ecosystems53 in the EU and the UK in 2018. Source: EU Ecosystem Assessment (Corine Land cover, European Environment Agency, 2018)

Figure 6: Main ecosystems types in the EU and the UK in 2018 (EU Ecosystem Assessment)

2.1.2. Specific problem: ecosystem restoration efforts have been insufficient so far

As stated in the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030: “Protecting the nature we have will not be enough to bring nature back into our lives. To reverse biodiversity loss, we need to be more ambitious on nature restoration.” Protecting an ecosystem does not guarantee that it will evolve spontaneously to good condition – and degraded ecosystems that are not protected also need to be restored. The state of ecosystems covered under EU environmental legislation has not improved over the past decade and their condition is to a large part deteriorating.

The EU Ecosystem Assessment highlights the need to avoid further degradation and to restore degraded ecosystems. In some cases, passive restoration, by removing pressures, can be sufficient, so that ecosystems can recover by themselves. In other cases, degraded ecosystems need active restoration intervention to recover and become more resilient. In some cases, ecosystem re-creation is needed when land has been transformed into entirely other types of use, so that the ecosystem cannot simply evolve back (see glossary on different types of restoration).

Enhanced ecosystem restoration, both passive and active, would significantly contribute to addressing all of the key drivers of biodiversity loss and ecosystem degradation. For instance, passive restoration can involve the easing of pressures (e.g. overexploitation in marine areas or forests, or air or water pollution). These can help ecosystems recover by themselves to an extent. Active restoration entails actions to help ecosystems that have been damaged beyond their capacity to recover alone, for example re-establishing former land use or remodelling land or seascapes. Other active restoration actions require removing alien species or removing pollutants directly from the ecosystem (e.g. soil remediation, cleaning up litter). Beyond removing local pressures, restoration will also help reducing key drivers of biodiversity loss on a wider scale, for example, wetland restoration contributes to capturing carbon and mitigating climate change effects such as flooding.

Findings of the evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 56  indicate that the voluntary target to maintain and restore ecosystems has not been achieved. Further results from the evaluation are available in Annex IX. The EEA’s State of Nature in the EU report 57  also points towards the gap in restoration, while deterioration continues and climate impacts and risks increase. Furthermore, the underlying drivers of soil degradation are not projected to change favourably by 2030.

Based on Member States’ reporting, the EEA has made estimates of restoration needs to bring habitats listed in Annex I of the Habitats Directive (representing 24% of the EU land area and 4.8% sea area) to favourable conservation status (see detailed data in Annex VIII). The estimates show that significant areas of the EU need to be restored (Table I per habitat type and further broken down in Table II, III and IV). As explained in 2.1.1, the condition of terrestrial ecosystems outside of Annex I habitats, (the remaining 76% of land), because they are not subject to the same protection regime or conservation measures, is likely to be worse and thus their restoration needs are likely to be higher.

The specific problem is that ecosystem restoration across the EU has been insufficient so far, while ecosystems continue to degrade.



Table I: Restoration needs of habitats listed in Annex I of the Habitats Directive based on reporting by Member States (2013-2018). Romania is excluded because its reported Annex I areas exceed the terrestrial area of the country. Source: EEA.

Ecosystem based on Annex I types

(N° of Annex I habitat types)

Surface1 Annex I habitats in km²

Condition in km² & %

Overall restoration needs in km²

Area re-establishment

(min/max)

Improvement in condition

(min/max)

Good

Not good

Unknown

Wetlands2 (inland & coastal) (28)

174 400

62 950

36%

27 100

16%

84 300

48%

3 131

6 910

27 100

111 400

Forests3 (69)

357 952

162 300

45%

79 210

22%

116 444

33%

3 487

8332

79 210

195 000

Agro-habitats and grasslands4 (35)

177 442

84 150

47%

31 180

18%

62 100

35%

2 431

8 798

31 180

93 000

River, lakes, alluvial and riparian habitats5 (32)

96 480

52 970

55%

21 560

22%

21 950

23%

894

2 743

21 560

38 000

Heath & scrub6 (21)

78 582

43 420

55%

6 590

8%

28 600

36%

405

928

6 586

35 000

Rocky and

(Coastal) & dunes (41) 

65 135

30 048

46%

6 619

10%

28 500

44%

355

1 458

6 619

35 100

Total Terrestrial

949 990

435 838

46%

172 259

18%

341 894

36%

10 703

29 1698

172 255

505 5009

Total restoration terrestrial:

182 985 – 536 669 km² 10

Marine7 (4)

240 030

36 810

15%

34 830

15%

168 390

70%

1 622

3 424

34 828

203 200

Total restoration marine:

36 450 – 206 624 km² 11

1 Areas of Annex I terrestrial habitats reported by Romania exceed the terrestrial area of the Member State; therefore, they were excluded from all numbers in the table.

2 All wetland Annex I habitats (definition of wetlands by the Ramsar Convention) except rivers, lakes, alluvial and riparian habitats, which form a distinct group.

3 All Annex I habitats in the group ‘Forests’, except wet, alluvial and riparian forests and wooded meadows, which were included in other groups (wetlands, rivers & lakes, agro-habitats).

4 Includes Annex I habitat types, mostly semi-natural, that depend on some degree of agricultural activity (e.g. mowing, grazing) and grasslands.

5 Includes all Annex I river and lake habitats and several riparian and alluvial habitats (meadows and forests).

6 Includes all Annex I heath, scrub and steppe habitats, except wet heaths (included in the wetlands group) and some heath and scrub that depend on agricultural activities.

7 Only includes near- and offshore Annex I marine habitats.

8 This means 0,3-0,75% of EU land

9 This means 4,4-13% of EU land

10 This means a total restoration need of 4,7-13,8% of EU land

11 This means 0,65 – 3,7% of EU seas

Table II: Overall restoration needs, by Member State, of habitats listed in Annex I of the Habitats Directive, based on reporting by Member States (period 2013-2018) under Art.17 of the HD – EU27 (excluding Romania for data quality reasons). Source: EEA.

Member State

Member State surface in km²

Overall restoration needs (all ecosystems) in km²

TERRESTRIAL

Overall restoration needs in km²

MARINE

Area re-establishment

(min/max)

Area improvement (min/max)

Total restoration area (min/max)

% of MS territory (min/max)

(min/max)

Austria

83 944

229 / 846

1 215 / 4 778

1 444 / 5 624

1.7 / 6.7

n.a.

Belgium

30 683

106 / 515

571 / 2 410

677 / 2 925

2.2 / 9.5

477 / 1867

Bulgaria

110 995

0 / 0

223 / 5 030

223 / 5 030

0.2 / 4.5

0 / 117

Cyprus

9 249

0 / 0

265 / 269

265 / 269

2.9 / 2.9

0 / 0

Czechia

78 874

0 / 1

881 / 2435

881 / 2 435

1.1 / 3.1

n.a.

Germany

362 177

531 / 1 752

4 813 / 7 058

5 344 / 8 811

1.5 / 2.4

3 354 / 11 944

Denmark

44 162

22 / 102

3 179 / 8 224

3 508 / 8 942

7.9 / 20.2

12 391 / 17 702

Estonia

45 382

0 / 0

907 / 1 962

907 / 1 962

2.0 / 4.3

91 / 852

Spain

506 222

1 466 / 3 026

25 017 / 110 384

26 483 / 113 410

5.2 / 22.4

82 / 12 814

Finland

338 004

3 166 / 6 334

19 348 / 80 619

22 514 / 86 953

6.7 / 25.7

573 / 3 024

France 58

551 881

866 / 2 650

72 826 / 91 385

73 693 / 94 035

13.4 / 17.0

2 720 / 26 832

Greece

132 014

48 / 96

602 / 7 156

650 / 7 253

0.5 / 5.5

3 564 / 7 176

Croatia

55 590

32 / 66

319 / 6 842

351 / 6 908

0.6 / 12.4

0 / 798

Hungary

93 012

127 / 335

3 417 / 4 693

3 544 / 5 029

3.8 / 5.4

n.a.

Ireland

70 699

313 / 640

5 180 / 5 657

5 493 / 6 297

7.8 / 8.9

3 014 / 24 542

Italy

301 321

3 035 / 10 175

2 216 / 57 158

5 251 / 67 333

1.7 / 22.3

0 / 3 981

Lithuania

65 289

70 / 140

308 / 4 436

378 / 4 576

0.6 / 7.0

0 / 285

Luxembourg

2 595

9 / 18

125 / 146

134 / 164

5.2 / 6.3

n.a.

Latvia

64 590

1 / 3

1 091 / 3 138

1 092 / 3 141

1.7 / 4.9

985 / 1 038

Malta

316

0 / 0

17 / 17

17 / 17

5.5 / 5.5

4 / 69

Netherlands

39 898

97 / 353

1 026 / 2 952

1 123 / 3 305

2.8 / 8.3

8 916 / 10 236

Poland

312 683

22 / 44

14 044 / 14 439

14 066 / 14 483

4.5 / 4.6

220 / 220

Portugal

92 378

126 / 253

1 612 / 6 117

1 737 / 6 369

1.9 / 6.9

0 / 65 290

Romania

238 404

979 / 1 959

11 704 / 55 023

12 683 / 56 982

5.3 / 23.9

1 889 / 1945

Sweden

450 110

298 / 1 474

10 925 / 74 646

11 223 / 76 120

2.5 / 16.9

61 / 17 891

Slovenia

20 274

87 / 244

2 015 / 2 599

2 103 / 2 843

10.4 / 14.0

<1 / <1

Slovakia

49 026

51 / 102

137 / 9 548

188 / 9 649

0.4 / 19.7

n.a.



Table III: MINIMUM restoration needs, by Member State and by Annex I habitat, based on reporting by Member States (period 2013-2018) under Art.17 of the HD – EU27. Source: EEA.

MINIMUM ecosystem areas (km2) for restoration (improvement + re-establishment)

MS area (km2)

Wetlands

Rivers & lakes

Grasslands & agri

Forests

Heath & scrub

Rocky & dunes

Terrestrial

AT

83.944

36

164

127

603

12

502

1.444

BE

30.683

26

259

118

238

0

36

677

BG

110.995

0

222

0

1

0

0

223

CY

9.249

3

17

4

216

26

0

265

CZ

78.874

17

170

227

461

0

5

881

DE

362.177

1.814

1.374

899

1.179

16

62

5.344

DK

44.162

1.387

550

352

642

0

271

3.201

EE

45.382

464

53

93

290

0

7

907

ES

506.222

482

639

6.602

14.602

3.762

396

26.483

FI

338.004

10.794

3.661

24

5.676

1.980

379

22.514

FR

551.881

1.030

6.873

14.701

46.949

77

4.069

73.699

GR

132.014

303

37

52

204

39

15

650

HR

55.590

1

205

116

29

0

0

351

HU

93.012

603

663

670

1.525

2

81

3.544

IE

70.699

3.753

928

692

19

54

47

5.493

IT

301.321

279

504

1.653

2.313

255

247

5.251

LT

65.289

84

84

143

56

0

11

378

LU

2.595

0

3

129

1

0

0

134

LV

64.590

367

200

122

355

0

48

1.092

MT

316

0

0

5

0

7

5

17

NL

39.898

614

103

139

88

0

179

1.123

PL

312.683

1.706

3.831

4.224

4.133

15

157

14.066

PT

92.378

350

37

230

261

739

120

1.737

RO

238.404

2.355

3.273

2.815

3.702

12

526

12.683

SE

450.110

6.132

1.655

1.867

1.250 59

0

320

11.223

SI

20.274

4

202

366

1.509

7

15

2.103

SK

49.026

5

25

57

96

3

1

188

Total EU27

4.149.772

32.609

25.730

36.429

86.400

7.003

7.501

195.671

Total without RO 60

3.911.368

30.254

22.457

33.614

82.698

6.991

6.974

182.988



Table IV: MINIMUM restoration needs, by improvement/re-establishment, by Member State and by Annex I habitats, based on reporting by Member States (period 2013-2018) under Art.17 of the HD – EU27. Source: EEA.

Condition: area reported in 'not-good' condition: in need of improvement. Zeros often reflect that most areas have been reported as 'unknown condition'

Additional: for re-establishment: based on minimum Favorable Reference Areas.

MINIMUM ecosystem areas (km2) for restoration (improvement and re-establishment)

Wetlands

Rivers & lakes

Grasslands

Forests

Heath & scrub

Rocky & dunes

condition

Additional

condition

Additional

condition

additional

condition

additional

condition

additional

condition

additional

Terre-strial

AT

27

9

107

57

22

104

590

13

12

0

456

46

1.444

BE

17

9

231

28

99

19

192

45

0

0

31

5

677

BG

0

0

222

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

223

CY

3

0

17

0

4

0

216

0

26

0

0

0

265

CZ

17

0

170

0

227

0

461

0

0

0

5

0

881

DE

1.773

41

1.177

197

665

234

1.129

50

16

0

54

7

5.344

DK

1.382

4

550

0

334

17

642

0

0

271

0

3.201

EE

464

0

53

0

93

0

290

0

0

7

0

907

ES

482

1

553

85

6.536

65

13.608

994

3.476

286

360

35

26.483

FI

8.413

2.381

3.660

1

18

7

4.901

775

1.980

0

377

1

22.514

FR

788

243

6.678

195

14.428

273

46.922

28

77

0

3.941

127

73.699

GR

261

42

36

1

52

0

204

0

39

0

11

5

650

HR

0

0

202

2

102

14

14

15

0

0

0

0

351

HU

603

0

608

55

607

63

1.520

5

2

1

79

3

3.544

IE

3.527

226

928

0

611

82

19

0

54

0

42

4

5.493

IT

191

88

291

213

590

1.064

845

1.468

136

119

163

84

5.251

LT

77

7

83

1

140

3

0

56

0

9

3

378

LU

0

0

2

1

122

7

1

0

0

0

0

0

134

LV

367

0

200

0

122

0

355

0

0

47

1

1.092

MT

0

0

0

0

5

0

0

0

7

0

5

0

17

NL

560

54

96

7

126

14

81

8

0

164

15

1.123

PL

1.702

3

3.820

12

4.218

7

4.133

0

15

0

157

0

14.066

PT

338

12

37

0

130

100

261

0

739

0

107

14

1.737

RO

2.251

104

3.027

247

2.500

315

3.401

301

0

12

526

0

12.683

SE

6.125

7

1.650

5

1.585

282

1.250

0 61

0

0

315

4

11.223

SI

3

0

177

25

306

60

1.508

2

7

0

15

0

2.103

SK

3

2

17

8

43

14

69

27

3

0

1

0

188

Total EU27

29.374

3.235

24.589

1.140

33.683

2.746

82.612

3.788

6.586

417

7.145

355

195.671

without RO

27.124

3.131

21.563

894

31.183

2.431

79.211

3.487

6.586

405

6.619

355

182.988

2.1.3. Consequences/why is it an issue

Biodiversity loss and ecosystem collapse are one of the biggest threats facing humanity in the next decade because our lives are directly dependent on healthy ecosystems. 62 They also threaten the foundations of our economy and the costs of inaction are high and are anticipated to increase 63 . Insufficient restoration and the further undermining of ecosystem resilience pose significant risks to the security of supply of critical supporting ecosystem services, such as nutrient and water cycles, soil formation, carbon sequestration and pollination. These in turn put at risk the delivery of key provisioning ecosystem services, such as food 64 , freshwater, bio-materials, cultural services (recreation, education, tourism, aesthetics) and rural livelihoods as well as regulating services, such as disease regulation, air and water quality and security, as well as climate change and disaster risk mitigation and adaptation.

Furthermore, forests, grasslands, wetlands, peatlands, marine and soil ecosystems can take up and store large amounts of carbon from the atmosphere. Degradation or loss of these ecosystems not only reduces the capacity of the valuable natural carbon sinks but can also have the effect of releasing greenhouse gasses and thus, contribute to climate change. Securing healthy ecosystem and tackling climate change are intrinsically linked. The IPCC Special Report on the impacts of global warming of 1.5°C points out that climate-related risks depend on the rate, peak and duration of warming, and some impacts may be long-lasting or irreversible, such as the loss of some ecosystems. More biodiverse and better connected ecosystems are more resilient to climate change. Many land and ocean ecosystems and some of the services they provide have already changed due to global warming. Approximately 4% of the global terrestrial land area is projected to undergo a transformation of ecosystems from one type to another at 1°C of global warming, compared with 13% at 2°C. In addition, healthy ecosystem significantly contribute to carbon sequestration and storage. Although wetlands occupy only between 5% and 8% of the earth’s total land surface, they hold 35% or more of organic carbon that is stored in soils. Yet when such ecosystems are degraded, their role is reversed, and drained or damaged wetlands are a major source of greenhouse gas emissions, with current rates of release of damaged wetlands estimated at nearly 6% of global human CO2 emissions 65 .

Healthy ecosystems are also important for disaster risk reduction & control and to reduce the negative impacts, including economic losses. For example, in case of heavy rainfall, functioning floodplains along rivers and wetlands can buffer large amounts of water and thus protect downstream villages and cities from floods 66 . Such ecosystems that act like sponges, can also mitigate the impacts of extreme draught. Coral reefs, seagrass and mangroves protect coastlines from waves and storms. Forested slopes and vegetation help stabilise soil, protecting people and their assets from erosion and landslides. When these ecosystems disappear or degrade, so does their risk-reducing capacity.

The overall poor and degrading condition of ecosystems represents a significant economic risk to society, a problem that is also reported at global level. The recent IPCC 2022 report6 points out that biodiversity loss, and degradation, damages to and transformation of ecosystems are already key risks for every region due to past global warming and will continue to escalate with every increment of global warming. At the same time, climate conservation, protection and restoration of ecosystems reduces the vulnerability of biodiversity to climate change. Thus, safeguarding biodiversity and ecosystems is fundamental to climate resilient development. Climate change will increasingly put pressure on food production and access, especially in vulnerable regions, undermining food security and nutrition. At the same time agroecological principles and practices, ecosystem-based management in fisheries and aquaculture, and other approaches that work with natural processes support food security, nutrition, health and well-being, livelihoods and biodiversity, sustainability and ecosystem services. Thus restoring ecosystems will be fundamental in helping to combat climate change and also reduce risks to food security. Over half of global GDP depends 67 on nature and the services it provides and more than 75 % of global food crop types 68 rely on animal pollination. The in-depth global Dasgupta Review 69 , on the economics of biodiversity, made an urgent call to ensure that our demands on nature do not exceed its supply, and that we must tackle the nature crisis in conjunction with the climate emergency for the sake of our economies, livelihoods and well-being - and those of future generations.

As documented in the EU 2021 Strategic Foresight Report 70 , the cost of these environmental challenges is estimated at EUR 3.5-18.5 trillion per year in ecosystem services from 1997 to 2011, which were lost globally owing to land-cover change, and an estimated loss of EUR 5.5-10.5 trillion per year due to land degradation. There is also a link between between climate change, biodiversity loss, environmental degradation and public health: loss of biodiversity, pressure on animal habitats combined with other factors can make future pandemics or diseases more likely. 71  

The failure to restore ecosystems will also have repercussions for the EU to meet its international commitments, as under the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), the UN Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD), the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and the Paris Agreement (see 1.1. Political context), and to lead by example. Also the EU’s domestic commitments in the EU Green Deal as the new economic strategy, including the climate package with strengthened focus on natural sinks, cannot be delivered on without restoring nature.

Finally, it needs to be recognised that nature is more than an economic good or service 72 : and most EU citizens highly value its very existence and recognise its intrinsic worth, a natural heritage that should be respected and protected on a par with cultural heritage so that it can continue to benefit future generations. Healthy ecosystems present a range of aesthetic, spiritual and restorative values to people, as it became particularly evident during the COVID-19 pandemic, which cannot always be expressed in quantitative or monetary terms 73 . Economic estimates can give some monetary estimates of the value of specific ecosystem services, however as underlined in the Dasgupta review 74  absolute values of nature are likely to be meaningless, since without nature life would cease to exist, and as the review summarises: “economics, when used with care, is meant to serve our ethical values.



2.2. What are the problem drivers?

According to the State of Nature Report, the EU Ecosystem Assessment and the IPBES report 75 , the main drivers of biodiversity loss and ecosystem degradation are changes in land and sea use, over-exploitation of natural resources, climate change, pollution and invasive alien species.

The drivers are, to an extent, being addressed by EU legislation such as the Birds and Habitats Directives, the Marine Strategy Framework Directive, the Water Framework Directive and the Regulation on Invasive Alien Species. However, despite significant effort and some progress, the existing EU legislation has so far not led to a significant recovery of the targeted ecosystems. The reasons for these failures have been examined 76 and are covered in detail later in this section. Furthermore, not all ecosystems that suffer degradation, such as forests and agricultural ecosystsems, are comprehensively covered by the above-mentioned legislation.

A number of the drivers and pressures on biodiversity are being addressed to a degree by the actions under the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 together with other initiatives under the European Green Deal (e.g. Zero Pollution, Circular Economy, Farm to Fork, Soil Strategy, Forest Strategy, Adaptation Strategy, climate neutrality), but it is too early for these to show results. They will have positive contributions to restoration but on their own, will not be sufficient to meet tangible verifiable restoration objectives (see sections 2.4 and 5.1).

The evaluation of the Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 has also revealed insufficient progress towards restoration. Therefore, there is a significant and specific problem to be addressed, the insufficient restoration of degraded ecosystems due to policy and legislative failures, which is therefore the focus of this impact assessment.

Specific policy drivers: policy and legislative failures

The main policy failures can be broken down in 1) ineffectiveness of voluntary targets, 2) shortcomings in existing legislation, and 3) lack of a comprehensive and coherent approach.

1)Voluntary targets have been ineffective

In 2011, a key voluntary target of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 was to restore at least 15 % of degraded ecosystems by 2020. This voluntary target has not been met. The evaluation study of the Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 identified, among the reasons for the failure in ecosystem restoration, the voluntary rather than legally binding nature of the targets. The subsequent lack of commitment and political priority for restoration activities is regarded as a key barrier leading to a lack of financing and resources being allocated to restoration. On the other hand, another target of the Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 on invasive alien species that was made legally binding, with the adoption of a new regulation, did result in this target being implemented to a large extent and in benefits that would not have been delivered if they would have been voluntary 77 .

Reasons why the voluntary restoration target has not been met, include:

oLack of obligation for Member States to act: Despite the guidance 78  developed and the explicit request by the Commission, only a few Member States developed the strategic frameworks to set priorities for ecosystem restoration, and restoration progress has been slow and uneven. The absence of these strategic frameworks has been a barrier to the strategic planning, financing, implementation and monitoring of restoration activities. The fact that the guidance was followed by some Member States suggests that developing such frameworks was feasible. However, in the absence of an obligation and of a linked dedicated EU-level governance framework to steer the process and regularly review progress, most Member States did not follow on the commitment, to deliver such strategic frameworks and to effectively prioritise restoration, leading to insufficient funding and insufficient restoration effort. This indicates that a stronger and more binding framework is needed with clear targets, resource planning, monitoring and enforcement mechanisms to support strategic planning and implementation and to ensure delivery.

oThe formulation of the target as an overall percentage of degraded ecosystems: In the absence of an agreed methodology to comprehensively map, assess, monitor and report on the condition of ecosystems , progress towards reaching the target was not measurable. The Mapping and Assessment of Ecosystems and their Services 79 initiative (under Action 5 of the Biodiversity Strategy to 2020) has made progress in developing an EU methodology and enhancing knowledge on the condition of EU ecosystems and their services. However, there are still significant data gaps for certain ecosystems, such as marine, soils, forests, and agro-ecosystems. This has made it impossible for Member States to assess their performance against the voluntary target.

oBiodiversity targets of a voluntary nature were not systematically prioritised for funding in the design and implementation of EU instruments in other policy areas, and measures of low or no positive biodiversity impact were often favoured in national programming.

2) Shortcomings in existing legislation

The evaluation of the Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 and of the main pieces of relevant legislation have revealed implementation problems, reflecting the complexity of the issues at hand. Beyond that, a number of shortcomings remain, since aspects of legislation are not sufficiently specific, time-bound or measurable to achieve restoration objectives. For instance:

The Habitats Directive (HD) sets an objective to maintain or restore, to favourable conservation status, natural habitats and species of Community interest, but without deadlines or timeframes, i.e. there are no time-bound targets to reach favourable conservation status. The Birds Directive sets a similar objective for all species of naturally occurring birds in the wild state in the EU, also without a deadline to reach secure status. Both directives also lack effective requirements to restore habitats outside the Natura 2000 network. The Fitness Check of the Birds and Habitats Directives 80 (2016) found that the directives are fit for purpose, but fully achieving their objectives and realising their full potential will depend on substantial improvement in their implementation. In particular, it found that the lack of precise timelines/targets makes it difficult to fully judge whether progress is in line with expectations, and it is not possible to determine when the general objectives of the directives will be achieved. The pace of implementation of measures towards favourable conservation status has been very slow; action has been concentrated in setting up Natura 2000 sites and to date it has been mainly linked to protection of the habitats and species in the sites, rather than to their restoration. The most frequently reported factors affecting implementation are funding availability, stakeholder awareness and cooperation and availability of knowledge, as well as ineffective integration with other policies. 

All in all, this underlines that explicit, well-defined time-bound targets are needed, accompanied by effective enabling measures, including planning, monitoring, reporting and funding.

The Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) sets out a broad goal to achieve good environmental status in EU marine territories by 2020. The 2020 report from the Commission on the first implementation cycle of the directive 81 concludes that progress in reaching good environmental status has not been fast enough. In particular, the broad goal of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive has proven very difficult to achieve; the reasons for that include the lack of specific measures, lack of sufficiently fine-grained monitoring of specific habitats or species, coupled with a lack of specific focussed targets. This does not cater for, and hinders, the needed specific restoration measures for specific habitats or species, that need to be rapidly addressed. 

The Water Framework Directive (WFD) sets out an obligation to restore all water bodies to good status by 2015, with the latest deadline by 2027. The Fitness Check of the Water Framework Directive and Floods Directive 82 (2019) concluded that the Water Framework Directive is broadly fit for purpose. However, the objective of reaching good (ecological and chemical) surface water status has not been reached – only 40 % of water bodies are in good ecological status. This difficulty in implementation is in part due to the fact that the water body condition is affected by diffused pollution (e.g. nitrates and pesticides) coming from surrounding habitats (the catchment). These, if restored and protected, would help accelerate progress. Another factor is that the WFD does not necessarily require the removal of barriers that may disrupt the natural connectivity of a river/lake system (only where this would be required to achieve good status and with possible exemptions where justified). However, many terrestrial ecosystems, such as wetlands and floodplains and several habitats and species protected by the Birds and Habitats Directives, directly depend on the aquatic ecosystems being in near natural conditions (free-flowing state). Thus, the WFD may not be sufficiently equipped to guarantee such natural connectivity to the extent necessary to sustain these habitats and species and guarantee thriving floodplains. Furthermore, while the WFD addresses all waters in the EU, the methodologies prescribed to delineate the water bodies, which are the units of measures for compliance checks, are such that smaller rivers or lakes below a certain size threshold may in practice not be fully addressed. These shortcomings can be addressed with supplementary restoration requirements. 

3) Lack of a comprehensive approach

Ecosystems underpin much of our livelihoods, yet there is a lack of a policy approach to deal with the broad range of ecosystems in a comprehensive manner. Ecosystems are dealt with separately by different pieces of legislation, which has resulted in some challenges in coordinated implementation. Although there are differences in their objectives, the Birds and Habitats Directives (BHDs), the Water Framework Directive (WFD), and the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) are generally coherent with each other and mutually reinforcing. The Fitness Check of the BHD has nevertheless revealed some challenges in implementation that need to be addressed. This is particularly relevant where these Directives interact, for example water bodies whose status depends on their surrounding riparian habitats, and should be dealt with in an integrated way to achieve specific restoration objectives, such as for flood plains.

Moreover, there are habitats/species/ecosystems that are not or insufficiently covered by legislation. While the Birds Directive aims to protect all wild bird species and their habitats across the EU, its most specific provision on habitat protection (Article 4) only concerns bird species listed in Annex I of the directive as well as regularly occurring migratory species not listed in Annex I. For those species, Member States must set up Special Protection Areas which form part of the Natura 2000 network. The provision concerning the preservation and restoration of the habitats of all bird species (Article 3) provides a general obligation which is largely not implemented. Hence, many bird habitats are, in practise, not subject to protection and restoration measures.

The Habitats Directive (HD) covers 1 200 threatened or endemic species of wild animals and plants, collectively referred to as species of Community interest (listed in its Annexes II, IV and V), as well as 231 rare habitat types, listed in its Annex I. Its provisions that are most relevant for restoration mainly relate to Annex I habitats as well as habitats of the species listed in Annex II within Special Areas of Conservation (part of the Natura 2000 network). For those Annex I habitats and habitats of Annex II species that are located outside Natura 2000, there is no specific provision on restoration, albeit the achievement of the directive’s objective would require this to happen. The same goes for species listed in Annex IV and V of the directive, for which no specific habitat restoration provisions are set, in spite of the objective to maintain or restore them, at favourable conservation status. Moreover, for habitats of the protected species which do not overlap with Annex I habitats, the restoration requirements only concern the necessary action to address the ecological requirements of the protected species, including birds, while there is no requirement to implement restoration for any other purposes.

The Natura 2000 network on land currently covers 18% of the EU surface (764 000 km2) 83 , ranging from 8,3% in Denmark to 36,7% in Croatia, which reflects differences in biodiversity richness but also different designation strategies by the Member States. The network covers approximately 34% of the surface of all Annex I habitat types, which means that about two thirds lies outside.

Therefore, it can be concluded that – as regards the Habitats and Birds Directives - the areas for which there is no effective provision on restoration cover all land and sea that do not fall within Natura 2000 sites, i.e. the majority of the EU territory, large parts of which are undergoing continuous degradation (EU Ecosystem Assessment 2020). 

Although protection and restoration of habitats (e.g. peatlands) under the Birds and the Habitats Directive will benefit soil health and soil biodiversity, this is not an explicit objective of the Directives. Soil health and soil biodiversity are not yet covered by EU legislation in an explicit comprehensive and coherent manner. As stated in the State and Outlook of the Environment Report 2020 (EEA): “The lack of a comprehensive and coherent policy framework for protecting Europe’s land and soil resources is a key gap that reduces the effectiveness of the existing incentives and measures and may limit Europe’s ability to achieve future objectives related to development of green infrastructure and the bioeconomy. The legislative proposal (‘Soil Health Law’) announced in the recently adopted EU Soil Strategy for 2030 84 is expected to address this. For these reasons, soil-related legal obligations will be taken up in that proposal. Furthermore, although some pollinators are protected under the Habitats Directive (e.g. rare butterfly species) and they also benefit from habitat conservation measures (e.g. for grasslands) they are not a particular focus of the Nature Directives. Finally, there is no EU legislation requiring the restoration of urban ecosystems. 

The key policy and legislative failures can be summarised as follows:

1)Voluntary targets have not been effective and have not led to the achievement of the agreed EU voluntary restoration targets in the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020.

2)There are significant shortcomings and gaps in existing legislation to address restoration effectively (for example there are no terrestrial time-bound targets, there is a lack of specific provisions on restoration, etc).

3)Many ecosystems are not covered by legislation, and are degraded, representing significant areas of the EU territory. This includes soils and some forests, grasslands and urban ecosystems. Furthermore, key species groups such as pollinators are not covered by legislation.

4)The lack of a common methodology for assessing ecosystem condition for these ecosystems not covered by existing legislation blocks progress since condition cannot be measured consistently.

Whilst better implementation of existing legislation would improve the situation, it would not be sufficient to address the problem of reversing the trend of biodiversity loss and restoring ecosystems. To address the policy gaps and shortcomings mentioned above, new legislation is needed. This should supplement the existing legal instruments to protect nature, with additional means to restore nature in order to reverse these downward trends. In other words, to halt and reverse biodiversity loss, protection of nature needs to be supplemented by more efforts to restore degraded ecosystems. The new legislation should build on and work in synergy with existing legislation, but go further to ensure that restoration can be addressed explicitly and extensively across the EU.

2.3. Who is affected by the problem?

The poor condition of ecosystems and the decline of biodiversity impacts on the whole of society, through the loss of ecosystem services, which support economic activity and human livelihoods. The World Economic Forum has identified biodiversity loss as the third most pressing global risk by severity for the next decade, after climate action failure and extreme weather 85 . Biodiversity loss has critical implications for the whole population, from the collapse of food and health systems to the disruption of entire supply chains. Over half of global GDP depends on nature and the services it provides, with three key economic sectors – construction, agriculture, and food and drink – all highly dependent on it 86 .  The Banque the France found that 42% of the market value of securities held by French financial institutions comes from issuers (non-financial corporations) that are highly or very highly dependent on at least one ecosystem service 87 .

The degradation of ecosystems particularly affects farmers, foresters, landowners, fishers, the water sector and agri-food sectors, the insurance sector (increased impact of disasters), the financial sector (investments dependent on biodiversity) and the tourism sector. At the same time society as a whole also stands to gain significant benefits once ecosystem health is improved.

The OECD estimates 88 that the world lost EUR 3.5-18.5 trillion per year in ecosystem services from 1997 to 2011 owing to land-cover change, and an estimated EUR 5.5-10.5 trillion per year from land degradation. Although figures for the EU were not specifically calculated, one can deduce corresponding losses for the EU. Soil erosion costs European countries and farmers EUR 1.25 billion per year solely in loss of agricultural productivity 89 .

Furthermore, biological diversity of microorganisms, flora and fauna also provides extensive benefits for biological, health, and pharmacological sciences. Loss in biodiversity would limit discovery of potential treatments for many diseases and health problems. Loss of biodiversity including pollinators in agricultural soils is also a threat to food production and food quality affecting farmers and citizens alike.

Moreover, there are costs of at least EUR 169 billion per year due to poor management of oceans such as over-exploitation of fisheries, nutrient pollution and invasive marine species carried in ship ballast water. 90  

Degraded ecosystems also have a reduced capacity to mitigate and adapt to climate change, so that people and nature will face more severe consequences such as heat, drought, wildfires, floods and other disasters, when ecosystems continue to decline.

However, biodiversity conservation and nature restoration can avoid many of these costs. They have potential direct economic benefits for many sectors of the economy. For example, conserving marine stocks could increase annual profits of the seafood industry by more than EUR 49 billion, while protecting coastal wetlands could save the insurance industry around EUR 50 billion annually through reducing flood damage losses. 91  

In addition, the Nature Fitness Check 92 showed that the benefits of Natura 2000 are valued at between EUR 200-300 billion per year. The investment needs of the network are expected to support as many as 500,000 additional jobs. 93 For example in the forestry sector a first estimate suggests that Natura 2000 supports 73,000 jobs. 94   

Box 1: Views of stakeholders and authorities on the problem, its impacts and drivers in the EU:

A series of Eurobarometer surveys 95 over the past years indicate that the overwhelming majority of European citizens consider the various effects of biodiversity loss to be serious for humans and for nature, and agree that it is important to halt its loss (eight out of ten in the last survey published in 2019). The biggest perceived threats to biodiversity are pollution of air, soil and water, man-made disasters and climate change. EU citizens overwhelmingly agree that nature protection areas are very important and they are not willing to trade damage or destruction of protected areas for economic development. 

An open public consultation on the evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020, carried out jointly with the public consultation on the nature restoration targets, explored the drivers as well as impacts on stakeholders from the failure to halt biodiversity loss. A key reason for failure noted by stakeholders in open text responses related to the lack of integrated, holistic approaches to halting biodiversity loss. EU citizens and academic/ research institutions noted that conflicts can arise in the management of biodiversity predominantly due to contrasting approaches between Member States’ and EU/international decision making and diverging economic interests amongst actors in implementing biodiversity-related measures. Furthermore, a ‘lack of enforceability’ of the Strategy was regarded as a reason for failure by some stakeholders (EU citizens and an academic), followed by poor definition of the targets. Asked about impacts on themselves or on their field of work, more respondents identified significant impacts since 2011 (48%) compared to those who did not identify impacts (33%).

In the open public consultation and consultation workshops on the definition of nature restoration targets, stakeholders from environmental organisations pointed to the voluntary nature of the restoration target in the past as a reason for the failure to implement it. The majority of respondents in the Open Public Consultation who ‘completely disagreed’ that the voluntary nature of the target had undermined its delivery were forestry-related. The majority of stakeholders who ‘fully agreed’ or ‘tended to agree’ that unresolved conflicting land use interests were a factor belonged (in decreasing order) to the forestry, environment and culture sectors. The lowest number of respondents considered that insufficient knowledge and skills had been a barrier. Insufficient funding and conflicting land use interests were the answers most often selected by forestry sector stakeholders.

How the views of stakeholders and authorities have been taken into account:

The problems and drivers identified by the stakeholders are taken into account in this impact assessement and are addressed by the proposed policy option. Threats such as pollution are largely being addressed by other EU initiatives and legislation, however, nature restoration will in many cases also entail reduction of (the impacts of) pollution, and will, in turn, contribute to cleaner water and air. The EU proposal on restoration targets will provide for a more harmonised approach in the EU, with objectives which are in line with international ambitions and commitments. The synergies with and added value to existing legislation, such as the Birds and Habitats Directives, the Climate Law and the LULUCF Regulation, will ensure the called-for integrate approach. The lack of enforceability and poor definition of targets, as well asl their voluntary nature, is addressed by this proposal as it sets specific, binding targets with clear deadlines and reporting obligations. The issue of conflicting land use interests will be (at least partially) addressed by enabling measures, for instance by pointing towards financial opportunities at EU-level e.g. for developing alternative incomes based on the provision of ecosystem services.



2.4. How will the problem evolve?

As described in Chapter 2, biodiversity loss and degradation of ecosystems continues in the EU, and the restoration efforts to improve the condition of ecosystems have been largely insufficient.

Halting all greenhouse gas emissions would still not prevent the impacts of climate change that are already occurring. These will continue for decades, even if global and European efforts to cut greenhouse gas emissions prove effective. Studies suggest that up to half of Europe’s land area may experience major climate-induced changes during this century 96 , 97 . Marine ecosystems and the oceans are also projected to change significantly 98 .

Estimates of how the problem will evolve are also described in the evolution of the baseline for each main ecosystem type in the thematic assessments in Annex VI. Annex VII provides a description of the trends of the baseline in broad terms.

The initiatives under the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 and under the European Green Deal (see Chapter 1) can help to tackle several of the drivers and pressures of ecosystem degradation, and the set of existing and upcoming policy measures of the Green Deal can be expected to help ecosystems to recover to a small degree, for instance by contributing to passive restoration, for instance by reducing pollution or reducing over-exploitation (see policies and their relevance to restoration in Annex X). However, the analysis of their overall impacts indicates that this does not sufficiently address the problem (Annex VII see baseline) and extensive restoration will not be achieved by these policies. Many degraded ecosystems require focussed and location-specific passive restoration measures, as well as a range of location-specific active restoration measures. All of these are needed for ecosystems to recover. Thus, without significant intervention, the problem of the lack of restoration will continue and persist across the EU.

Biodiversity and ecosystems and the need to restore nature is at the core of the Green Deal, and the economic transformation of the Green Deal goes hand in hand with having healthy ecosystems. Failure to address the problem of restoration will pose risks to addressing core objectives of the Green Deal, including reaching climate neutrality. EU climate policy is increasingly relying on natural sinks to capture and store carbon (such as in the LULUCF Regulation). Ecosystems, such as wetlands or forests, need to be in a heathy state in order to be able to effectively capture and store carbon. Likewise, more biodiverse and healthy ecosystems are more resilient to climate change and also provide more effective form of disaster reduction and prevention. Healthy croplands and grasslands, rich in biodiversity and pollinators are needed in order to assure crop provision in terms in quantity and quality, and without these the likely evolution of the problem would increase the likelihood of not reaching objectives of strategies of the Green Deal such as the Farm to Fork Strategy.

In summary, because of the various shortcomings and gaps in the existing legislation as described above, this will not by itself be able to drive a restoration agenda. In the absence of binding restoration targets and proper planning, monitoring, reporting and enforcement mechanisms, the problem of poor ecosystem condition risks to be further aggravated. This would also significantly hamper reaching the objectives of the Green Deal.

3.Why should the EU act?

3.1. Legal basis

The legal basis is Article 192(1) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. On the basis of this provision, the Union can take action to achieve the objectives of Article 191:

Union policy on the environment shall contribute to pursuit of the following objectives:

- preserving, protecting and improving the quality of the environment,

- protecting human health,

- prudent and rational utilisation of natural resources,

- promoting measures at international level to deal with regional or worldwide environmental problems, and in particular combating climate change.

3.2. Subsidiarity: necessity of EU action

Intervention at EU level is justified in view of the scale and transboundary nature of biodiversity loss and ecosystem degradation, the impacts of environmental degradation on citizens across the Union as well as the risks to its economy. Coordinated measures by all Member States are necessary to achieve significant levels of biodiversity and ecosystem restoration in the EU. The roll out of the Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 has shown that the voluntary commitments of Member States are not sufficiently conducive to reaching EU objectives for restoring ecosystems.

Moreover, given that several ecosystems are already covered by EU legislation, EU action is needed to complement existing requirements where necessary and to fill policy gaps for ecosystems that are not yet fully covered.

3.3. Subsidiarity: added value of EU action

·Coordinated action is needed at a sufficiently large scale to address biodiversity loss and degradation and to benefit from synergies at that level. The more ecosystems are restored, the greater their capacity to reverse the decline of species and habitats. Working at European scale is essential, for instance for the recovery of birds and pollinators which is a problem across the EU and cannot be solved by only working in some Member States. Likewise, addressing problems at European scale is also essential given the extent of mobility of many terrestrial/aquatic/marine species and for addressing pressures such as aquatic and air pollution. In terms of synergies, restoring one ecosystem has positive effects on other neighbouring or connected ecosystems and their biodiversity, since many species thrive better in connected networks of ecosystems on a large geographical scale. 

·EU-level action allows to address the transboundary nature of biodiversity-related and ecosystem degradation issues, including the pressures on ecosystems, which could not be tackled efficiently at Member State level alone. EU-level action brings effectiveness/efficiency gains.

·EU-level action is also needed to ensure a consistent approach to restoring towards good ecosystems condition across the EU. Without this there would be no common targets of what restoration efforts are aiming towards.  

·Taking ambitious, coordinated action on biodiversity and ecosystem restoration at EU level, will give the EU the necessary credibility to ‘lead by example and by action’ at international level.

·Further analysis of subsidiarity for each of the policy options is presented in Chapter 7.

Box 2: Views of stakeholders and authorities on the need for EU action.

The feedback received on the Inception Impact Assessment roadmap (see Annex II for more analytical detail) revealed overall broad support for the EU initiative across NGOs, academia, business, citizens and other organisations. Some environmental NGOs and experts proposed that EU legislation should set binding targets for the individual Member States. However, most respondents (across stakeholder groups) considered that the selection of restoration sites and measures should be done at the national and sub-national level, and that the governance, monitoring and reporting framework should provide for this flexibility.

Stakeholder views expressed in the open public consultation diverged significantly as concerns the level at which targets should be set. When all responses were considered, there was close to full support both for an overarching restoration goal (97%) and for specific targets for ecosystems (96%). When the responses submitted via the #RestoreNature campaign were isolated, none of the options for binding EU restoration targets received majority support. Stakeholders active in the forestry sector in Poland, who formed the majority of these respondents (55%), indicated relatively low support for an EU level target across all ecosystems (40%) and even lower support for ecosystem-specific EU restoration targets, while open responses indicated preference for the setting of targets at the national level and called for financial incentives. Open text respondents overwhelmingly supported subsidiarity for the Member States to determine restoration priorities, pointing to local social, historical and cultural knowledge, differences in economy and policy structures and biodiversity and ecosystems. A combined approach of EU restoration targets and Member States’ flexibility to plan restoration on the ground according to national features was broadly supported by Member States’ authorities and stakeholders at the consultation workshops.

How views of stakeholders and authorities have been taken into account:

The proposed policy option sets targets for Member States, but the prioritisation of restoration sites and selection of measures is left to Member States, in line with the principle of subsidiarity and allowing for flexibility in planning and to accommodate for local conditions. A combined approach is proposed, setting both an overarching restoration target as well as a range of ecosystem-specific targets.



4.Objectives: What is to be achieved?

4.1. General objective

The general objective is that the EU’s biodiversity should be on the path to recovery and that all EU ecosystems should be restored.

This general objective is in line with the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 and supported by other initiatives under the European Green Deal. This general objective is at a level consistent with Article 192(1) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (see section 3.1 above).  The implementation of the strategy is in progress, with a large number of specific actions being carried out. 99  The more ecosystems are restored the greater their capacity to revert the decline of species and habitat types, thereby avoiding extinctions and regaining habitats and species in what is their natural range. In addition, the more biodiverse and better connected ecosystems we have, the greater is their capacity to adapt to climate change (by allowing species to migrate northwards and upwards) and the greater the overall resilience of Europe’s nature to predicted weather extremes. In addition (and as important), the more we restore ecosystems that capture and store carbon, the more contribution there is to climate policy in terms of climate adaptation and mitigation. Ecosystem restoration is an essential part of climate policy and vice versa: climate adaptation and mitigation is needed to prevent further biodiversity loss and ecoystems degradation. This should apply to all regions of the EU including the outermost regions 100 , 101 . 

4.2. Specific objective

Following from the general objective, the specific objective is:

To restore degraded ecosystems across the EU, in particular those that have the most potential to remove and store carbon and prevent and reduce the impact of natural disasters; and to restore the broad range of ecosystems in the EU, with restoration measures in place by 2050 and ecosystems on the path to recovery by 2030.

For the specific objective, one should note that:

1.The primary objective is an ecological one (i.e to improve the condition of ecosystems). However, improved ecosystem condition also goes hand in hand with the delivery of a range of ecosystem services that result from improved condition. Thus, the specific objective will naturally entail the improvement of a wide range of ecosystems services, of which climate mitigation and disaster risk reduction are particularly highlighted. The emphasis given to restoration that in particular contributes to climate mitigation and disaster risk reduction was specified in the Biodiversity Strategy to 2030.

2.To define the breadth of ambition and set dates for progress for the specific objective, further reference to the biodiversity strategy has been made. The strategy specifies that the EU’s biodiversity will be on the path to recovery by 2030, and that by 2050 all ecosystems are restored. Given that in practice it may not be possible to restore all ecosystems, the specific objective needs to address at least a broad range of ecosystems 102  in the EU. Furthermore, given the dates specified in the Biodiversity Strategy, ecosystems should be restored by 2050 and on the path to recovery by 2030. This sets the breadth of ambition of the specific objective and provides milestones dates for progress for the specific objective.

3.The broad range of ecosystems to be addressed is taken to correspond to the main ecosystem types in the EU: wetlands, forests, agro-ecosystems (including grassland and cropland), marine ecosystems, heathland, scrub, rocky and dune habitats (which encompasses sparse vegetation), lakes, rivers and alluvial ecosystems and urban ecosystems. Carrying out restoration of these ecosystems would help improve their condition and restore biodiversity. Restoration of these ecosystems would also typically, and to varying degrees depending on the specific restoration carried out, contribute to removing and storing carbon and preventing and reducing the impact of natural disasters. The marine and terrestrial ecosystems in the EU’s outermost regions (including tropical and sub-tropical) are also included given their exceptionally high biodiversity value. 

4.The condition towards or to which most ecosystems need to be restored good condition means a state where the key characteristics of an ecosystem, namely physical, chemical, compositional, structural and functional state, and landscape and seascape characteristics, reflect the high level of ecological integrity, stability and resilience necessary to ensure the long-term maintenance. For habitat types listed in Annex I and II the condition is assessed via the “structure and functions” parameter, as referred to in Article 1(e) of the Habitats Directive. Under the Nature Directives, Member States have elaborated for Annex I habitats what a good condition is and how it is monitored in their specific biogeographical circumstances. The result of the monitoring is reported , as part of the Conservation Status assessment under Art.17 of the Habitats Directive to the Commission every 6 years. 

5.Restoration of ecosystems does not require to achieve a certain historic condition (e.g. cities don’t have to be reverted back into wetlands or forests, biodiverse grasslands do not have to be converted into forests, etc. ) but it considers current and predicted changes in environmental conditions. In the case of re-establishment of ecosystems, Member States would be expected to identify (where possible) where ecosystems were lost in the last 70 years in order to take this information into account when drafting their restoration plans and planning the areas of ecosystems to be re-)established. This does however not mean that they have to re-establish a situation as it was 70 years ago.

6.For ecosystems currently not covered by the Nature Directives, good condition will be defined by the EU-wide methodology to be set up in the context of the Nature Restoration Law implementation (as explained in 5.2.2 under ‘EU-wide methodology). 

7.Restoration not only includes measures to improve the condition of the ecosystems but also their re-establishment, in particular but not exclusively in the areas where they were lost.

8.One needs to also ensure that restored ecosystems and all others subject to the specific objective be maintained and do not (further) deteriorate (for example by ensuring protection or appropriate management). Restoration approaches need to take into account the fact that future restored ecosystems should be climate-resilient.

In order to put EU’s nature on the path to recovery by 2030, the initiative needs to act with urgency and lead to measurable results by that date. However, since data (e.g. on condition) and monitoring mechanisms are not available for all ecosystems, these would need to be developed based on a step-wise approach. This is described further in 5.2.1 in more detail; see also Figure 6.

The specific objective would apply directly to Member States, taking into account Member States’ bio-geographical characteristics, as not all ecosystems are represented in each Member State (see Annex VIII for geographical distribution and condition per Member State). At EU level we would aim to reach the specific objective EU-wide and at Member State level we would aim to ensure that the appropriate efforts are put in place that will jointly help achieve the EU-level objective. Such appropriate efforts are later described in section 5.2.2 which outlines the implementation framework and the requirements placed on Member States for the options considered.

To ensure a good understanding of the objectives and the targets, it is important to note the difference between “restoration” and “recovery” (as outlined in the Glossary): To restore means that all the necessary measures (e.g blocking of wetlands drainage, re-introduction of needed species, etc.) have been put into place to enable the recovery of an ecosystem to get back to good condition. However, some ecosystems can take decades to recover even if all the restoration measures have been put into place. Thus, restoration measures can be put into place relatively quickly, but recovery to good condition can take more time to arrive at, depending also on the type of ecosystem.

Box 3: Views of stakeholders and authorities on the general and specific objectives.

Restoration for biodiversity improvement was considered moderate to high priority for the majority of respondents in the Open Public Consultation, as were the additional objectives of climate mitigation, adaptation and resilience, disaster risk reduction, air and water regulation, pollination, and human health. Open question responses from academic and research organisations and some sector stakeholder organisations further stressed the importance of an integrated strategy to support ecosystems restoration and socio-economic development.

National authorities, restoration experts from the academia and environmental NGOs participating in the consultation workshops underlined the importance of reducing pressures and increasing ecological connectivity. Several environmental NGOs and restoration experts called for ensuring non-deterioration of both ecosystems that are restored, and those that are to be restored. Stakeholders ranging from national authorities in the Member States and NGOs to sector associations underlined the importance of ensuring links and complementarity with the objectives existing EU legislation and policies such as the BHD, WFD, MSFD, CFP, CAP and LULUCF.

How views of stakeholders and authorities have been taken into account:

The stakeholder feedback on connectivity and on non-deterioration has led to explicit incorporation of both principles (as requirements) in the proposal. Links and complementarity with existing EU legislation is also built in the proposal, for instance to limit the burden on Member States for monitoring and reporting (no duplication) and to ensure added value of the proposal.

Operational objectives: 

Following from the specific objective, and the rationale described in section 2.2, the operational objectives are to:

·Restore and maintain ecosystems to good condition by establishing legally binding nature restoration targets, in a way that complements existing relevant instruments and fills EU policy and legal gaps. The targets should be ‘SMART’, i.e. specific, measurable, achievable, realistic and time-bound.

·Ensure that targets are properly implemented by establishing an effective implementation framework that includes requirements for monitoring, assessment, planning, reporting, enforcement, financing and capacity building, and when necessary, remedial or corrective action.

Legally binding targets and an associated implementation framework are considered to be the appropriate instruments to fill the gaps identified in the problem definition because they would directly address the persisting restoration gaps as well as underlying policy and legislative failures outlined in section 2.2.

Box 4: Views of stakeholders and authorities on the operational objectives:

The Open Public Consultation results overwhelmingly supported the establishment of legally binding restoration targets (97 % in favour of general EU-level restoration targets across all ecosystems, 96 % for targets per ecosystem or habitat, 97 % for ‘other’ and 1 % for targets per species or group of species). The majority of this support was mobilised via the #RestoreNature campaign initiated by environmental NGOs, which included more than 95 % of the EU citizens participating in the consultation. Another specific segment of respondents, mostly citizens and stakeholders active in the Polish forestry sector, expressed preference for soft measures. The majority of all respondents supported EU action to improve knowledge and training, as well as cooperation with EU neighbours to restore cross-border ecosystems. 

At the consultation workshops, calls were made by authorities and stakeholders across the board to ensure support for restoration with enabling measures, with a special emphasis on funding (including compensation), as well as for measures to support community-led ecosystem restoration and management, knowledge, monitoring and research into the impacts of restoration. Passive restoration as well as measures to protect restored ecosystems and to ensure their non-deterioration and sustainable management were considered essential by restoration experts.

How views of stakeholders and authorities have been taken into account:

The proposal includes legally binding targets, both at an overarching level, as well as ecosystem-specific targets. In response to the need for ‘soft measures’ and ‘enebling measures’, such enabling measures have been included in the proposal. The impact assessment has shown, that soft (non-binding) measures alone would be insufficient to achieve the restoration objectives of the Biodiversity Strategy. Passive restoration as well as measures to ensure the non-deterioration of ecosystems have been included in the proposal.

4.3. Intervention logic

5.What are the available policy options?

©GettyImages

5.1.What is the baseline from which options are assessed?

The baseline scenario assumes the implementation of the Green Deal and Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 with the exception of the legally binding restoration targets. Beyond that, the baseline also assumes that other EU and Member State policies relevant to restoration would be implemented. Information on national restoration policies is provided in Annex XI.

The baseline scenario would therefore include:

-Non-binding targets included in the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2030 related to restoration, such as: no deterioration in conservation trends and status of all protected habitats and species by 2030 and that at least 30% of species and habitats not currently in favourable status are in that category or show a strong positive trend by 2030; 25 000 km of rivers is restored to be free-flowing; by-catch of species threatened with extinction is eliminated or reduced to a level that allows full recovery; and a reverse in the decline of pollinators.

-Broad commitments for financing for biodiversity as well as potential marketbased instruments and voluntary approaches to remove harmful subsidies (as outlined in the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030).

-Implementation of relevant EU policies and legislation, particularly the BHD, MSFD, WFD and those under the European Green Deal such as the Zero Pollution Action Plan, the Soil Strategy and Chemicals Strategy, the Fit for 55 Package (mainly LULUCF), the Climate Law, the proposed revision of the Renewable Energy Directive (RED) and the proposed Regulation on deforestation and forest degradation 103 .

-Implementation of national policies relevant to restoration.

For the baseline scenario, we interpret “implementation” of relevant policies, voluntary commitments and legislation as “realistic”, based on expected implementation by Member States and based on experience to date (which has shown that implementation has not been perfect and with many insufficiencies). So specifically, it considers the “realistic” implementation of BHD, WFD, MSFD and climate laws (see Annex VII).

Contribution of existing EU legislation and initiatives (see Annex VII for more details)

The ‘realistic’ implementation of relevant EU environmental and climate legislation will contribute to the recovery of degraded ecosystems by addressing the drivers of biodiversity loss and ecosystem degradation.

The Birds and Habitats Directives (BHD) are expected to see enhanced implementation towards 2030 as a result of the efforts resulting from the implementation of the Action Plan for nature, people and the economy that was developed following a thorough Fitness Check of the legislation. Following the completion of the Natura 2000 designation process on land, Member States are in the decisive phase of developing site-specific conservation objectives and measures (including restoration) which are critical to yield results on the ground. The Water Framework Directive (WFD) is also expected to see enhanced implementation in light of the deadline to achieve good status of water bodies by 2027, and the Fitness Check that identified some priorities for better implementation. There is, however, little likelihood that Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) implementation will improve towards 2030, as there are several implementation challenges for which it is too early to tell how effectively they will be tackled in the ongoing review. Moreover, the benefits of the review are unlikely to be felt in the short term.

With the European Green Deal, biodiversity has become a political priority at the highest political level in the EU. The EGD sets out a strategy for a wide range of initiatives that have the potential to address some of the biggest drivers in ecosystems degradation. The Climate Law legally commits all Member States to achieve climate neutrality by 2050. To get on track towards this goal, the Fit for 55 package sets the EU on course to cut greenhouse gas emissions by 55 % by 2030 by introducing new and revised legislation on energy and climate. This would mainly help mitigate climate change. The revision of LULUCF, through reduced emission and increased carbon removal requirements for the land use sector, would in particular yield biodiversity co-benefits such as reduced tillage to enhance soil carbon, or increasing standing biomass in forests. The revision of the Renewable Energy Directive and related guidance has the potential of reducing negative impacts on forest ecosystems as a result of stricter requirements for using forest biomass for energy production. Other elements in this package are expected to have less notable effects on biodiversity.

The Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 also contains other proposed objectives and initiatives that can contribute to the recovery of ecosystems. BDS2030 pillar 1 on protection outlines voluntary protection targets. The protection of at least 30% of EU land and sea will help promote passive and active restoration in these protected areas. The commitment ‘to ensure no deterioration in conservation trends and status of all protected habitats and species by 2030’ and ‘to ensure that at least 30% of species and habitats not currently in favourable status are in that category or show a strong positive trend’ will only be achieved if it goes hand in hand with a significant restoration of the ecosystems in which these habitats and species occur.

BDS2030 pillar 2 on restoration provides some aspirational targets for restoration of agro-habitats for which the biodiversity strategy would work in tandem with the Farm to Fork Strategy. This sets voluntary commitments to increase organic farming, reduce pesticide and fertiliser use, introduce landscape features, and improve soil health. The EU Pollinators Initiative is furthermore currently being reviewed to put in place enabling measures with the aim of reversing the decline of pollinators by 2030.

The latest Common Agricultural Policy agreement gives the opportunity to Member States to use funds for environmental purposes. However, all Member States face competing priorities, and the 2014-20 experience of greening measures is that they have made a limited contribution to improving the environmental performance of farming 104 . This combined with past experience with voluntary commitments (as outlined in Section 2.2) makes that significant additional restoration cannot be expected unless Member States are mandated to achieve a certain level of restoration of degraded agro- or forest ecosystems.

For restoring marine habitats, the biodiversity strategy sets out the commitment to reduce bycatch and damage to seabeds. To achieve this, the strategy not only relies on the MSFD but also on the Common Fisheries Policy and the Marine Spatial Planning Directive (MSPD). The evaluation of the Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 noted high negative biodiversity impacts and continuing overfishing in certain EU sea basins. In the Mediterranean, for instance, most stocks are still massively overfished while a large number of north-east Atlantic stocks are fished sustainably. As regards the MSPD, several Member States have not adopted their maritime spatial plans by the implementation deadline of the MSPD. While ongoing policy developments, such as strengthening national marine spatial plans, providing guidance on priority areas and improving knowledge, will surely focus minds on ecological objectives in the marine environment, it remains to be seen in how far they will result in actual restoration outcomes.

For freshwater ecosystems, the strategy sets the voluntary target to restore 25 000 km of rivers to free-flowing state through barrier removal. To help Member States achieve this, the Commission will provide technical guidance to identify sites and mobilise funding. However, broad uptake cannot be guaranteed because of the target’s voluntary nature. For urban ecosystems the strategy commits to stop the loss of green urban ecosystems, and calls on European cities of at least 20 000 inhabitants to develop ambitious Urban Greening Plans by the end of 2021. Again, the level of uptake and effectiveness cannot be guaranteed.

The strategy aims to halve the number of Red listed species threatened by invasive alien species, which is to be made possible by implementing the Invasive Alien Species Regulation. The Forest Strategy furthermore announced that definitions, indicators, guidelines, cooperation and a certification scheme will follow, most of which are voluntary. Without a legally binding basis, including provisions for achieving a certain level of forest ecosystem condition, it is questionable that it will lead to significantly more restoration. The Zero Pollution Action Plan, Circular Economy Action Plan, Adaptation Strategy, Soil Strategy and the proposed Regulation on deforestation and forest degradation will furthermore address pollution, over-exploitation of natural resources, climate change, soil health and deforestation.

BDS2030 pillar 3 on enabling transformative change announces several initiatives such as a new governance framework and further commitments to dedicated funding. However, without legally binding obligations it remains to be seen how much uptake this will generate and how much would be focussed on restoration as such. BDS2020 pillar 4 on the global biodiversity agenda underlines a commitment to the ambition that ‘by 2050, all of the world’s ecosystems are restored, resilient, and adequately protected’. If adopted at the next CBD COP 15, which is to adopt a new Global Biodiversity Framework, it will put additional pressure on the EU to fulfill its commitments and lead by example.

The above EU policies will all have positive contributions to restoration but on their own will not be sufficient to lead to tangible verifiable restoration objectives outlined in Chapter 4 and thus leaving significant gaps that the legally binding targets can address.

Estimates of the evolution of the baseline for each main ecosystem type are given in the thematic assessments in Annex VI. Annex VII provides a description of the likely trends of the baseline in broad terms.

5.2. Description of the policy options

This section describes the policy options. These describe four main policy options: the baseline and three options for legally binding restoration targets that aim to address the shortcomings in EU policy. In essence, these consider different ways of setting targets, either aiming at broad overarching restoration targets, or much more specifically defined restoration targets at the level of specific ecosystems, or a form of hybrid target. These are: 2) an overarching legally binding target for ecosystem restoration, 3) legally binding ecosystem-specific targets, and finally 4) legally binding ecosystem-specific targets with an overarching objective. The options are described further described below in 5.2.1, and then 5.2.2. describes how implementation would be ensured for these options.

5.2.1 Options for setting targets

Policy Option 1 – Baseline

The baseline is described in section 5.1. and assumes the implementation of policies in the Green Deal and Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 and other relevant existing polices with the exception of the legally binding restoration targets. A more detailed description of the baseline is given in Annex VII.

Policy Option 2 – An overarching legally binding EU target for ecosystem restoration

Considering that the voluntary target set out in the Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 was not achieved, this option considers putting in a place a clearly defined legally binding version of this overarching target to restore ecosystems with deadline dates. Such an overarching target could be defined as: By 2050, ecosystems in the EU are restored to and maintained in good condition, complemented by legally binding milestones, that “by 2030, 20%, and by 2040, 60% of ecosystems in the EU are restored to and maintained in good condition” 105 . This EU target would be defined to cover the broad range of ecosystems in the EU, as described and listed in 4.2.

Such an overarching legally binding EU target would be established in legislation, and Member States would be required to reach the target on their own territories. They would be required to set up national restoration plans to reach the overarching target. This would give each Member State the freedom to decide how to best achieve their target based on their geographical characteristics and national preferences. The Commission could also provide guidance on which ecosystems to prioritise according the different milestone dates.

Overarching targets for restoration across the EU have also been proposed by the European Parliament and some stakeholders. For example, the Parliament resolution proposes a target to restore at least 30 % of the EU’s land and seas, which should be fully implemented by each Member State throughout their territory 106 . The assessment in section 6.2 also applies to a large extent to that proposed target, given that this target is very similar to the one analysed, other than the percentages that are slightly different.

The option would also include the requirement of no deterioration of ecosystems, to avoid that restored ecosystems are subsequently destroyed or damaged. See Annex X for a more detailed description of how this could be accomplished.

Monitoring and reporting of ecosystems covered by the BHD, WFD or MSFD, could be addressed by the monitoring and reporting mechanisms of that legislation. This would enable Member States and the Commission to measure progress towards a subset of the target. This, however, would only allow for partial coverage of ecosystems that would contribute to the target being reached. For other ecosystems, for which information about condition is not available through existing monitoring and reporting mechanisms (e.g. agro-ecosystems or forest habitats not listed in Annex I of the Habitats Directive), additional methodologies and monitoring mechanisms would have to be developed (so that Member States can determine which of those ecosystems need to be restored. The requirement to develop such an EU wide methodology could also be set in legislation. This could be an EU wide methodology across ecosystems in the EU or be based on the approach as described in option 3.

Policy Option 3 – Legally binding ecosystem-specific targets

The legislation would set legally binding ecosystem-specific targets for a range of ecosystems, habitats, or (groups) of species that should be restored by 2050. Targets would be established for each of the EU’s main ecosystem types (i.e. wetlands; forests; agro-ecosystems and grasslands; heathland and scrub; rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats; marine; urban ecosystems; and pollinators as a specific species group) that would be directly applicable at Member State level. For soils, a target (rewetting of drained peatland) and an indicator (on soil organic carbon) have been included under agro-ecosystems. The targets and sub-options for the specific targets for each of the main ecosystem types are provided in Annex V. A summary table of the targets selected is provided below.

Member States would set up national restoration plans to reach these targets at national level. This would give each Member State the obligation to restore based on their national biographical situation (for example land-locked Member States would obviously not have any marine ecosystems to restore) and they would have ownership of exactly how to plan to reach the targets.

The evidence base and methodology for arriving at a set of specific targets is described in Annex IV. This evidence base stems from stakeholder workshops, in-house expertise in the Commission, as well as the EEA. Data and information about Annex I habitats and the related targets comes primarily from reporting by Member States under the Habitats Directive, providing evidence of how much area needs to be restored, that was analysed in detail with the help of the EEA. Other targets such as for farmland birds are underpinned by the farmland bird index or follow from studies, including the EU Ecosystem Assessment, and related work by the JRC, the EEA and the European Topic Centre on Biodiversity.

The option would also include the requirement of no deterioration of ecosystems (the approach of how to address this is given in Annex X).

This option would use a stepwise approach (Figure 6). In step 1 (the initial adoption of the legislation), targets would be set for ecosystems, habitats or groups of species for which data, baselines and monitoring mechanisms are available. This would result in targets being set for each of the main ecosystem types in step 1 (see table below and Annex V). For terrestrial ecosystems, targets to restore Annex I habitats of the Habitats Directive would cover 24% 107  (949 990 km2) of the EU’s land area, corresponding to areas both within Natura 2000 and outside of Natura 2000. Of the terrestrial Annex I area, 182 985 to 536 669 km² would need to be restored (see table 1, section 2.1.2). Other species targets such as on protected species, farmland birds or pollinators would indirectly address a bigger part of the EU land area. Using a stepwise approach was proposed and supported at the stakeholder workshops.

For ecosystems, habitats or species for which data and monitoring mechanisms are not yet present or not yet sufficiently developed-, such as agro-ecosystems and forest habitats not listed in Annex I of the Habitats Directive, Member States would be required to achieve a positive trend of certain key biodiversity indicators. Meanwhile a process would be established in the legislation to develop an EU-wide methodology for assessing their condition. The methodology is described further below as an enabling measure, and would be developed by the Member States and the Commission. This would lay the basis for setting baselines and thresholds of good condition for further restoration targets to be established in step 2. Based on this, impact assessments of these targets would be carried out. The targets then established in step 2 would then gradually increase coverage and in principle cover all of the EU’s area. Step 2 targets would be established by revising the legislation adopted in step 1 (see Figure 6). Developing an EU-wide methodology was proposed and supported at the stakeholder workshops.

Figure 7: Two-step approach for ecosystem-specific targets (policy option 3), in combination with an overarching objective (policy option 4).

Selected targets and obligations for Step 1

WETLANDS (incl. Peatlands, marshlands & coastal wetlands) 

-Restore all HD Annex I wetland habitat area to good condition, with all necessary restoration measures completed on 30 % (or 15 %) 108 of degraded areas by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050.

-Recreate 30 % (or 15 %) of additional habitat area required to achieve favorable conservation status of HD Annex I wetland habitats by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050. 

-Restore and re-create the area as necessary to enhance the conservation status of species listed in Annex II, IV and V of the Habitats Directive as well as wild birds associated with wetlands in view of achieving their favourable conservation status by 2050, with at least 30 % achieved by 2030 and at least 60 % by 2040. 

FORESTS

-Restore all HD Annex I forest habitat area to good condition, with all necessary restoration measures completed on 30 % (or 15 %) of degraded areas by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050.

-Recreate 30 % (or 15 %) of additional habitat area required to achieve favorable conservation status of HD Annex I forest habitats by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050.

-Restore and re-create the area as necessary to enhance the conservation status of species listed in Annex II, IV and V of the Habitats Directive as well as wild birds associated with forests in view of achieving their favourable conservation status by 2050, with at least 30 % achieved by 2030 and at least 60 % by 2040. 

-Achieve a continuously improving trend of each of the following indicators, until satisfactory levels are achieved or until new targets are in place: deadwood, age structure, forest connectivity, tree cover density, abundance of common forest birds, soil organic carbon in forest land.

AGRO-ECOSYSTEMS AND GRASSLANDS 

-Restore all HD Annex I agricultural habitat area to good condition, with all necessary restoration measures completed on 30 % (or 15 %) of degraded areas by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050.

-Recreate 30 % (or 15 %) of additional habitat area required to achieve favorable conservation status of HD Annex I agricultural habitats by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050. 

-To increase the populations of farmland birds as measured by the common farmland bird index re-set at 100 at year X [one year after the entry into force of this Regulation] to:

I.110 by 2030, 120 by 2040 and 130 by 2050, for Member States with historically depleted populations of farmland birds;

II.105 by 2030, 110 by 2040 and 115 by 2050, for Member States that do not have historically depleted populations of farmland birds.

-Restore and re-create the area as necessary to enhance the conservation status of species listed in Annex II, IV and V of the Habitats Directive as well as wild birds associated with agro-habitats and grassland in view of achieving their favourable conservation status by 2050, with at least 15 %/30 % of all necessary actions carried out by 2030 and 40 %/60 % by 2040 and 100 % 2050. 

-For drained peatlands under agricultural use, to put in place restoration measures, including rewetting, on at least:

I.30% of such areas by 2030 of which at least a quarter is rewetted;

II.50% of such areas by 2040 of which at least half is rewetted, and

III.70% of such areas by 2050 of which at least half is rewetted.

-Achieve a continuously improving trend of each of the following indicators:

I.grassland butterfly index;

II.organic carbon content in cropland mineral soils;

until satisfactory levels are achieved or until the new targets are in place; and

III.share of agricultural land with high-diversity landscape features until 2030, with the view to achieving the EU commitment to bring back at least 10% of agricultural area under high-diversity landscape features by 2030;

IV.percentage of species and habitats of Union interest related to agriculture with stable or increasing trends until 100% is reached at the latest by 2050.

HEATHLANDS & SCRUB, ROCKY & DUNE HABITATS (SPARSE VEGETATION)

-Restore all HD Annex I steppe, heath and scrub, rocky & dune habitat area to good condition, with all necessary restoration measures completed on 30 % (or 15 %) of degraded areas by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050.

-Recreate 30 % (or 15 %) of additional habitat area required to achieve favorable conservation status of HD Annex I steppe, heath and scrub, rocky & dune habitats by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050.

-Restore and re-create the area as necessary to enhance the conservation status of species listed in Annex II, IV and V of the Habitats Directive as well as wild birds and associated with steppe, heath and scrub, rocky & dune habitats in view of achieving their favourable conservation status by 2050, with at least 30 % (or 15 %) of all necessary actions carried out by 2030 and 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050. 

FRESHWATER: RIVERS, LAKES AND ALLUVIAL HABITATS 

-Restore all HD Annex I rivers, lakes and alluvial habitat area to good condition, with all necessary restoration measures completed on 30 % (or 15 %) of degraded areas by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050.

-Recreate 30 % (or 15 %) of additional habitat area required to achieve favourable conservation status of HD Annex I rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050. 

-Restore and re-create the area as necessary to enhance the conservation status of species listed in Annex II, IV and V of the Habitats Directive as well as wild birds associated with rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats in view of achieving their favourable conservation status by 2050, with at least 15 % achieved by 2030 and at least 40 % by 2040. 

-Develop an inventory of barriers to longitudinal and lateral connectivity of rivers and a detailed plan of which barriers will be removed, with a view to achieving free-flowing status where possible and necessary to restore the habitats depending on such connectivity.

-Mapping out of small water units, with a view to identify their restoration and recreation potential and assess their contribution to improve connectivity between habitats as part of high diversity landscape features, contributing to the restoration of habitats and species. 

MARINE ECOSYSTEMS 

-To put in place the necessary restoration measures to improve all areas that are not in good condition to good condition  in specified marine habitat types, with measures put in place on at least 30 % of such areas by 2030, on at least 60 % of such areas by 2040, and on at least 90 % of such areas by 2050 109 :

a.HD Annex I marine habitats (sub-types of Annex I habitat types, such as seagrass beds, macro-algal forests, sponge, coral and coralligenous beds, maerl beds, shellfish beds, vents and seeps);

b.Marine habitats outside HD Annex I (such as marine shelf sediments).

-To put in place the restoration measures necessary to re-establish those habitat types in areas not covered by those habitat types, on at least 30 % of the additional area needed to reach the favourable reference area of each group of habitat types by 2030, at least 60 % of such areas by 2040, and 100 % of such areas by 2050;

-To put in place restoration measures for the habitats of marine species listed in Annexes II, IV and V of the HD and Annex I to Regulation 2019/1241 and of wild birds covered under Birds Directive, that are needed to improve the quality of those habitats, re-establish those habitats and create sufficient connectivity among those habitats corresponding to the ecological requirements of those species. 

URBAN ECOSYSTEMS 

·To ensure that there is no net loss of urban green space, and urban tree canopy cover by 2030, compared to 2021, within all cities and towns and suburbs;

·To ensure that there is an increase in the total national area of urban green space in cities and towns and suburbs of at least 3 % of the total area of cities and towns and suburbs in 2021, by 2040, and at least 5 % by 2050. In addition Member States shall ensure:

I.a minimum of 10 % urban tree canopy cover in all cities and towns and suburbs by 2050; and

II.a net gain of urban green space that is integrated into existing and new buildings and infrastructure developments, including through renovations and renewals, in all cities and towns and suburbs.

POLLINATORS 

-Reverse the decline of pollinators 110 : This target relates in particular to the following ecosystems: agro-habitats and grasslands, wetlands, forests and heathlands & scrub. 

An EU wide methodology for assessing the condition of ecosystems would be established in Step1.

To illustrate the areas of ecosystems that would be covered by the targets in the EU, the example of forests is provided. For Step 1 the first forest target to restore Annex I forest area would cover 28% of EU terrestrial forest area, which is the percentage of the overall EU forest area covered by Annex I habitats (based on best available data). The second target on recreation could pertain to potentially any terrestrial area, since recreation could be carried out in principle anywhere inside or outside Annex I habitats. Likewise, the third target on ensuring the conservation status of species could pertain to potentially any terrestrial area, since the species could occur in any area inside or outside of Annex I habitats. For step 2, a more specific target on restoring non-Annex I habitats forest area would have to be defined. However, in principle it could apply to up to 72% of the EU terrestrial forest area (i.e. any non-Annex I area).

As regards potential targets for step 2, a table of initial potential targets is provided below. They have been identified as potential future targets in the ecosystem specific impact assessments (see Annex VI). For these, further methodological development and analysis would be needed. 

Potential targets for Step 2

This includes an initial list and further targets may be developed

WETLANDS (incl. Peatlands, marshlands & coastal wetlands)

FORESTS

·Restore degraded non-HD Annex I forest habitat areas.

AGRO-ECOSYSTEMS AND GRASSLANDS

·Restore and recreate semi-modified and semi-natural grasslands.

·Restore and recreate unploughed / untilled grasslands.

HEATHLANDS & SCRUB

 

FRESHWATER: RIVERS, LAKES AND ALLUVIAL HABITATS

·Numerical target on the restoration of free flowing rivers 111

·Restoration of small water units.

MARINE ECOSYSTEMS

·Target on specific marine animal species

URBAN ECOSYSTEMS

 

SOILS

·Target on contaminated soils.

POLLINATORS

Box 5: Views of stakeholders and authorities on ecosystem-specific targets to prioritise.

In terms of ecosystems to be restored, the responses submitted in the Open Public Consultation via the #RestoreNature campaign strongly prioritised wetlands, freshwater and marine ecosystems, forests, heathlands and shrublands. Respondents who were not part of this campaign tended to consider most ecosystems to be of moderate to high priority for restoration, with a stronger emphasis on freshwater and wetland ecosystems. They also showed significantly stronger support for the restoration of modified ecosystems such as agroecosystems, urban and soil ecosystems. Open-text comments added as priority the urban-rural interface and issues facing agricultural ecosystems such as intensification, urban sprawl and climate change (academic organisations’ contributions), as well as ecosystems with high carbon storage and sequestration potential, such as peatlands, coastal and inland wetlands, floodplains, old-growth forests, high-biodiversity grasslands and marine ecosystems (NGOs). Some organisations drew attention to specific species in need of restoration.

In the course of the consultation workshops, conservation, academic and protected area management organisations as well as national authorities repeatedly emphasized the importance of ecological connectivity, the needs of migratory species and targets for vulnerable species that are more difficult to restore. National authorities expressed diverging opinions, from prioritising ecosystems with the most unfavourable status to those with the most human health benefits. Some also referred to cost-effectiveness, given limited resources, and to the need for a common prioritisation framework. Views of nature NGOs included the need to prioritise benefits to biodiversity over benefits to climate, and the importance of ecosystem services that are not easily quantified or monetised. Research institutes also referred to the importance of prioritising and communicating about restoration benefits to people.

Environmental NGOs expressed broad support for targets on agro-ecosystems, considering that they comprise 39% of EU land and are of importance for biodiversity. Different organisations supported targets on wetlands, urban ecosystems (especially on abandoned land), rivers (particularly on free-flowing rivers, keystone species such as eel) and pollinators, as well as the importance of passive restoration for marine ecosystems. An organic farming association underlined that ecosystem restoration and food production are no contradiction, considering the reliance on biodiversity and welcomed targets and indicators on pollinators, farmland birds and soil health. A small-scale farming association warned that intensive farmers would be paid to restore degraded agro-habitats due to intensive farming. A forestry association underlined the importance of reaching favourable status of forests also in light of climate benefits. Some research stakeholders welcomed urban restoration as a means to bring benefits close to the people. Some conservation organisations considered the target to complete all necessary marine restoration measures by 2050 unrealistic considering maritime activities and climate change. A potential risk was identified by experts in environmental organisations and authorities in relation to a target to increase Soil Organic Carbon, which could be detrimental if applied to vulnerable habitats with naturally poor soils (such as dunes).

As concerns the proposed 2-step approach, national authorities expressed broad support to ensure positive results in step 1 for a number of ecosystem types. Environmental NGOs underlined the need for quick action but also inquired about mechanisms for the second stage. Research institutes emphasized that scientific knowledge is available to support the restoration of priority ecosystems. Several Member States authorities envisaged difficulties in implementing restoration beyond Natura 2000. At the same time, several Member States asked for more ambition to ensure ecological connectivity and for extending the focus beyond natural habitats (Annex I), to cover green infrastructure and to diversify agricultural landscapes. One Member State suggested a separate target on high-diversity landscape features. It was suggested that targets should be considered for intermediary steps towards more naturalness, e.g. to move away from monocultural forests and towards more natural rivers, and that restoration provisions do not lower the ambition of existing requirements.

How views of stakeholders and authorities have been taken into account:

The proposal includes targets for practically all ecosystems highlighted by stakeholders, including, for instance, pollinators, rivers, urban green areas and agro-ecosystems, in line with the objective of the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 to restore all EU ecosystems. Also the aspect of connectivity has been taken on board as an essential aspect of ecosystem restoration, as it is an integral part of the definition of ‘restoration measure’ and explicitly mentioned in some of the targets. On the marine targets and on soil organic carbon, discussions are stepped up with relevant experts to ensure that targets defined in the law are implementable, do not duplicate what exists and cause no adverse effects.

The proposal also responds to the stakeholder views that action is urgently needed, and that ecosystem restoration should go beyond the Annex I habitats. Therefore, the proposal includes the two-step approach suggested by stakeholders, i.e. setting targets now where the knowledge and monitoring systems are available, going already beyond Annex I habitats, and setting up a method and process for setting additional targets later.

Policy Option 4: Legally binding ecosystem-specific targets with an overarching objective

This is a hybrid of the specific targets of option 3 and a variant of option 2, namely an overarching objective ‘to contribute to the continuous, long term and sustained recovery of biodiverse and resilient nature across EU land and sea areas through the restoration of ecosystems and to contribute to the EU’s overarching objectives concerning climate change mitigation and adaptation, and to contribute to meeting the EU’s international commitments; and that the restoration measures together shall cover, by 2030, at least 20 % of the Union’s land and sea areas and, by 2050, all ecosystems in need of restoration’. This overarching objective provides a clear political aspiration that the EU should strive towards, as well as an area objective that the EU shall stive towards (a variation of option 2). The objective is underpinned by a set of ecosystem-specific legally binding and enforceable targets and obligations for Member States (option 3). It should be underlined that the overarching objective would be applicable at EU level, but not directly enforceable as such. What will be enforceable are the set of specific targets taken from option 3, and for which enforceability is described in section 5.5.2 below.

While the overarching objective drives the long-term direction and supports communication, political and mainstreaming purposes, the set of binding ecosystem-specific targets define in more concrete and measurable terms what needs to be achieved by when by the Member States. Having an overarching objective in addition to the specific targets can aid the achievement of the objectives. This was seconded by stakeholders during consultations.

The overarching objective functions in a similar way as the climate-neutrality objective in the European Climate Law 112 , expressing the common ambition across Member States and stakeholders, bringing the different target options under one umbrella and driving overall direction to 2050. It also provides a clear link to the EU’s commitment to achieve both the headline ambition of the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030, which extends to 2050, as well as the global vision under the Convention on Biological Diversity. The overarching objective provides a unified framework for action beyond 2030 and makes it clear that the legislation intends to go beyond only restoring those ecosystems for which targets are set in step 1. The fact that it includes maintenance of ecosystems, further highlights that restoration needs to go hand in hand with protection.

It can be estimated that the overarching objective would correspond to Member States putting into place restoration measures which together would cover at least 20% of the Union’s land and sea areas by 2030. The section below provides an estimate of the total EU areas that restoration measures will cover by 2030. In the longer term, all ecosystems in need of restoration should have restoration measures put in place by 2050. 

In order to estimate the areas that would be covered with restoration measures by 2030 to reach the targets and obligations of the proposal, one can break down the calculations as follows: the Annex I terrestrial habitat targets, other terrestrial targets and obligations, and the marine targets. It should be understood that these are only approximate, order of magnitude, estimations.

A summary of the estimates is as follows:

The terrestrial estimate is based on targets related to the habitats of Annex I of the Habitats Directive, as well as other targets and obligations such as on forests, agroecosystems and urban. The estimates of restoration measures as given as percentages of EU land area:

Annex I terrestrial habitats:                                                                            1.3%-3.8%

Agro ecosystems :                                                           6%

Forest Ecosystems:                                4.3%-9.0%

Urban:                                        0.07%    

We can assume that the other obligations (e.g. on pollinators, farmland birds, habitats of protected species forest and agricultural ecosystem indicators) will require action on more areas than the ones mentioned above thus increasing the above and compensating the possible overlaps with Annex I habitats, although it is difficult to make exact estimates of these. We can therefore safely underpin the number of at least 20% of EU land area with restoration measures by 2030.

For the Marine area, the estimates are based on areas of the marine habitats proposed for restoration. This includes soft sediment and other habitats, such as sub-types of marine habitats listed in Annex I HD. An additional estimate is based on the marine areas to be restored for the habitats of marine species. The estimates of area to be covered by restoration measures are given as percentages of EU-27 European marine waters (with Macaronesia).

EU seabed area to be restored:                            ≈10%

Areas to be restored for species :                            ≈10%

We estimate that around 20% of EU marine area will have restoration measures by 2030 in order to achieve the target. This also corresponds and build on with the target of the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 to strictly protect at least 10% of the marine area (strict protection is a passive restoration measure) and to protect at least 30% of marine land (part of the 20% protected areas not strictly protected will also require restoration by 2030).

Therefore, we can reasonably say that by 2030, at least 20% of EU land and sea area will have restoration measures.

As for option 3, a two-step approach is proposed for the ecosystem-specific targets in option 4.

It is important to point out that the three options above give consideration of how restoration should work hand in hand with effective protection and maintenance. This is because it is also important to ensure that the condition of ecosystems is not allowed to deteriorate before or after restoration, to avoid perverse effects. This is why the requirement of non-deterioration is included in the options. This can apply to areas that need to be restored as well as those that are already in good condition and need to be maintained. Restored areas need to receive a degree of protection that will ensure their full recovery and the long-term viability of the restored ecosystem. These could for example be designated as protected areas and be taken into account for the 30 % protected area and 10 % strictly protected area targets of the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030. A further analysis of this approach to non-deterioration is provided in Annex X, part 3, for the three main EU territory regimes.

Box 6: Views of stakeholders and authorities on the choice of overarching and ecosystem-specific targets

When all responses to the open public consultation were considered, there was close to full support both for an overarching restoration goal (97%) and for specific targets for ecosystems (96%). When the responses submitted via the #RestoreNature campaign were isolated, stakeholders active in the forestry sector in Poland formed the majority of the remaining respondents. These stakeholders indicated relatively low support for an EU-level target across all ecosystems (40%) and even lower support for ecosystem-specific EU restoration targets, while open responses indicated preference for the setting of targets at the national level. 

In the consultation workshops held by the Commission with Member State experts and EU-level stakeholders, there was broad support for specific targets in addition to an overarching objective, with enabling measures and complementarity to existing legislation. Environmental NGOs and research institutes expressed particularly broad support for EU legally binding ecosystem-specific targets, high restoration ambition and a combination of process- and outcome-oriented targets that focus on Habitats Directive Annex I habitats but also go further to cover all EU ecosystems. An overarching restoration target of 15% of degraded ecosystems for 2030 was seen as too low, with NGOs suggesting a target to restore 15% of the EU land and EU sea area. Most national authorities supported an overarching aspirational goal set at EU level coupled with ecosystem-specific targets set at the national level, so that they can decide what ecosystems to restore. Some national authorities considered that enhanced restoration requirements could be set within existing legislation. Associations of stakeholders (agriculture, forestry and forest owners) indicated preference for soft measures over legally binding instruments, underlined the need to respect ownership rights and promoted a voluntary bottom-up approach. Forest stakeholders expressed preference for process targets over outcome targets.

States authorities and stakeholders alike pointed to the need to ensure that the targets work in synergy among themselves and with existing EU legislation and policies. Forestry sector representatives questioned whether targets could be set without knowing the location and the concrete measures, which would allow an assessment of their feasibility. Environmental organisations called for an emphasis on the 2030-2040 period in terms of contributing to the biodiversity and climate targets rather than to ‘back-load’ the ambition. They also emphasized that all targets should consider the impact of climate change and with this the evolution of ecosystems and invasive alien species. Most stakeholders and national authorities welcomed a 2-step approach and clear milestones. Some research institutions, environmental NGOs and national authorities expressed support for targets going beyond HD Annex I habitats, already in step 1.

How the views of stakeholders and authorities were taken into account:

See previous boxes on the views on overarching and specific targets, binding versus voluntary/aspirational measures, synergies with existing legislation, going beyond Annex I habitats and a 2-step approach. Regarding the ambition level, the preferred option includes the scenario to restore 30% by 2030 and 60% by 2040 for a number of targets, which can be considered ambitious considering that currently, the condition of many ecosystems is still degrading. The impact of climate change is considered, for instance by building in the requirement for increased connectivity, which facilitates migration of species.

5.2.2. Implementation framework and enabling measures

Several enabling measures are essential to ensure delivery and to contribute to an effective framework of implementation. All the aspects of the implementation framework will be instrumental in ensuring ownership, engagement, implementation and enforcement. The main components are described below. Components A, B, C and D are included in options 2, 3 and 4. Component E is only included in options 3 and 4.

A.National Restoration Plans (NRPs) 

Member States would have to determine how to achieve the targets and would be required to prepare and adopt plans for restoration and other enabling measures, in National Restoration Plans (NRPs). The NRPs will be instrumental in planning and prioritising activities, as well as in channelling and optimising financial and other resources from EU and Member States’ sources. Relevant Member States would also have to pay specific attention to the restoration of their outermost regions’ ecosystems within their plans. The development of the NRPs will be instrumental in ensuring the engagement and ownership of Member States in carrying out restoration activities necessary for reaching the targets. For ecosystems spanning across borders, Member States could foster synergies with the national restoration plans of other Member States.

These NRPs would include the following components:

·A quantification of the areas to be restored to reach the restoration targets based on preparatory monitoring and research that takes into account the latest scientific evidence, in particular on: 1) for each of the habitat types: a) the total habitat area; b) a clear identification of the areas that are not in good condition; c) the area needed to reach favourable conservation status (favourable reference area) and d) the areas most suitable for re-establishment, taking into account projected changes to environmental condition due to climate change; 2) for habitats of protected species covered by the Birds and Habitats Directives: a) a quantification of the areas needed for the achievement of favourable conservation status of these species, as well as b) the quality needed for these habitats that corresponds to the ecological characteristics of these species. The plans will also include measures based on preparatory work on: 1) for agricultural ecosystems: a) the identification of the agricultural areas in need of restoration, in particular the areas that, due to intensification or other management factors, are in need of enhanced connectivity, landscape diversity; b) the satisfactory levels for key biodiversity indicators such as the grassland butterflies index, the stock of organic carbon in soils, the share of agricultural land with high-diversity landscape features; c) the areas of drained peatland under agricultural use to be restored and rewetted; 2) for forest ecosystems: the satisfactory levels for key biodiversity indicators such as deadwood, age structure, forest connectivity, tree cover density, abundance of common forest birds and stock of organic carbon in soils. Finally, the plans will include the inventory of barriers to longitudinal and lateral connectivity of surface waters.

·Plans for specific restoration measures, also clarifying where to prioritise restoration (e.g. making links with protected areas, identifying areas with strongest benefits for carbon capture and storage, taking into account the predicted effects of climate change on ecosystems, etc.). 

·A concrete financing plan, that includes EU funding sources, national sources, and public/private financing . The plan should also describe where and how to best deploy this financing. Financing would mainly be used to support restoration activities but would also include providing assistance, or developing alternative incomes based on the provision of ecosystem services, to those potentially affected by the restoration. The financing possibilities at EU level that the NRPs would channel are illustrated in Annex XII. 

·How to effectively monitor on progress towards the targets, i.e. the monitoring that would be put in place on the areas subject to restoration measures to assess their effectiveness.In order to seek synergies for biodiversity and climate change adaptation/mitigation, and to carfully consider potential trade-offs, Member States should include a dedicated section setting out how the national restoration plan considers (i) the relevance of climate change scenarios for the planning of the type and location of restoration measures; (ii) the potential of restoration measures to minimise climate change impacts on nature and to support adaptation; (iii) synergies with national adaptation strategies and/or plans.

·Public participation: How stakeholders would be given opportunities to participate in the preparation of NRPs and various restoration activities. For example, how to address the potential needs of stakeholders that may require support (e.g. farmers, foresters, fishers and landowners) andtransitioning to new practices, in networking and sharing of best practices, in developing new business models that build on the benefits of improved ecosystem services.

Member States will need to periodically report on their progress in terms of (i) restoration measures undertaken and (ii) description of ecosystem condition. For targets to be proposed under step 1 based on habitat types listed under the Habitats Directive, monitoring and reporting requirements already exist (they would need to be slightly adjusted). This is because the “condition” of these habitats is described by the “structure and functions” parameter of the conservation status assessment corresponds. The same for protected species under the Habitats and Birds Directives (information on quality and quantity of their habitats is already reported under the nature directives and only slight adjustments would be needed). Further monitoring and reporting requirements for targets to be established in step 2, would be determined as part of the development of the EU-wide methodology (see below), and these further requirements would aim to not introduce unnecessary additional burdens. Reporting by Member States would be required by separate provisions in the proposed restoration law, linking, for instance, with the reporting obligations in the Nature Directives or with the EU-wide methodology, as appropriate.

B.Periodic Review

National restoration plans would need to be submitted to the European Commission and the proposed Nature Restoration Law would establish a process for the Commission to assess the plans and to address observations to the Member States, and for the Member States to provide to the Commission all necessary additional information and, where appropriate, revise their proposed plan before adopting it. The Member States would be required to review the plans after 10 years or sooner and, when necessary, revise the plans.

A similar approach has been used in other pieces of EU legislation. For example under the Regulation on the governance of the energy union and the climate action (EU/2018/1999), Member States have to establish National Energy and Climate Plans (NECPs). As a first step, Member States have to send their draft plans to the Commission, then revise them following the Commission’s assessment and then send their final plans back to the Commission. 113

The Commission would also review implementation on a periodic basis. Reporting by Member States would be required. The responsibility of the Commission would be to review progress, as reported by the Member States on (i) restoration measures put into place and (ii) achieving the targets and, where relevant, being on the path to good ecosystem condition.

The development of the NRPs, feedback given on them and all aspects of the review of implementation will be instrumental in ensuring ownership, engagement, enforcement, and implementation by the Member States. Given the time to prepare plans, carrying out restoration activities and reporting on progress, it is expected that submission of the NRPs, their adoption and the periodic review of implementation would take place in cycles of several years. Ultimately, success would be achieved when all the ecosystem targets are achieved, and for some ecosystems this would require a long time. However, progress would be measured in terms of effective NRPs being developed by Member States, restoration measures being implemented and results achieved in terms of reaching the targets and/or recovery of ecosystems, such as evidence of positive trends in condition or the achievement of good condition.

C.Guidelines and further specifications

Effective implementation may also require mandating in the restoration law the future development of implementing acts, delegated acts and/or guidelines for further specifications on what restoration or ecosystem management practices and measures are needed or what practices could be detrimental towards achieving the targets.

D.EU-wide methodology 

The Commission will develop an EU-wide methodology to be used to assess the condition of ecosystems for which information is not currently sufficiently available, and/or no agreed definition of ‘good condition’ exists, such as agro-ecosystems and forests not covered by Annex I of the Habitats Directive. It would determine the methods for setting indicators, baselines and thresholds for further restoration targets that would be established in step 2. The methodology would build on the data and methods for ecosystems covered by the BHD, WFD and MSFD, the work of MAES, that has categorised potential indicators 114 for different ecosystem types, the upcoming proposal for a revision of the Regulation on Environmental and Economic Accounts 115  and standards such as the UN System of Environmental Economic Accounting (UNSEEA) 116 and the Society for Ecological Restoration (SER) 117 . Further guidance would be provided by the Commission, developed with the support of a Committee and/or Expert Group. The preparatory work is already ongoing for a number of potential targets and applicable methods are expected to be available within the first few years after the final adoption of the legislative act at the latest.

Establishing this methodology will be essential to provide the necessary legal clarity to establish legally binding targets in step 2 and to monitor progress towards them, as it will provide clear definitions and thresholds of what constitutes good condition for relevant ecosystems. It will thus enable Member States to monitor and report on those ecosystems and to assess their condition – information which is needed to set and implement future restoration targets.

E.Cross linkages with LULUCF

During the development of this impact assessment on ecosystem restoration targets, synergies with the proposed revision of the Regulation on land use, land-use change and forestry (LULUCF) have been ensured. This is an important link because restoring ecosystems, in particular coastal wetlands, peatlands, soils and forests will make significant contributions to the proposed fit for 55 package initiatives, in particular with regard to reaching the LULUCF objectives.  The main cross-linkage that was developed was on monitoring and reporting, in particular a more integrated system to ensure that measures on climate mitigation and nature restoration would now be mutually reinforcing and would not undermine each other. As a consequence, the proposed revised LULUCF Regulation includes provisions for amending the monitoring systems to capture land-use changes according to different land categorisations: (a) high-carbon stock land; (b) land-use units subject to protection; (c) land-use units subject to restoration; (d) land-use units with high climate risk. The proposed amendments to Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2018(1999) concerning methodologies for monitoring and reporting in the LULUCF sector include a formulation that should allow adapting to new EU nature restoration provisions, in particular a reference to areas identified as in need of restoration according to a nature restoration plan applicable in a Member State. The proposed LULUCF revision should thus, amongst other things, enable future patterns of land-use change driven by climate change or climate action to be tracked in terms of the effects on land subject to nature restoration. This is expected to contribute to better and more effective implementation of both the proposed climate regulation and the legally binding restoration targets being assessed herein. The proposed revision to Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2018/1999 can be found in Annex III of the LULUCF proposal 118 . 

Box 7: Views of stakeholders and authorities on the enabling measures for implementation.

As regards the choice of instruments to encourage restoration, the overwhelming majority of responses to the Open Public Consultation came from the #RestoreNature campaign, giving the highest importance to national nature restoration plans and a progress monitoring and reporting mechanism, and some importance to awareness raising and ecosystem mapping and assessment. The remaining respondents (from a range of backgrounds including citizens, business, academia and local government, with a significant majority indicating association with the forestry sector) gave the highest importance to awareness raising and the break-down of restoration targets to national contributions.

Campaign responses prioritised all suggested measures to ensure the maintenance of restored ecosystems (long-term monitoring and reporting, protection designation and, to a lesser extent, anticipation of climate change effects in the planning of restoration actions), while the majority of other respondents prioritised climate change anticipation. Open text responses further referred to sustainable management practices and economic considerations.

At the consultation workshops, considerable support across all stakeholder groups was voiced for the creation of national restoration plans (NRPs), and the importance of financing was stressed. Environmental NGOs underlined the need for clear content requirements in the NRPs, and for a robust review process. National authorities also expressed some support for NRPs, while underlining their importance for ensuring finance, e.g. at EU level. There were numerous calls for clarity on the financing. One Member State warned not to count on private finance too much considering experience from the past.

Monitoring: there was broad support among stakeholder for improved coverage, coherence and comparability in terms of monitoring methods and data. National authorities underlined the need to streamline monitoring with existing systems in the scope of existing EU legislation and policies. Suggestions were made to streamline monitoring with the Prioritised Action Frameworks, and to build on the Mapping and Assessment of Ecosystems and their Services (MAES). One Member State expressed concern about the feasibility of mapping the area to be restored in the National Restoration Plan, before having carried out extensive discussions with stakeholders, as this would provoke a lot of reaction. A nature NGO pointed out the need for a common approach (indicators, methodology) if the legislation goes beyond Annex I of the Habitats Directive. A forestry association underlined the need for improved monitoring of ecosystem condition (data and methods) and reporting under existing systems. Research stakeholders offered support and underlined need to zoom into regional rather than national level.

The need to involve stakeholders such as farmers and private land owners, as well as the challenges in this regard were stressed by most Member States during the consultations as well as by NGOs and stakeholder representatives themselves. Private forest owners called for an open approach when planning restoration measures in order to build trust and support.

Conflicting policy priorities and pressure from other sectors were also highlighted. This raised also the question of funding for compensation, restoration, management and other related measures. Several stakeholders pointed to the need to be clear on who would be responsible to implement the targets and obligations. Two NGOs commented that the burden of implementation should be placed not only on the nature authorities, but also on other relevant administrations (e.g. water).

Several workshop participants from the non-governmental sector pointed to the need to diversify the economic sector to engage with the restoration agenda. For example, the national restoration plans could include new economic activities that would provide alternative livelihoods.

How views of stakeholders and authorities have been taken into account:

The proposal includes National Restoration Plans as part of the enabling measures, including a review by the Commission.. Content requirements are already proposed to some extent and will further detailed through the development of a template/format. The concern expressed about the feasibility of mapping the area to be restored in the National Restoration Plan has led to a more carefull formulation of the requirements. Furthermore, the proposal acknowledges the need to involve stakeholders in setting up the National Restoration Plans.

Progress monitoring and reporting have also been included among the obligations for Member States to enable the Commission to follow-up implementation. It is foreseen to create maximal synergies with existing monitoring and reporting obligations, for instance for the BHD and LULUCF.

To ensure the maintenance of restored ecosystem, the non-deterioration obligation has been included in the proposal. Climate change anticipation is included in several ways, for instance by including the ecosystems that have the greatest capacity to contribute to climate change mitigatin and adaption, and by including connectivity in the concept of restoration.

The aspect of financing is also addressed in the enabling measures.

Overview of the components of each policy option

Binding overarching target

Overarching objective

Binding ecosystem-specific targets

National Restoration Plans

Periodic review

Guidelines and further specifications

An EU-wide methodology

Crosslinkages with LULUCF

Policy option 1

Policy option 2

x

x

x

x

x

x

Policy option 3

x

x

x

x

x

x

Policy option 4

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

5.3. Options discarded at an early stage

Options such as market-based instruments and financing alone, were discarded because they are already proposed in section 3 of the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 and thus form part of the baseline, and a range of financing sources at EU level exist and can already be used for ecosystem restoration. Furthermore, the evaluation of the Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 concluded that a reliance on voluntary instruments alone was a significant cause of the Strategy’s failure and that the Strategy could have benefited from a different combination of regulatory instruments (such as legally binding targets) and market-based instruments.

The option of revising existing legislation was also discarded early on because revising several pieces of specific legislation does not provide sufficient coherence and timeliness to deliver the objectives outlined in previous sections, for which a unified and timely approach is necessary. The overarching framework for Member States to develop comprehensive National Restoration Plans would be missing. Such a framework would be necessary to bring together restoration action that is now scattered across different legal bases. At national level, it would furthermore help to break silos pushing all sectors engaged in restoration to come together to deliver a common plan. In addition, the national restoration plans would benefit from a Commission review and adoption to ensure their quality and consistency. None of this could be achieved by amendments to individual pieces of legislation.

Moreover, revising existing legislation would entail significant complexity, including for the co-legislators and for the Member States. If the Commission put forward several amendment proposals for different pieces of legislation, the ordinary legislative procedure would follow its separate course for each of them and it would be very difficult to ensure consistency across the board. This would also open the possibility for co-legislators to propose amendments to other provisions of existing legislation other than those strictly related to restoration. This could complicate the legislative process and alter the nature of the Commission proposals. Furthermore, for the BHD and WFD the respective Fitness Checks concluded that the legislation is fit for purpose but more efforts in implementation are needed to achieve results on the ground. A new binding instrument can indeed better define these implementation efforts, with no need to change the basis provided by existing legislation, in particular BHD and WFD.

In addition, revising several pieces of legislation would take much more time than establishing the proposed new one. Since the existing legislation is mainly composed of directives, each amendment, after adoption in the various ordinary legislative procedures, would need to be transposed in the national legal order of the Member States. The time required to make the new Commission proposals for amending the various Directives, the adoption by the co-legislations and the transposition of the revised Directives into national law would take several years. This would make it hardly possible to see substantial progress in restoration by 2030.

Finally, revising existing legislation would not easily allow for the establishment of an EU wide methodology for assessing ecosystem condition, and a coherent way of establishing further legally binding targets across a broad range of ecosystem types. Several such future targets could correspond to different legislative bases that would have to be revised separately, for example terrestrial targets with the BHD and marine targets with the MSFD. This would lead to difficulties in the coordination of such a methodology dispersed across several existing pieces of legislation. It would further complicate a stepwise approach to set future targets for further ecosystems, for which we currently do not have sufficient data, monitoring mechanisms, baselines and thresholds in place.

Other discarded options for targets are listed and described in Annexes V and VI respectively.

6.What are the impacts of the policy options?

Approach to impact assessment

The following sections analyse the policy options along the facets of effectiveness, policy coherence and efficiency.

Effectiveness

Effectiveness is the extent to which the option would achieve the specific objectives. Each policy option is assessed along dimensions that build on the definitions of SMART:

·Specific: Are the targets specific and will the option deliver specific results or only broad outcomes?

·Measurable: Are the targets and outcomes measurable?

·Achievable and Realistic: Is it feasible to attain the objective/targets of the policy options, or are they impossible to achieve? Are they within reach and deliver quality outcomes within the time frame?

·Time-bound: Do targets set a clearly defined timeline, including a target date?

·Coordinated approach: To what extent will this option deliver results across the EU in a harmonised manner, as opposed to only in some Member States. To what extent are common approaches used?

·Comprehensive: Does the option address a broad range of ecosystem types or only some?

·Enabling measures: Does the option include measures such as developing NRPs and financing sources that are channelled through NRPs?

Policy coherence

Policy coherence is assessed with respect to the EU policies linked to the biodiversity strategy and the Green Deal. This includes the four key pieces of EU biodiversity legislation, namely the BHD, WFD and MSFD, as well as Climate Law, Farm-to-Fork strategy and LULUCF regulation, and the CAP and CFP regulations.

Efficiency

The efficiency of options relates to their respective key economic, social and environmental impacts and benefit/cost ratio (cost-effectiveness). The efficiency of the options is assessed along the following impact types and measures:

·Environmental impacts: Impacts on biodiversity and ecosystems.

·Socio-economic impacts: Impacts, both positive or negative, economy and society wide or on business sectors such as agriculture, forestry and fisheries (including SMEs) water industries, tourism, and in terms of opportunity costs, transitional costs, compliance costs and reputational impacts.

·Administrative impacts: Monitoring and other administrative/enforcement costs in the EU and Member States for public authorities. In particular, it considers costs for the surveying of ecosystems, development of national restoration plans, administration and monitoring of ecosystems to be chosen for restoration, as well as for reporting. Administrative costs include the costs for enabling measures, as outlined in Annex VII section 5. They also include costs incurred by businesses and citizens.

Scoring

Policy options are analysed and scored along the above criteria as follows: (0) neutral, (1) slightly positive, (2) moderately positive, (3) positive, and (4) very positive. Scores are compared to the baseline, and so Option 1 by default scores 0 as it provides the reference level against which other options are assessed. It should be noted that because administrative impacts are mostly made up of costs, higher administrative costs will result in a lower score.

A more detailed overview of who is affected is provided in Annex III. Analytical methods to conduct the impact assessment are explained in Annex IV. Ecosystem-specific data availability issues are also explained in the ecosystem-specific impact assessments in Annex VI.

6.1.Impacts of policy Option 1 (Baseline)

The baseline describes the likely evolution of nature restoration and the condition of ecosystems in the EU towards 2030, and to the extent possible 2040 and 2050, in the absence of legally binding EU nature restoration targets. This is based on monitoring evidence on the state of ecosystems, previous experience in restoration governance and expert judgement. Annex VII provides a more detailed description of the baseline and potential impacts.

Effectiveness (score: 0)

Overall, effectiveness is expected to be neutral and will therefore not be sufficient to achieve the specific goals. The main reason for this is that voluntary targets have led to very little action in the past and the existing legal obligations for restoration have been poorly implemented.

The Biodiversity Strategy for 2030, without considering the commitment to put forward a proposal for legally binding EU restoration targets, sets out several restoration-related targets of which some are specific and time-bound. In theory the targets for 2030 are achievable, however, their voluntary nature makes their achievement unlikely. Furthermore, for several of the voluntary targets suggested in the Biodiversity Strategy, neither indicators nor baselines for measuring them are defined. Coordinated action across the EU is expected to be very low, based on the experience with the Biodiversity Strategy for 2020 that led only to three Member States producing restoration plans voluntarily. Specific targets suggested in the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 address some ecosystems but not all; for example, there are no explicit targets for wetlands. Therefore, there is only limited comprehensiveness.

Furthermore, even though some targets specify percentages to be achieved, elements of the targets are not further defined nor explained, which means that Member States would be left with several questions on how to go about working towards these targets. As such it is unlikely that these targets without further guidance and additional enabling measures lead to specific, let alone measurable, outcomes. Due to these limitations of this option, the baseline as described in previous sections is considered unable to attain to the specified objectives.

Policy coherence (score: 0)

Option 1 is based on the BDS2030 but without legally binding targets, so is broadly speaking coherent. However, synergies would mostly be expected with policies and initiatives set out in the strategy to 2030 itself, but synergies with other policies are expected to be weak since there is no obligation to streamline legal processes, e.g. in terms of reporting. See section 5.1 for a more detailed description.

Efficiency (score: 0)

The baseline includes estimates of the effects of the continued implementation of existing forthcoming voluntary and mandatory commitments. It includes therefore the influence of continued implementation of the EU Birds and Habitats Directives, the Water Framework Directive (WFD) and the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD), as well as other voluntary activities under the BDS 2030, and policies of the Green Deal, in particular the climate law and LULUCF, Farm to Fork, as well as the CAP and CFP regulations.

The baseline also describes some of the likely effects of climate change on ecosystems and likely ensuing trends, as well as the likely socio-economic trends.

In broad terms, the baseline is not expected to lead to major changes in ecosystem extent in comparison to the current situation, across the main ecosystem types. However, the analysis indicates that despite the hopeful developments since the adoption of the EU Green Deal and the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030, and continued implementation of the nature directives, the expectation is that ecosystem condition will only slightly improve in the period to 2030 under the baseline scenario.

In order to make some quantitative estimates, building on a previous study that made a quantitative assessment of the amount of restoration undertaken in the EU 119 , it was possible to extrapolate how much could be expected to be restored in the future. This study had provided estimates of average annual EU area on which restoration action had been taken based on both binding and voluntary commitments and for all the main ecosystem types. The extrapolation shows that restoration measures would only cover a fraction of the total EU area , or 0,71% by 2030, 1,50% by 2040 and 2,30% by 2050 (see Annex VII, section 1.1).

In summary, the baseline restoration effort is likely to remain at an insufficient scale to meet restoration needs. Furthermore, restoration is likely to happen too slowly to reverse the present, steep biodiversity decline and to underpin ecosystem resilience in the face of climate change.

While the changes in the extent and distribution of broad types of ecosystems in Europe between now and 2050 are less certain, there is greater certainty that the condition and ability to provide services of many ecosystems will not improve significantly and/or will worsen. Society and businesses (incl. SMEs), especially those that are directly dependent on nature, will experience negative impacts in the longer term. On the other hand, those businesses that benefit most from the status quo will, at least in the short term, benefit from the baseline model. Existing legislation and initiatives will not match the extent of measures required to achieve the objectives for any of the ecosystems.

Administrative impacts

The administrative costs are taken as 0, the reference level as this is the baseline. Costs of the baseline scenario and the assumptions of implementation it includes could be met through existing EU, Member States or private funds.

6.2.Impacts of policy Option 2 (Legally binding overarching target)

This policy option sets an overarching target that is legally binding (see Chapter 5).

Effectiveness (average score: 1.7)

This option would give impetus to restoration activity across Member States on a continued basis up to 2050. The goal is clearly time-bound. The milestone dates of the targets are useful but likely not to ensure achievability.

Under this option, and as described in section 5.2.1, Member States would be required to reach the target on their own territories, and would be required to set up national restoration plans to reach the overarching target. Each Member State would decide how to best achieve their target based on their geographical characteristics and national preferences, and the Commission could also provide guidance on which ecosystems to prioritise. In terms of implementation, Member States would have to monitor and then sum each of their specific restoration efforts and monitor how this would contribute to the overall target in terms of overall areas restored. These restoration efforts and the overall sum contribution to the target would be reported and checked against the target. Enforcement would entail checking for each Member State progress towards this overall target.

The main problem with this option is that of enforceability. As of today, only for some specific habitat types for which specific targets are outlined under option 3, is there an agreed common methodology for defining good ecosystem condition, and hence for determining what a degraded ecosystem is. This concerns in particular habitats covered by the Habitats Directive and water bodies and marine ecosystems under the Water Framework Directive and Marine Strategy Framework Directive. It is therefore currently not possible to assess how much of other ecosystems are being degraded in the EU or in a specific Member State and hence to what level progress will be made towards achieving the target. For example, we do not know how much of non-BHD annex I forest- or agro-ecosystems are currently degraded as there is no common methodology with specific thresholds for determining the level of degradation. That is, unless such a common methodology has been established and agreed in the EU with the Member States, it is not possible to assess the current baseline and condition of ecosystems in the EU and the Member States. This target is therefore only partially measurable , until the methodology would be fully developed. Without such a methodology, there would be a lack of common approaches for measurement and reviewing implementation progress.

Furthermore, this option could very easily lead to Member States prioritising the restoration of some ecosystems over others, resulting in uneven coverage across the main ecosystem types. Member States could also prioritise the cheaper options for restoration while giving insufficient attention to biodiversity benefits and while leaving out others that may be more costly to restore but would generate more biodiversity and societal benefits and have a better cost/benefit ratio. This too would result in sub-optimal outcomes and uneven coverage. Furthermore, the broadness of the target lends itself to a lack of specificity. This has been seen in the implementation of other directives with broad goals, such as the MSFD. It could therefore lead to Member States not taking sufficient action because of lack of specificity. Likewise, for compliance it may be difficult to prove that a Member State has not taken sufficient restoration efforts until the deadline for attaining the target has passed, whereas a more measurable target would enable a closer follow-up of the progress towards the target and intermediate milestones. Due to the limitations of this option the overarching target is considered difficult to attain.

Policy option 2: effectiveness

Score

Timing

3

Specificity

0

Measurability

1

Achievability

1

Coordinated action

3

Comprehensiveness

2

Enabling measures

2

Total

12

Average

1.7

Assessment

Moderately effective

Policy coherence (score: 1)

Option 2 is reasonably coherent with the BHD, MSFD and WFD as it can work together with these directives and would require Member States to draw up National Restoration Plans. However, it does not address the policy and legislative failures related to these directives, as outlined in section 2.2. First, while this option provides a restoration target that is both legally binding and time-bound, it only partially addresses the ‘time-bound gap’ of the BHD, since there are no deadlines for specific ecosystems. This would increase the risk of Member States deciding to postpone restoration of some ecosystems to later dates even though more rapid action could be needed. Overall, this would contribute to a lack of coherence and some ecosystems being addressed more quickly than others across the EU. Second, the overarching target does not provide specific targets, measures and monitoring for specific habitats or species, thereby not addressing the ‘specificity gap’ of the MSFD. Third, this lack of specific restoration targets for both freshwater and the surrounding habitats, including barrier removal, would not address the needed interlinkages between the WFD and the BHD, in particular for riverine and alluvial habitats. Fourth, this option does not sufficiently address the directives’ broader gap of not explicitly addressing those ecosystem types that are currently not covered by legislation; thus, for example the particular emphasis needed for the restoration of soils or non-annex I forests, or others would not be dealt with explicitly, and could lead to the insufficient restoration of these ecosystems.

The target is in line with the ambition level of the Green Deal. However, because Member States could define and design their own monitoring systems for any targets beyond those Annex I habitats and protected species under the nature directives, there would be less opportunity to link these with existing EU methods and standards, leading to potential inefficiencies and incoherence.

The overarching target is directly aligned with the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030’s headline ambition “to ensure that by 2050 all of the world’s ecosystems are restored, resilient, and adequately protected”. The binding nature of the target would give considerable impetus for Member States to fulfil the strategy's voluntary commitments that support restoration under the baseline, for example stopping deterioration of protected habitats, increasing organic farming, reducing pesticide and fertiliser use, and improving soil health, reversing the decline of pollinators, introducing landscape features, planting trees, restoring free flowing rivers, reducing the number of invasive alien species, reducing bycatch and damage to seabeds, and stopping the loss of green urban ecosystems. It may, for example, encourage Member States to make optimal use of the CAP funds and ecoschemes to finance restoration.

However, again, Member States would not be required to prioritise specific key species or habitats with high biodiversity value. Instead, they would be free to “cherry pick” what ecosystems to restore first, what voluntary targets to contribute to, what measures to use, and how to define attributes and monitor progress. This large degree of flexibility would lead to uneven and incoherent implementation.

In sum, due to the broadness of the target and lack of specific links to other legislation and initiatives, this option is assessed as slightly coherent.

Efficiency (average score: 1.7)

A more detailed analysis is provided in Annex VII, option 2.

Environmental impacts (score: 2)

A clearly positive aspect of this option is that a single, easy to communicate legally binding target would facilitate building broad awareness of EU ambition on nature restoration. It could help ensure buy-in across stakeholder groups and could help put biodiversity on par with ‘headline’ climate targets such as achieving climate neutrality.

Member States would have quite a degree of freedom and flexibility in choosing which ecosystems to prioritise for restoration. There would be a high degree of freedom also in the sequencing of ecosystem restoration (which to start with and which to leave for later) since the overarching target would require restoration of most ecosystems by 2050 and their maintenance. An evaluation was made to map the decision-making factors that would guide the direction of ecosystem restoration by Member States. A summary table is provided in Annex VII, option 2.

The main disadvantage of a broad overarching target (rather than ecosystem-specific targets) is that it would probably result in uncertain and uneven rates of restoration of ecosystems in the Member States, at least in the short-medium term. Moreover, the goal may not even be reached on time, as it has been evidenced in other pieces of legislation with very broad goals such as the MSFD. Member States are likely to prioritise which ecosystems to restore first, as described above. However, the goal would provide the impetus and would thus increase the scope and magnitude of implementation. Thus, compared to the baseline there is an even greater risk that this could result in the “picking of low hanging fruit”, i.e. prioritisation of restoration of ecosystems that are easiest and least expensive to restore, or with the most immediate service benefit. This in turn could lead to an implementation effort that would be unbalanced. For those ecosystems for which indicators have to be developed, the lack of a common, EU wide approach would lead to uncoordinated approaches across Member States. This would all lead to not very positive consequences for biodiversity.

Consequently, this option would result in only moderately positive outcomes for the ecosystems and biodiversity. Ecosystem condition would likely improve across the EU albeit in an uneven manner. It would fail to restore biodiversity to the level required to meet EU-wide and international biodiversity objectives. See Annex VI for the more detailed thematic impact assessment.

Socio-economic impacts (score: 2)

In overall terms, the overarching target would spur increased restoration action which would likely benefit biodiversity and ecosystem services. However, as over time biodiversity would continue to degrade further in various ecosystems not prioritised for restoration, this would in the medium to long term still undermine the provision of their services as well as increase future restoration costs. Therefore, with this option one would probably see moderate overall net ecosystem service benefits in the short-term, but probably lower net benefits towards 2040-2050. This would lead to only moderately positive results for society at large and businesses since ecosystems services will not be delivered to their full potential. There would be costs for farmers, for example in terms of potentially lower yields, even if quality would be likely to increase in the medium to longer term. Fishers would also have initial costs, that in the longer term would be compensated by improved fish stocks in the future.

Administrative impacts (score: 1)

Several administrative impacts can be expected, including costs for the surveying of ecosystems, development of national restoration plans, administration and monitoring of ecosystems to be chosen for restoration, as well as for reporting. These costs for 27 Member States together are estimated to amount to nearly EUR 14 billion until 2050. See Annex VII section 4 and Annex III for more details on administrative costs.

Administrative costs for option 2

One-off costs

Annual costs

Surveys of ecosystems

1 099 000 000

Development of national restoration plans;

12 800 000

Administration of restoration measures (2022-2030; 15 % target)

438 321 000

Monitoring of restored ecosystems    

20 643 103

Reporting progress against restoration targets

107 000

Sub-total 

1 111 800 000 

459 071 103

Costs from 2022 to 2050

1 111 800 000 

12 853 990 884

Total costs from 2022 to 2050

13 965 790 884

6.3.Impacts of policy Option 3 (Ecosystem-specific targets)

In this option, the EU sets a number of ecosystem-specific targets. An analysis of policy coherence and effectiveness is provided, as well as an analysis, ecosystem by ecosystem, of efficiency based on the targets selected for step 1 as listed in section 5.2.1 (as well as in Annex V). Specific details are provided in Annex VI, based on thematic impact assessments for each ecosystem, and for which specific targets are selected. In each ecosystem-specific analysis for efficiency, if monetary costing was possible, this included restoration, re-creation and maintenance costs and to some extent opportunity costs. See Annex IV for an overview of the analytical methods used.



Effectiveness (average score: 3.4)

The targets proposed have been analysed in each of the thematic assessments. Options were considered for the targets, of which certain targets were discarded. The table in Annex V shows the selected (and discarded) targets following each thematic impact assessment. Each target is ecosystem-specific or in some cases addresses specific species that are representative of the health of underlying ecosystems. All are clearly defined and with deadlines and many with defined milestone dates.

For any target that builds on the monitoring mechanisms of the BHD, measurability is assured, since the targets build on existing definitions of favourable conservation status and description of Annex I habitats. The targets are specified by the area (in km2) for which restoration measures have to be completed, and this further enhances monitoring and measurement. For any targets specified for which monitoring mechanisms are not yet defined, the process of establishing the EU wide methodology and monitoring framework would assure measurability of those targets once established in step 2.

The targets are achievable. They are based on clear definitions, such as ‘good ecosystem condition’, and ‘ecosystem recovery’; see glossary. They take account of the fact that ecosystems can take long times to recover, by specifying that the necessary restoration measures be put into place, with subsequent recovery of the ecosystem as a result. Another aspect of the target also specifies that restoration does lead to good condition, i.e. based on the ecological indicators (for example following from structure and function parameters of the HD). A similar approach is also used in the definition of the marine target, since for marine the actual recovery of marine ecosystems can take long periods of time, in some cases beyond 2050. Based on the above, the targets are both achievable (allowing for recovery) and measurable (mainly based on areas that can be monitored). The inclusion of milestones also contributes to achievability and the thematic assessments considered the most efficient options for the rate of restoration in the period up to 2050.

The two-step approach assures that for those ecosystems for which data and monitoring mechanisms do not exist, further targets can be established in step 2. This EU-wide methodology ensures that Member States take actions in a more coordinated manner than in option 2. Targets are defined and foreseen for each main ecosystem type, ensuring a comprehensive approach.

For those targets based on monitoring mechanisms linked to the Nature Directives, it is important to point out that these targets will contribute to much more than restoring inside protected areas, since they address Annex I habitats both inside and outside the Natura 2000 network of protected areas. Also, it should be noted that “re-creation” would include the conversion of non-Annex I habitats back to Annex I habitats; for example the conversion of a grassland that was created on the basis of a drained wetland, back into a wetland. These correspond to significant areas. On the basis of EEA calculations based on data officially reported by Member States under Article 17 of the Habitats Directive, it is estimated that restoration of Annex I habitats would cover between 182 985 and 536 669 km2 on land (5-14 % of the terrestrial EU area, at least the area of Greece & Belgium together); re-creation would cover a minimum of 10 703 km2 on land. This ensures further comprehensiveness. Similarly the targets concerning protected species cover areas going well beyond protected areas. The foreseen enabling measures, described in the implementation framework such as NRPs, periodic review, an EU wide methodology and further guidance, would further contribute to Member States to achieving the ecosystem-specific targets. In sum, the various aspects of this option makes it feasible to attain the policy objectives, and is therefore considered effective.

Policy option 3: effectiveness

Score

Timing

3

Specificity

4

Measurability

3

Achievability

3

Coordinated action

4

Comprehensiveness

4

Enabling measures

3

Total

24

Average

3.4

Assessment

Effective

Policy coherence (score: 3)

Option 3 establishes much increased coherence. This option is closely knitted with the BHD, WFD and MSFD. The set of ecosystem-specific targets proposed make use of the ecosystem measurement and monitoring methodologies of the BHD. The targets also address the major gap of the BHD by introducing time-bound targets, and apart from setting a number of ecosystem-specific restoration objectives these would also help accelerate the implementation of the Directives. It acts as a complement to the WFD since what is addressed is the attribute of free-flowing rivers, an aspect that is not addressed in the Directive. The specific target on river, lakes and alluvial habitats, works in synergy with the WFD and BHD by focussing on the interactions between water bodies, such as rivers, and the surrounding terrestrial riverine habitats. The specific marine target will work in synergy with the MSFD in that it specifies habitats based on BHD Annex I descriptions and that are at a scale that is needed for restoration; acting as a complement to the broad MSFD goal and the eleven broad descriptors that contribute to Good Environmental Status. The option with ecosystem-specific targets thus dovetail well with the four respective Directives, provide synergies, and would also help accelerate their respective implementation. See also Annex X referring to added value and synergies.

Targets on wetlands, forests, heath and scrub, soil organic carbon, grassland and on marine habitats such as sea grasses, will contribute significantly to climate policies that promote carbon removals, such as LULUCF, while the target(s) on urban, coastal wetlands and riverine habitats will contribute to disaster risk reduction and climate adaptation. Furthermore, the proposed additions to the monitoring requirements under LULUCF, based on land categories that contribute to carbon removals defined on the basis of environmental legislation, establish important cross correspondence. In the longer term, this would enable more exact estimates of the carbon removals based on the areas of specific ecosystems restored.

Targets on improving soil organic carbon would support initiatives under the Soil Strategy. The ecosystem-specific targets on agroecosystems and grasslands would provide benefits to the CAP and vice versa funding opportunities of the CAP could also be made use of for the purpose of restoration in the National Restoration Plans. These would work in synergy with the targets under the Farm to Fork Strategy (F2F), such as on the reduction of use and risk of chemical pesticide, and on nutrient loss and on promoting carbon and organic farming. The target on restoring a number of marine habitats would contribute to the CFP by ensuring better conditions for fish spawning and overall condition of fish stocks. The forest targets would provide support for implementation of the Forest Strategy. More information on the relation between the proposal for legally binding restoration targets and other EU legislation and policy initiatives can be found in Annex X. 

Efficiency (average score: 3)

Overall impacts of ecosystem-specific targets

Member States would be obliged to achieve the restoration targets corresponding to each of their national territories, as applicable to their national biographical situation (for example land-locked Member States would obviously not have the obligation for any marine restoration). Typically, many of the targets require degraded areas of ecosystem to be restored, so countries with larger areas of degraded ecosystems would require relatively more to be restored. Overall, this means that the obligation of each Member State will be not only proportionate to the extent of its territory and sea, but also on the level of degradation of the ecosystems on its territory and its sea, i.e. reflecting the past and present pressures affecting them.

There are also some general observations that can be made in terms of the distribution of specific ecosystem types across Member States. For marine ecosystems, Member States with the large Exclusive Economic Zones (EEZs) and (where applicable) continental shelves would have large areas for potential restoration. For terrestrial ecosystems, northern Member States have the largest areas of peatlands and forests to restore, southern Member States have a larger areas of coastal wetlands; steppe, heath & scrub, and agro-ecosystems. Central and eastern European Member States have the largest areas of forests, rivers and lakes, and grasslands. So, while ecosystems do not occur equally in all regions of the EU, based on the data estimates, the overall contribution to restoration are expected to be rather well distributed across all Member States.

Furthermore, as shown earlier in this section, the analysis shows the benefits of restoration outweigh the costs of restoration, across each of the main ecosystem types, and in some cases significantly. Thus, countries with larger areas to restore also stand to make greater overall benefits in the longer term. Annex III provides a detailed analysis of impacts on Member States for a selection of ecosystems, with a numerical analysis of costs and benefits for Member States. Based on the analysis of impacts, these results show the significant benefits that Members States and the EU as a whole stand to gain.

The positive impacts of restoration are likely to be distributed across society as a whole; for example, the benefits of reduced risks of disasters, better air quality, better water quality, the benefits of carbon mitigation, etc.

However, some impacts both positive and negative are more likely to focus on specific stakeholder groups. For the set of targets considered, the main stakeholders groups identified that could be affected by the targets are economic operators in the primary sectors most directly dependent on ecosystems, such as farmers, foresters, fishers and landowners.

On the negative side, these groups could stand to lose income in the short term due to more stringent restoration requirements. For example, farmers may lose income if due to wetland restoration they cannot use their land due to more frequent flooding of restored floodplains or raised water tables from re-conversion of neighboring lands to wetlands (e.g. as part of peatland restoration). Fishermen may see restrictions in fishing areas and -techniques e.g. in protected areas. Foresters will be expected to leave larger areas of their forests in an undisturbed state and lower logging intensity as part of closer to nature forestry approaches. However, it should be borne in mind that most if not all of such foregone incomes can already be compensated for totally or partially under EU funds such as the CAP, the EMFF, the Just Transition Fund and others, as well as under various national funds in most EU Member States.

On the other hand, many of these stakeholder groups are likely to directly stand to gain, due to improved ecosystem condition: for example, future crops yields are likely to be more stable e.g. due to greater resilience to pests and extreme weather events. Fish abundance would increase as spawning areas such as shellfish reefs and vegetation can recover and marine ecosystem health improves. Restored forests will be less vulnerable to forest fires due to a more diverse distribution of tree species. These will all have direct positive effects for farmers, fishers, foresters and landowners. Furthermore, new forms of incomes will become available for these groups, based on new business models that incorporate income diversification based on a range of ecosystem services. For example, diversification of incomes based on various ecosystem services will enable increase incomes stemming from tourists and recreational activities since many ecosystems that are in good health are primary locations for quality tourism. A specific example, is the development of rural and agro-tourism in areas that become more interesting to visit because of their improved natural qualities.

Annex III provides a further analysis of impacts on stakeholders and specific stakeholder groups based on a qualitative assessment.

Impact analysis, ecosystem by ecosystem, based on the targets selected for step 1 as listed in section 5.2.1 (policy option 3) and in Annex V.

Annex VI provides a more detailed of cost and benefits and here overview is provided for each ecosystem type. This is then summarised in the benefit to cost tables provided below and in Annex III. It should be underlined here that for each ecosystem type the benefits are estimated to outweigh the costs, and in some cases significantly. Typically costs arise from various estimates of how much it costs to restore specific ecosystems per hectare. Benefit estimates draw on the socio-economic benefits of improved ecosystem services, such has contributions to food provision, water purification, raw materials, genetic resources, medicinal resources, air quality regulation, climate regulation, moderation of extreme events, regulation of water flows, erosion prevention, maintenance of soil fertility, pollination, opportunities for recreation and tourism and others. The estimates and calculations are based on an extensive review of literature of the value of benefits of restoration, and were calculated for carbon storage and sequestration and total ecosystem service values (so including carbon benefits). A broad scope was taken to the estimation of total benefits, while avoiding overlaps, to obtain as full a picture of total benefits as possible. The types of benefits accounted for are similar between ecosystems, with some differences mostly caused by differences in services provided between different ecosystems and the scope of available studies on which median estimates were based. The table below provides a (non-exhaustive- overview of benefits identified beyond biodiversity and carbon benefits which were assessed for all ecosystem types, as well as the number of studies consulted to obtain a benefits estimate. A more detailed description of the analytical method is provided in Annex IV.

Ecosystem type/species

Types of benefits identified

Inland wetlands

Flood alleviation; water quality improvements; recreation- and other cultural services.

Coastal and other saline wetlands

Storm surge mitigation; protection against coastal erosion; water filtration; fish stock restoration; recreation and other cultural services.

Forests

Timber products and non-timber forest products, water- and soil quality, flood prevention, increased resilience against natural disturbances (droughts, fires, pests, and diseases); recreation- and other cultural services.

Agro-ecosystems

Food and fibre; water quality; flood management; pollination; soil quality; erosion control; climate regulation; cultural services (recreation, landscape, aesthetic values).

Steppe, heath and scrubland

Erosion control; water quality; flood management; fire prevention; food and fibre; cultural services (recreation, landscape and existence values).

Rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats

Fresh water; fisheries; genetic resources; waste treatment; water quality; flood management; soil quality; cultural services (landscape, aesthetic, inspirational and recreational).

Marine ecosystems

Flood mitigation, erosion control, water quality, food and fibre (including indirectly through fish stock regeneration), recreational services.

Urban ecosystems

Health and wellbeing; cooling and insulation (e.g. against urban heat island effect); recreation; food- and fibre; flood risk reduction; water quality; air quality, noise reduction, property value.

Soil ecosystems

Water quality; flood risk mitigation; drought risk mitigation; pest control; reduced input costs; soil subsistence and -degradation prevention (and herewith resilience of food- and fibre).

Pollinators

Sustainable provision of animal-pollinated crops and associated benefits; healthy ecosystems dependent on the diversity of wild animal-pollinated plants (and wide-range of regulating ecosystems based on them); cultural, aesthetic, wellbeing.

Coastal wetlands (see also Annex VI for a more detailed analysis)

The restoration of coastal wetlands, based on the targets selected, would offer unique habitat conditions for threatened species, especially bird species protected under the EU Birds Directive, and restoration will enhance and further support the return of biodiversity.

Despite representing a comparatively small area among all wetland habitats, coastal wetlands provide significant disaster risk prevention services, increased resilience to climate change impacts, and carbon sequestration services, thus contributing to the EU climate objectives. As communities become increasingly urban and coastal, with some projections estimating that by 2060, 55.7 million people in Europe will live in coastal zones, the more we will need coastal wetlands to serve as protective barriers from coastal storms that become increasingly unpredictable and violent.

Coastal ecosystems provide vital services for agriculture and fisheries. Those working directly and indirectly in the aquaculture and fisheries industry may be impacted by restoration/protection measures, e.g. on where to locate aquaculture facilities, but in the longer term would benefit from higher and more resilient catches as habitats for commercially important species, such as shellfish, recover. Farmers may be impacted, for example, by measures needed to limit the amount of nutrient run-off and pollution that can enter a coastal wetland. Opportunity costs could stem from reduced possibilities for using these coastal areas for other economic activities such as construction. On the other hand, the tourism industry would benefit as these ecosystems are primary locations for touristic activities.

The total cost of coastal wetland activities to reach the targets falls within the range of EUR 5.1 to 5.8 billion. While these costs may be high given the relatively small area of coastal wetlands, they are comparatively low to the benefits that these ecosystems provide in terms of their ecosystem services. Benefits such as from storm mitigation, water filtration, and fish stock restoration, amongst others, are valued between EUR 182 to 223 billion. The analysis estimates that the monetised benefits for carbon storage alone areare less than the estimated costs of full ecosystem recovery (i.e. to good condition), with abenefita-cost ratio ofof 0.2. However, ifi other above-mentioned ecosystem service benefits are included, the estimated net benefits increase markedly, with a benefit-cost ratio of between 35 and 38.

Evidence suggests that coastal wetlands respond quickly to restoration efforts, with many of the benefits of ecosystem restoration observed within five years, but that some habitats such as saltmarsh may take more than 100 years to recover their full biodiversity 120 (Maskell et al, 2014).

Inland wetlands (see also Annex VI for a more detailed analysis)

The effects of the targets selected would be very positive for biodiversity and ecosystem services, most notably in terms of carbon sequestration and storage, water quality, flood risk management, erosion control and cultural services. Marshes are particularly important for birds listed in Annex I of the Birds Directive, as well as other migratory species. The restored peatlands would be particularly effective in maintaining carbon stores, and with time recovery of vegetation, carbon sequestration and several other ecosystem services would increase.

Peatlands have a large carbon mitigation potential, however, currently peatlands, because they are degraded, are estimated to emit around 220 MtCO2e/yr in the EU 121 . Restoring peatlands, such as by rewetting, can protect carbon stocks in organic soils, and sequester carbon as the degraded land recovers. It can also help improve water quality, protect against flooding, provide habitats for biodiversity, and can still be used for agriculture production through paludiculture. Rewetting just 3 % of agricultural land in the EU will save up to 25 % of agricultural greenhouse gas emissions 122 .

Uncompensated opportunity costs as a consequence of establishing the targets can be expected to be minor in relation to the restoration of HD Annex I peatlands and marshlands. Firstly, under the CAP, Member States will have to define the protection that will be applied to peatlands and, if deemed appropriate, will define more ambitious management requirements on wetlands and peatlands, which will be set under Pillar I eco-schemes or Pillar II management commitments. Secondly, because of the increasing recognition of the potential carbon losses from degraded peatlands, damaging activities are now largely prohibited within areas of HD Annex I peatlands. Consequently, lost peat extraction opportunity costs are expected to be small.

The main stakeholders affected by the targets are farmers, landowners and land managers who would undertake the required restoration actions. Farmers’ additional costs and income foregone could be covered totally or partially under the CAP, if the Member States make such a choice in their Strategic Plans. In turn, the restoration work will create employment and income for farmers, land managers and contractors in the medium to longer term, and restored areas can provide new sources of income such as eco-tourism. Beneficiaries would include the entire population and economy (through carbon and biodiversity benefits), as well as water companies and consumers, and the tourism sector.

The monetised benefits for carbon storage and sequestration from peatland restoration are estimated at EUR 10.6 to 13.0 billion. They outweigh the estimated costs of full ecosystem recovery (i.e. to good status), estimated at EUR 4.8 to 5.1 billion, and have a benefit cost ratio ranging from 2.2 to 2.5. If overall ecosystem service benefits for restored peatland and marshland are applied, the estimated net benefits increase markedly (EUR 45.1 to 55.3 billion), with a benefit cost ratio of between 7.1 and 8.3 for peatland and between 1.8 and 2.1 for marshland. 

Evidence suggests that restoration of wetlands can deliver benefits for biodiversity and ecosystem services quickly but that full recovery of biodiversity may take decades. For example, restoration of blanket bog may achieve improvements in hydrology in 1-2 years, carbon emissions in 3 years and vegetation re-colonisation in 2 years; however full vegetation communities may take 20-50 years to return (Maskell et al, 2014).

Marine (see also Annex VI for a more detailed analysis)

Restoration of marine habitats can be a particularly effective way to achieve the recovery of whole marine ecosystems, including species. Science shows that restoring marine habitats (where species live, reproduce and forage) both sets the enabling conditions for species and ecosystems to thrive and allows delivering enhanced ecosystem and societal services. The groups of habitats that are proposed for restoration (seagrass beds; macroalgal forests; shellfish beds; maerl beds; sponge, coral and coralligenous beds; seeps and vents; and soft sediments) have the capacity to contribute substantially to the restoration objectives under the Biodiversity Strategy, in particular towards mitigating climate change, reducing the impact of natural disasters and bringing health, social and economic benefits.

Estimates of the costs of marine restoration vary considerably depending on the habitat, its location, condition, scale, and method used. Benefit calculations are difficult to evaluate with precision, but rather give order of magnitude estimates. Opportunity costs may include foregone income for fishers, or reductions in exploitation of natural resources, such as sand or mineral resources. In the short-term, impacts would be mainly on the fisheries sector in terms of potential lost income and revenues. However, benefits from increased catch would be seen in the medium to long term, and EU funds (e.g. the European Maritime Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund, EMFAF) are available to partially mitigate the initial impacts. Other economic sectors that would be impacted include mining, agriculture, aquaculture and leisure. However, many local stakeholders would benefit in the medium to long term from improved water quality, improved seascapes and richer biodiversity.

Details on the costs and benefits of the selected habitats are provided in Annex VI. As a specific example, seagrass provides benefits for climate mitigation, flooding and erosion approximated at EUR 95 per ha/year as well as benefits for food, water and raw materials valued at EUR 866 per ha/year. No financial valuation is available for ecosystem services for cultural (e.g. recreation, wellbeing, aesthetic value, etc.) or other socio-economic purposes (e.g. coastal tourism), however, these are expected to be significant. The costs of sea grass restoration have a wide range of estimates for both active and passive restoration.

However, given the high variability in the economic cost and benefits of restoring marine habitats, the taxonomic and geographic biases in the availability of information and the lack of a baseline to determine the area of degraded habitat that needs to be restored, it is not possible to estimate – with a degree of certainty – the exact costs of the proposed policy option nor the economic benefits obtained. However, benefits very likely to outweigh the costs, in particular in the long term.

In summary, the analysis suggests that of the selected marine habitats, these could be fully recovered in a timescale only beyond 2050, with partial recovery reached in 2030, 2040 and 2050. This is due to long recovery times of marine ecosystems and coupled with additional risk factors due to climate change. It is only in this longer-term timescale that the full biodiversity, fisheries and climate benefits may be felt. Benefits of restoration to biodiversity and fisheries have the potential to be realised within a decade (varying by habitat) whilst the benefit of restoration to climate change mitigation, adaptation and pollution effects, may take multiple decades. As such, restoration should start as soon as possible, even if the benefits are not immediate. 

Freshwater (see also Annex VI for a more detailed analysis)

It is important to underline that this thematic impact assessment considers targets relevant to the entire river ecosystem including riverbanks, floodplains and areas next to rivers that may be covered by water during floods. The outcomes of applying the selected targets would contribute to improving the good ecological status of the waters and improving the condition of the surrounding habitats. This in turn will improve the delivery of a wide range of ecosystem services such as drinking water, fish supply, flood protection, water purification as well as recreational and cultural values. In addition, there will be important contributions to climate change mitigation, as well as to reducing seasonal and annual flood patterns.

Restoration actions are likely to benefit a range of stakeholders, including (1) local populations through increased safety and house prices due to decreased flood risk potential; (2) water suppliers and consumers through overall reduced water pollution and increased availability; (3) recreational users of freshwater ecosystems through greater access to previously restricted areas (due to barrier removal) and enhanced aesthetic values; and (4) society at large through enhanced ecosystem services. The benefits are estimated at EUR 862 to 1 053 billion.

Cost would arise from restoring the Annex I habitats and by recreation, and this could incur opportunity costs of similar nature to agro-ecosystems and wetlands. The removal of obsolete barriers may also involve opportunity costs, as compensation to stakeholders whose economic activities or assets are impacted by the removal of such barriers. Costs can also be expected for farmers whose management practices might need to change to restore degraded habitats, and whose land and crops would be impacted by, for example, likely frequent flooding following barrier removal. Total costs are estimated at EUR 35 to 40 billion.

Based on the estimates provided, and considering the variations in costs and benefits estimates, it is likely that the benefit cost ratio deriving from all selected targets would range from 24 to 26.

Evidence suggests that the full benefits for biodiversity and ecosystem services of restoration of rivers and lakes are likely to be seen within a period of 15-25 years, but that some species may recover within a few years of restoration (Maskell et al, 2014).

Steppe, heathh and scrub, rocky & dune habitats (see also Annex VI for a more detailed analysis)

The outcome of implementing the selected targets on heath and scrub habitats would deliver substantial benefits for biodiversity, society and the economy (especially farming and tourism). These include carbon storage and sequestration, whose benefits are valued from EUR 232 to EUR 1 337 per ha/year, as well as other regulating services (wildfire prevention and erosion control), provisioning services (maintenance of sustainable grazing) and cultural services (landscape, recreation and tourism and existence values), whose benefits are valued from EUR 558 to EUR 9 580 per ha/year. Total benefits are estimated at EUR 24 to 29 billion. For rocky and dune habitats benefits are mainly for biodiversity and recreational services, but can only be estimated in qualitative terms. There is evidence that restoration of heathland can result in recovery of vegetation and enhancements of some ecosystem services within 5 years, but that the full recovery of biodiversity will take longer (Maskell et al, 2014). 

The costs of restoration will be incurred by farmers, who could in turn be compensated, for example through incentive payments possible under eco-schemes of the CAP. At the same time, restoration work are likely to create employment and enhance the possibility of diversified incomes for farmers and landowners. Total costs for the restoration of heath and scrub habitats over the entire period are estimated at EUR 3.051 to 3.111 billion.

The benefits of restoring Annex I heath and scrub habitats alone are estimated to exceed the restoration costs, even in a scenario where only carbon benefits are considered. Benefit-cost ratios of are estimated from 1.3 to 1.5 based on carbon benefits alone, and from 7.9 to 9.2 if the total value of ecosystem services is considered. 

Pollinators (see also Annex VI for a more detailed analysis)

The pollinator target addresses insects, such as bees, hoverflies, butterflies and moths. The establishment of the target would address a decline in these species that has been particularly dramatic in the last thirty years; for example, the population trends of 17 butterfly species in 17 Member States showed a decline of 42-46 % between 1990 and 2017.

Restoring pollinators would result in benefits to various stakeholders, including land managers (e.g. farmers and beekeepers) and their supply chains, due to the biological control of pests, as well as decreased frequency of cutting/mowing and weed control activities, as a result of land management changes. The wider public would also benefit, as well as owners of gardens, and users of green and flower-rich spaces, providing enhanced cultural and wellbeing benefits.

Opportunity costs were estimated the same as for restoring Annex I grasslands, heath and scrub habitats. However, these are not additional costs as already covered under the respective targets. The recreation of Annex I grassland on arable land will have opportunity costs of lost agricultural production potential; however, this type of restoration is likely to be carried out on low productivity arable land and/or land that has a low-price value.

There are few estimates of the benefits of crop pollination in numerical terms. A European study estimated that pollinators are directly responsible for 7 % of crop yield in the EU, and that the crops dependent on animal pollination generate around 31 % of the income from EU crop production. The value of crop pollination was estimated at almost EUR 5 billion per year (value in 2019) for insect pollinators in the EU 123 . Beyond that a range of service benefits can be described and analysed in qualitative terms as described in Annex VI. These qualitative values are likely to be significant.

The costs of restoration, which would be borne by both public and private landowners, which were included in the estimats of restoring Annex I grassland, heath and scrub habitats to good condition. However, these are not additional costs as already covered by other targets. The costs of actions for pollinators on intensively managed farmland overlap to some degree with actions for farmland birds but may not be identical. Further costs would include the costs of establishing a dedicating monitoring scheme estimated at €154 million. Overall, the analysis indicates, based on a combination of qualitative assessment and limited numerical data, that the benefits would outweigh the costs

Forest ecosystems (see also Annex VI for a more detailed analysis)

The selected targets on forests would have several benefits, most notably for biodiversity and ecosystem services such as (1) including more diversified timber and non-timber products with indirect economic benefits for the broader forest-based sector in terms of market value and employment; (2) regulating services including water and soil quality, flood prevention, carbon sequestration and storage, and increased resilience against the projected increase in natural disturbances under climate change (droughts, fires, pests, and diseases); and (3) social and cultural services in terms of aesthetic, recreational and existence values.

Enhanced services will have positive impacts more broadly on the economy, providing employment opportunities and income for the tourism/recreation sectors, conservation organisations, especially in rural economies.

Principal actors involved in the restoration of forest habitats will be forest owners and forest managers. Forest ownership varies from very small and fragmented private-owned to large scale state-owned forests, and from small family-owned holdings to large estates owned by private companies. Around 40 % of the forest area in the EU is publicly owned. Around 60 % of the EU’s forests are in private ownership, with about 16 million private forest owners. Across the EU there are major variations in ownership of forests. 

Opportunity costs could stem from decreased biomass harvests. These would involve economic costs for forest owners and the forest-based sector, in terms of market value and employment. Afforestation and reforestation activities may include additional costs and foregone income (such as costs for preparation of the soil, for the planting trees and related maintenance) for landowners and changing land use. At the same time foresters will be able to gain in the medium to longer term, since restored forests can provide new sources of income such as eco-tourism, or based on public and private payment schemes for ecosystem services.

A cost-benefit analysis for forest restoration in the EU is complicated by several factors, including the variety of forests across the EU and a lack of comprehensive and reliable data at EU level. An estimation of restoration costs ranges from EUR 50 to 54 billion, whereas an estimation of benefits ranges from EUR 204 to 250 billion (of which EUR 3.8-4.7 billion consists of carbon benefits). This suggests that even without carbon benefits included, the benefits from restoration would exceed the costs. The estimated carbon benefits represent less than 10% of estimated costs, but are likely to be a significant underestimate.

Evidence suggests that forest ecosystems take a long time to restore, and that the full benefits of restoration may take many decades to be realised (Maskell et al, 2014).

Agro-ecosystems (see also Annex VI for a more detailed analysis)

The targets on agro-ecosystems will deliver substantial benefits for biodiversity, benefiting a wide range of species. Many semi-natural ecosystems and associated landscapes once restored, become highly species-rich. These will provide direct benefits to farmers and the agricultural sector, such as benefits from improved soils quality, reduced soil erosion and soil compaction and greater abundance of pollinators.

More widely, the targets will benefit sectors of the economy by enhancing the delivery of a variety of ecosystem services, including provisioning services (sustainably produced or organic food products based on sustainable agricultural practices), regulating services (climate, water quality, soil, quality water provision and improved flood management). They will also benefit the population at large, and tourism, through improved landscape quality and public enjoyment of the countryside. Overall, benefits are estimated at EUR 230 to 250 billion.

At the same time, expected costs are estimated at EUR 26.559 to 27.732 billion. They include costs for farmers in relation to the restoration and re-creation of agro-ecosystems; for example, the costs of switching to new more ecologically favourable management methods to maintain ecosystems in good condition. However, these are likely to be reduced since these can be funded under the CAP. Furthermore, any restrictions to practices brought about by implementation of the targets (such as restriction on the conversion or on the ploughing permanent grassland, or tillage management reducing the risk of soil erosion) would be covered by the new CAP regulations. At the same time restoration actions are likely to create employment and enhance incomes for farmers in the long run. 

The benefit to cost analysis estimates that the total ecosystem service benefits of restoration outweigh the costs by a ratio of 9:1. The carbon sequestration benefits alone are estimated at 60-70 % of the overall costs. 

An additional target on rewetting drained organic soils (drained peatlands) under agricultural use, would also generate considerable climate change mitigation and adaptation benefits, as well as significant benefits for biodiversity, water quality, flood risk mitigation, drought risk mitigation and socio-economic benefits from paludiculture and tourism. For example, rewetting drained agricultural soils can lead to decreases in emissions of around 20 tCO2eq/ha/year. It is a cost-effective measure to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The ratio between benefits, including biodiversity benefits and costs is expected to be considerably larger when also considering the other ecosystem services, including tourism and socio-economic benefits which are challenging to quantify.

Organic soils represent a significant proportion of arable land in some countries (e.g. Netherlands, Finland and Germany) where rewetting will consequently have a larger socio-economic impact, including a considerable opportunity cost. At the EU level however, agriculture on organic soil represents only around 1% of cropland and 4% of grassland (EU-15) meaning overall costs from lost productivity on these soils will be small relative to their climate and biodiversity benefits. Depending on the socioeconomic and ecological context of a given site, losses can be compensated through land purchase/acquisition, compensation schemes or by incentivising the establishment of alternative land uses such as paludiculture or extensive grazing.

In addition to the targets mentioned above, specific indicators can be used to provide evidence of enhancement of biodiversity: the grassland butterfly index, the share of agricultural land with landscape features, the organic carbon content in cropland mineral soils and the percentage of species and habitats of Community interest related to agriculture with stable or increasing trends. Increasing trends for this set of indicators would further provide overall important benefits to the environment, society and the economy.

Urban ecosystems (see also Annex VI for a more detailed analysis)

The proposed targets aim to end the current steady decline in the quality of urban ecosystems in cities and their commuter zones, that has been taking place over recent decades, and then to slowly reverse this trend and help to restore them. The targets address two fundamental indicators of urban ecosystem health: the total area of natural/green space, along with the sub-group comprising the total area of tree canopy cover, in ‘Local Administrative Units’ classified as ‘cities’ and as ‘towns and suburbs’, which together represent more than 20% of total EU land surface and represent more than 70% of the population. (i.e., the most densely populated areas)

For 2030, a target has been set to ensure, ‘no-net loss’ of ‘urban green’ including ‘tree canopy cover’ in all individual LAUs classified as ‘cities’ and ‘towns and suburbs’. For 2050, the targets aim for an average 5 percentage point increase in the total area of green space (including tree canopy cover) averaged across these LAUs in each Member State (with an intermediate stop of a 3-percentage point increase by 2040), and that the minimum level of tree canopy cover in all individual LAUs reaches at least 10%.

The levels of targets proposed have been selected so as to be realistic, and achievable within the bounds of existing urban planning process. They are not only fully in line with EU and international objectives, but they will also do not need to be restricting for urban development, but rather help with steering it to be greener progressively over time. In relation to overall levels of urban green space, starting with ‘no net-loss’ but giving until 2030 to achieve this basic, common-sense, target will allow for some flexibility in approach. It should be borne in mind that urban development can be ‘green’ and can enhance the local environment if undertaken with due attention of urban ecosystem condition, such as by using, green roofs, permeable ‘green’ parking lots, focused tree/hedge planting and incorporation of biodiversity supporting features. Alternatively, or additionally, brownfield/abandoned sites can also be restored elsewhere in compensation. This impact assessment has shown there is potential for such land to significantly contribute to the targets proposed. Thus no-net loss of urban green is considered as a realistic and simple baseline for protecting, and later restoring, urban ecosystems. Having this target will provide a focus for urban planning process, steering them to help achieve the objectives of the biodiversity strategy.

The idea of the targets, and the levels to which they are set is to ensure that the amounts of green space and tree coverage become an integral part of the urban planning process, and that the reach good levels in terms of providing healthy urban ecosystems, by 2050. They can be achieved by restoring degraded and industrial land, greening new developments over time as they are built or replaced (i.e. industrial buildings, housing, retail, local authority builds including hospitals and schools) using options such as tree planting, (including tree-lining streets) green roofs, new green spaces, as well as other “multifunctional” green infrastructure, such as new green mobility lanes or by creation of new parks and woodlands in urban fringes.

In terms of the tree canopy cover targets these are considered as an important sub-set of urban green overall, (so the same arguments apply), but with a very high biodiversity and climate mitigation and adaptation value. It is vital that any urban greening targets ensure the provision, protection and increasing of tree canopy cover in EU urban ecosystems. There is significant capacity within all LAUs for the provision of some increase in tree canopy cover, so the aim of this target is to start moving in the right direction, in line with the planting of 3 billion trees commitment made under the Green Deal. The target for an absolute minimum of 10% tree canopy cover in the LAUs will help to ensure a minimum level of urban ecosystem restoration is undertaken, and support key climate change mitigation and adaptation objectives, in turn supporting air and water pollution objectives.

For 2050 achievable increases in the targets have been proposed that continue the restoration at a similar pace post 2030 and 2040, but over the following decades. Again, they have been set at a relatively low levels per year, to stimulate better urban planning processes, rather than to restrict growth / development.

Overall, there is good evidence related to the costs and benefits of increasing urban green space, albeit almost all in case study form. These demonstrate convincingly a wide range of positive benefits coming from increasing and maintaining higher levels of urban green space. Due to the wide variation, however, in many aspects of the studies, such as the (climate/locations/type of urban space), and the (often limited) parameters being investigated (pollution, energy, water runoff, health and well-being, climate mitigation etc) it is not possible to monetize some of these benefits in a generalized manner. Indeed, the high number of multiple co-benefits provided by using nature-based solutions to urban challenges tends to mean often the full benefits of urban green space and tree cover are underestimated. So, while it has not been possible to undertake a traditional cost/benefit analysis, as can be done on single issues, evidence points to the clear net positive values of halting the loss of, and then restoring green urban spaces.  

 

Administrative impacts (score: 2)



The administrative costs for option 3 are estimated as the same as for option 2. However, to this is added a one-off cost of EUR 6.56 million for establishing an EU wide methodology (see detailed calculation in Annex VII). Similarly to option 2, the costs for 27 Member States together are estimated to amount to nearly EUR 14 billion until 2050. See Annex VII section 5 and Annex III for more details on administrative costs.

Administrative costs for option 3

One-off costs

Annual costs

Surveys of ecosystems

1 099 000 000

Development of national restoration plans;

12 800 000

Development of methodologies and indicators (5 ecosystems)

6 580 000

Administration of restoration measures (2022-2030; 15 % target)

438 321 000

Monitoring of restored ecosystems    

20 643 103

Reporting progress against restoration targets

107 000

Sub-total 

1 118 380 000 

459 071 103

Costs from 2022 to 2050

1 118 380 000 

12 853 990 884

Total costs from 2022 to 2050

13 972 370 884

Given the large positive impacts of establishing common approaches and methods across the EU for ecosystems without defined indicators, and methods to define good condition, this represents particularly good value for money. It avoids the inefficiency costs if Member States would do it individually under option 2. It will further support efforts for more frequent and regular monitoring on the condition of ecosystems and biodiversity, in line with the requirements of the 8th Environmental Action Programme. Therefore, a more positive score is allocated for administrative impacts than in option 2.

The rate of restoration linked to Annex I habitats targets was also considered, i.e., either at the rate of 15 % by 2030, 40 % by 2040, and 100 % by 2050, or faster at the rate of 30 % by 2030, 60 % by 2040, and 100 % by 2050. An analysis is provided at the end of Annex VI and summarised below. This indicates that faster restoration pathway (30 %, 60 %, 100 %) provides better overall benefit to cost ratios, and a conclusion is that this version of the target should be used.

Overall, due to different levels of data availability, different forms of benefit and cost estimates were carried out for different ecosystem targets. For targets linked to wetlands, heathland and scrub, forests and rivers, numerical cost and benefits were calculated, and clear benefit/cost ratios were established, as shown in the table below.

For other ecosystems, a mixture of qualitative and quantitative estimates were used. For these too, positive benefit/cost ratios can be deduced. These are added to the table below to provide an overall summary, and indicating that in all cases, the benefits are estimated to outweigh the costs. However, the absence of aggregated monetary cost and benefit calculations for the assessments of four ecosystems should not be misinterpreted as meaning that target options assessed would stand out less positively in terms of their net benefit to reach the objectives.

Ecosystem type / Species

Benefit to cost ratio

(With Annex I targets: 15 % by 2030, 40 % by 2040, 100 % by 2050)

Benefit to cost ratio

(With Annex I targets: 30 % by 2030, 60 % by 2040, 100 % by 2050)

Inland wetlands (for peatland only)

7.1

(2.2 if carbon only)

8.3

(2.5 if carbon only)

Forests

4.1

(0.1 if for carbon only*)

4.1

(0.1 if for carbon only*)

Heathland and scrub

6.9

(1.3 if carbon only)

8.2

(1.5 if carbon only)

Agro-ecosystems

8.6

(0.6 if carbon only)

9.2

(0,7 if carbon only)

Rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats

24

26

Coastal wetlands

35.3

(0.2 if carbon only)

38.1

(0.2 if carbon only)

Median cost-benefit ratio between ecosystem types

7.9

8.8

Marine

Quantitative/Qualitative estimates indicate benefits very likely to outweigh the costs, in particular, in the longer term.

Quantitative/Qualitative estimates indicate benefits very likely to outweigh the costs, in particular, in the longer term.

Pollinators

Quantitative/Qualitative estimates indicate benefits very likely to outweigh the costs.

Quantitative/Qualitative estimates indicate benefits very likely to outweigh the costs.

In conclusion, for almost all the targets, the benefits outweigh the costs, and the approach also ensures that risks of delayed action are reduced as much as possible. Based on the above and the thematic summaries, the following scores are given: 4 for environmental impacts, 3 for socio-economic impacts and 2 for administrative impacts.

Robustness and limitations of the calculations: All cost and benefit calculations of ecosystem restoration are based on the best available evidence. The cost estimates are most robust for Annex I habitats, where we have more precise and reliable data (based on more experience and better data collection) than for other ecosystems. The approaches to estimating the costs and benefits of ecosystem services and their restoration are based on methods (both quantitative and qualitative) that have been developed extensively in the area of environmental economics. The IA has also been able to draw on evidence from a range of restoration programmes (for example under LIFE-nature), various specific studies, meta- and case-studies, as well a detailed study of the financing needs of meeting the restoration target of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020. However, costs and benefits are to a large extent determined by local circumstances, which makes them more difficult to scale up in an exact manner. More details on the analytical methods are provided in Annex IV.

Risks that potentially limit the benefits of ecosystem restoration 

There are a range of risks that the estimated benefits will not be realized, for instance if measures are not implemented as required; restoration actions fail to achieve the target condition because of scientific uncertainties, failure to undertake appropriate actions or adverse effects of climate, pollution, invasive species, conflicts etc. Even if ecosystems are restored to good condition, they may not deliver the anticipated benefits to people – e.g. because benefits occur in places remote from people and property. There is a risk of delay in achieving good ecosystem condition and of additional costs of restoration.

These risks can lead to a failure to meet the restoration targets, lower than foreseen benefits or/and costs that higher than anticipated. Accompanying measures such as incentives and guidance can mitigate these risks. The risks, their consequences and mitigation measures are listed in more detail in Annex IV.

Overall, these risks are significant, particularly because of the range of scientific uncertainties, locational variations and environmental factors that influence the effectiveness of ecosystem restoration and its benefits and costs. However, they can be mitigated through application and sharing of best available evidence; a robust approach to restoration planning; guidance, technical support and skills development; and monitoring and adaptive management. The high benefit:cost ratios estimated for each ecosystem type, with benefit:cost ratios ranging from 4:1 to 38:1, leave a sufficient margin to ensure that ecosystem restoration will be efficient even if benefits are less than anticipated.



Box 8: Views of stakeholders and authorities on the potential socio-economic impacts of ecosystem-specific targets.

During the consultation exercise, a number of stakeholders stressed that the restoration agenda should be a positive agenda and the multiple benefits from ecosystem services to various stakeholders need to be made more visible. State forestry representatives emphasized that restoration needs to be integrated with rural economies. A representative of an environmental NGO stressed that ecosystem restoration is becoming a matter of survival, turning the tide on the nature crisis. Environmental NGOs saw restoration as a positive agenda for solutions, but noted that the benefits for various stakeholders should be made more visible: farmers, fishermen and foresters will be harmed if we do not act on climate change (through nature restoration).

National authorities and stakeholders across the board called for an integrated strategy that considers ecosystem preservation as well as socio-economic development in urban and rural areas. Some national authorities underlined positive (voluntary) experiences with restoration, but also the complexity and cost of restoring ecosystems (such as peatlands).

Forest owners and forestry sector stakeholders expressed preference for a focus on restoration measures rather than on results. The need to ensure respect for property rights in the implementation of the targets at the national level was underlined, in relation to restoration on private land that needs prior and informed consent of the owner. They emphasized that, in order to bring forest managers and owners on board, proper consultation and support are needed including finance to compensate them for costs that bring broad benefits to society. Forestry sector stakeoholders further stressed the need to consider impacts in the value chain. The potential impacts of forest protection and restoration measures on the production of raw wood in the EU and potential relocation to third countries were also highlighted. Alignment with national forest acts’ obligations on forest owners was also stressed.

Several stakeholders pointed to the need to be clear on who would be responsible to implement the targets and obligations. Two NGOs commented that the burden of implementation should be placed not only on the nature authorities, but also on other relevant administrations (e.g. water).

An environmental NGO in the Baltic Region pointed to likely impacts from restoration on fishermen, the recreational sector and other commercial sectors such as shipping, boating and energy production, for instance by displacement of their activities. New conflicts may arise with restoration when predators return and compete with human uses, making enemies from former allies (such as small fishers). Possible conflicts were also flagged with the objectives of the Common Fisheries Policy.

How views of stakeholders and authorities have been taken into account:

The impact assessment highlights that the benefits far outweigh the costs of restoration. The proposal also emphasizes that Member States will need to involve stakeholders, including land owners (and users) in their National Restoration Plans. Member States will have the liberty to involve other departements than only the nature authorities in the implementation. The impact assessment report also addresses the issue of possible foregone incomes cause by restoration measures, by pointing out that they can already be compensated for totally or partially under EU funds such as the CAP, the EMFF, the Just Transition Fund and others, as well as under various national funds in most EU Member States.

6.4.Impacts of policy Option 4 (Ecosystem-specific targets and an overarching objective)

A combination of ecosystem-specific targets and an overarching objective would overcome some of the weaknesses of the previous two options. An overarching objective would provide impetus and clarity of overall ambition. As such, it has an important added performance value for communication, as a political driver at EU-level, in the Member States as well in international context, and for mainstreaming purposes. It would raise public awareness and a common agenda for action that can appeal to a broad group of stakeholders. In this way the headline objective would be more likely to have an impact in mainstream politics, rather than risk remaining in the domain of environmental administrators. Lastly, since the overarching objective addresses most ecosystems, this further underlines the need to complement the targets in step 1 with further targets in step 2.

Making this an overarching objective in the law, and coupling it with ecosystem specific targets of option 3, would avoid the difficulties in enforceability described under option 2. The ecosystem-specific targets can help make sure there will be a measurable delivery on biodiversity, by making the restoration objectives concrete, measurable and enforceable, and help ensure that all ecosystems/habitats that require restoration will be addressed. Evidence in the implementation of nature policy has shown that more targeted approaches in terms of specific biodiversity objectives, measures and tracking can greatly improve effectiveness and the achievement of objectives. The specificity of a number of ecosystem specific targets, coupled with an overarching objective makes this option a very effective one.

Effectiveness (average score: 3.6)

In terms of effectiveness the analysis is virtually the same as option 3. However, the addition of the overarching objective makes the ecosystem-specific targets even more achievable. It namely has an important added performance value for communication, political and mainstreaming purposes. First, it expresses the common ambition across Member States and stakeholders, thereby bringing the different specific target options under one umbrella and driving overall direction. Second, it makes clear that the legislation intends to go beyond only restoring those ecosystems for which targets are set in step 1. This would strengthen the requirement for Member States to already consider restoring ecosystems for which targets may only be set in step 2. Third, it provides a clear link to the vision of the Biodiversity Strategy for 20301, as well as the global vision under the Convention on Biological Diversity. In sum, the various aspects of this option, complemented by the advantages of an overarching objective, makes it feasible to attain the policy objectives, and is therefore considered very effective.

Policy option 4: effectiveness

Score

Timing

3

Specificity

4

Measurability

3

Achievability

4

Coordinated action

4

Comprehensiveness

4

Enabling measures

3

Total

25

Average

3.6

Assessment

Very effective

Policy coherence (score: 3)

Option 4 has at least the same level of coherence as option 3, but with the addition of an overarching goal, bringing it more in line with the ambition level of the Green Deal.

Efficiency (average score: 3)

For option 4 environmental and social impacts are likely to be higher than in option 3, however the differences in scoring level is not fine grained enough to represent these differences (scores are however different for effectiveness). Administrative impacts are likely to be the same. As such, it receives the same scores as option 3 i.e.: 4 for environmental impacts, 3 for socio-economic impacts and 2 for administrative impacts.

Estimates of total costs for Option 4 (see Annex III, VI and XII for more details)

The total restoration and maintenance costs for peatlands, marshlands, forests, heathland and scrub, grasslands (including pollinators), rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats, and coastal wetlands can be estimated at around EUR 140 billion under the scenario of 30-60-100% targets for 2030-2040-2050 for HD Annex I. This includes foregone income as an opportunity cost resulting from restoration by businesses such as farmers. However, restoration and maintenance costs for marine and urban ecosystems as well as pollinators are not included due to uncertainties and data gaps, although it is likely that pollinators will benefit from actions taken (and associated costs) to restore terrestrial ecosystems such as grasslands.

Besides restoration and maintenance costs, there are costs foreseen for enabling measures (administrative costs) such as establishing methodologies and indicators, developing National Restoration Plans and monitoring progress. These costs are exactly the same as for option 3, including an estimated one-off cost of about EUR 1.1 billion and annual costs of about EUR 459 million (or a total annual costs of EUR 13 billion counting from 2022 to 2050), leading to a total cost for enabling measures of about EUR 14 billion.

The total costs for this policy option are therefore estimated to be at least EUR 154 billion (140 + 14) up to 2070 124 , not including restoration and maintenance costs for marine and urban ecosystems as well as pollinators.

Overview of costs for the preferred option – until 2070 (present values)

Action

One-off costs in EUR million

Annual costs in EUR million

Total in EUR million for scenario A

(15-40-100% targets by 2030-2040-2050)

Total in EUR million for scenario B

(30-60-100% targets by 2030-2040-2050)

Comments

Costs for restoration and maintenance per ecosystem type for both Member States and businesses

Peatlands

4 779

5 125

Marshlands

3 643

       3 721

Coastal wetlands

5 141

5 852

Forests

50 082

53 850

Agro-ecosystems

26 559

27 732

Steppe, heath and scrub

3 051

3 111

Rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats

35 232

40 211

Sub-total

128 487

139 602

Marine, urban, pollinators

(na)

(na)

Costs for enabling measures for Member States

Surveys of ecosystems  

1 099

 

Development of national restoration plans

12.8

 

Development of methodologies and indicators (5 ecosystems) 

6.6

 

Administration of restoration measures

 

438.3

Monitoring of restored ecosystems  

 

20.6

Reporting progress against restoration targets 

 

0.1

Sub-total 

1 118.4

459

Costs from 2022 to 2050

1 118.4

12 854

13 972.4

13 972.4

Total costs: restoration, maintenance and enabling measures

Total

142 459.4

153 574.4

While these figures provide order of magnitude estimates only, as described in Annex XII there is a variety of sources of funding available to finance these costs for restoration, maintenance, compensation and enabling measures. The short-term possible costs linked with lost incomes that certain population groups such as to farmers, forest owners or fishers, may incur while they transition to more sustainable practices could be partially or totally covered under EU and other sources funding. Member States would also need to consider the social implications. As described in more detail in Annex XII, and based on order of magnitude estimates, there should be sufficient funding available to cover these costs in the period up to 2050. Specifically, the estimated EUR 14 billion annual biodiversity spending under the MFF (2021-2027) could cover to a large extent the annual total costs of restoration of EUR 6-8 billion. For instance, the CAP will be an important source of funding of restoration measures and support to farmers faced with transitioning costs. This could be further complemented with other sources of national and public-private and business sources of financing. However, the details will depend on the NRPs of the Member States on how exactly financing will be channelled towards ecosystem restoration. At the same time, it can be expected that legally binding targets will significantly contribute to stimulating such further financing. Member States may also need to consider and address shortages in labour and skills needed to implement the restoration measures, e.g. through training programmes such as the European Solidarity Corps.

Estimates of total benefits for Option 4 (see Annex III, VI and XII for more details)

The total benefits for peatlands, marshlands, forests, heathland and scrub, grasslands (including pollinators), rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats, and coastal wetlands can be estimated at around EUR 1 860 billion under the scenario of 30-60-100% targets for 2030-2040-2050 for HD Annex I. This is 12 times more than the estimated costs. The benefits include carbon removal and storage and many other ecosystem services. Benefits resulting from the restoration of marine and urban ecosystems as well as pollinators are not included due to uncertainties and data gaps. More background and detail on these data are provided in Annex III and VI.

Overview of benefits for the preferred option – until 2070 125 (Present Value)

Scenario A (15-40-100% targets for 2030-2040-2050)

Scenario B (30-60-100% targets for 2030-2040-2050)

Restoration of ecosystem type/species

Carbon benefits in EUR million

Benefits from all ecosystem services (including carbon) in EUR million

Carbon benefits in EUR million

Benefits from all ecosystem services (including carbon) in EUR million

Peatlands

10 629    

38 702

13 042

47 488

Marshlands

(na)

6 388

(na)

7 838

Coastal wetlands

1 091

181 614

1 339

222 842

Forests

3 832

203 564

4 701

249 775

Agro-ecosystems

17 073

229 589

18 624

250 451

Steppe, heath and scrub

3 971

24 191

4 722

28 768

Rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats

(na)

862 349

(na)

1 053 042

Sub-total

36 596

1 546 397

42 428

1 860 204

Marine

(na)

(na)

(na)

(na)

Urban

(na)

(na)

(na)

(na)

Pollinators

(na)

(na)

(na)

(na)

Although in theory the EU should aim to restore all degraded ecosystems by 2050, and targets should align with this goal, in practice complete implementation is unlikely to be achievable. Some sites may be inaccessible, face insurmountable technical barriers to restoration, be adversely affected by external pressures such as pollution, be earmarked for changes in land use, or be subject to disputes between land owners, managers and the authorities. The analysis for the impact assessment assumed that restoring 90% of degraded ecosystems could be regarded as a realistic level of full implementation. The benefit: cost analyses are therefore based on a 90% restoration target by 2050.

A failure to restore 90% of the area of degraded ecosystems by 2050 would reduce both the benefits and costs of ecosystem restoration. In Annex IV, estimates are presented on the value of the benefits and costs of restoration of different ecosystem types, for scenarios in which lower (70% or 80%) rates of restoration are achieved. This shows that, if full implementation is not achieved, there is a reduction in costs as well as benefits, such that benefit:cost ratios still remains favourable by far.

Impacts on areas surrounded by ecosystems in which restoration measures are taken

Restoration can have an impact on surrounding areas. For instance, the rewetting of inland wetlands could cause indirect opportunity costs for agriculture in some areas, especially in small wetland sites surrounded by intensive agriculture where mitigation measures to avoid seepage are not in place. However, they represent only a small share of the total area of inland wetland ecosystem considered in the assessment. As such ‘external’ negative impacts of measures would likely be relatively limited, their inclusion in the cost-benefit analysis would probably not have made a significant difference on the overall cost estimate. Therefore, the assessment did not quantify such indirect costs of restoration.

The impacts would be similar as those assessed for inland Annex I habitats and would require different management practices by private landowners and land managers, in return for incentive payments which include compensation for opportunity costs relating directly to land management (e.g. income forgone through reduced yield or grazing). As explained in Annex III, such practices and incentive schemes are in place, as well as public budgets to support their increased uptake.

Considering the large positive benefit to cost ratios of nature restoration across the different ecosystem types, even if external costs excluded would nonetheless significant, they would likely still be (far) outweighed by larger benefits and would not have changed the overall findings of the assessment. Inland wetland rewetting for example could also have positive impacts on water availability for agriculture during droughts likely to increase with climate change in most regions.

Distribution of benefits and costs between EU Member States

As set out in Annex III (Table III-3), the distribution of estimated costs and benefits differs between EU Member States. The two main defining cost variables are 1) the extent of ecosystem in the Member States and 2) its condition, i.e. the share of extent which is degraded and will require restoration measures 126 . As a result the Member States with larger degraded Annex I habitats face the largest effort: The largest absolute costs are incurred in France (EUR 2.1 billion), Spain (EUR 1.5 billion) and Finland (EUR 0.9 billion). Some Member States have relatively large areas of several ecosystems, but also record a relatively small proportion to be in not-good condition, such that costs of restoration and maintenance are relatively low compared to ecosystem area (e.g. Austria, Germany, Greece, Italy, Sweden).

Member States face differentiated costs for different ecosystems too. For example, the largest costs for each ecosystem are, in order of magnitude, as follows:

Coastal wetlands - Denmark, the Netherlands, France and Germany;

Fresh waters – France and Finland;

Forests – France and Spain;

Grasslands – Spain and France;

Heath, steppe and scrub – Spain and Finland;

Peatlands – Finland and Sweden.

Despite these variations, when looking at the overall picture, costs and benefits are reasonably equally spread between EU Member States. Annual costs expressed as share of GDP range from 0.01% of GDP in the case of Belgium, Germany, the Netherlands and Luxembourg to 0.39% in the case of Finland, but most Member States are closer to the average of 0.06% for the EU (median 0.08%). Benefits expressed as share of GDP range from 0.02% in Malta to an exceptional 4.11% in Finland, with average benefits representing 0.48% on average (median 0.58%). Annual costs per MS citizen range from less than EUR 1 Euro in Malta (against EUR 4 benefits) to more than  EUR 168 in Finland (against over  EUR 1750 benefit), but average annual costs per EU citizen are less than  EUR 17 and benefits  EUR 144 (median  EUR 14 and  EUR 117 respectively). The table below provides a full overview of annual benefits and costs as share of GDP and per citizen.

Overview of annual costs and benefits as share of GDP (Eurostat, 2020) and per citizen (Eurostat, 2021)

Member State

Benefits

(million €)

Costs

(million €)

Benefits/

GDP

Costs/

GDP

Benefit/

Citizen (€)

Cost/

Citizen (€)

AT

774

65

0,20%

0,02%

87

7

BE

631

65

0,14%

0,01%

55

6

BG

630

69

1,03%

0,11%

91

10

CY

38

7

0,18%

0,03%

42

8

CZ

361

41

0,17%

0,02%

34

4

DE

2.595

190

0,08%

0,01%

31

2

DK

3.171

176

1,01%

0,06%

543

30

EE

449

38

1,67%

0,14%

338

29

ES

7.939

1.451

0,71%

0,13%

168

31

FI

9.694

931

4,11%

0,39%

1.752

168

FR

14.618

2.060

0,63%

0,09%

217

31

GR

541

34

0,33%

0,02%

51

3

HR

622

63

1,24%

0,13%

154

16

HU

1.392

133

1,02%

0,10%

143

14

IE

1.922

134

0,52%

0,04%

384

27

IT

2.424

261

0,15%

0,02%

41

4

LT

1.081

80

2,18%

0,16%

571

42

LU

32

5

0,05%

0,01%

50

7

LV

611

54

2,07%

0,18%

323

29

MT

2

0

0,02%

0,00%

4

1

NL

1.056

53

0,13%

0,01%

60

3

PL

5.981

545

1,14%

0,10%

158

14

PT

915

149

0,46%

0,07%

89

14

RO

-

-

-

-

-

-

SE

5.881

638

1,24%

0,13%

567

61

SI

415

63

0,88%

0,13%

197

30

SK

473

98

0,51%

0,11%

87

18

TOTAL

64.248

7.405

AVERAGE

0,48%

0,06%

144

17

MEDIAN

0,58%

0,08%

117

14

Transboundary Issues 

Ecosystems and their species are transboundary by nature, and on the whole the restoration objective and targets will have positive effects for nature across the EU. For areas near or at the borders, cooperation and joint management on both sides can be encouraged through promotion of sharing good practices and building synergies (for example such as Interreg funds that have helped in many cases). Cooperation across borders beyond the EU may also be addressed in a similar manner. These might be most successful in areas where transboundary collaboration is already established (such as for example following from implementation of existing legislation) and collaborative structures are in place. For some ecosystems (e.g. rivers, ecosystems spanning borders) transbordery cooperation may be more relevant than for others.

A focus on specific, near or at border areas can be addressed as part of the National Restoration Plans – Member States could foster synergies with the national restoration plans of other Member States – as well as by identifying appropriate sources of funding. The development of the EU wide methodology can also help when developing definitions of good condition so as to ensure that ecosystems would have consistent criteria and indicators across borders. Furthermore, transboundary activities can also be supported by the definition of restoration measures: i.e.: restoration measures include measures taken for the improvement of the condition of an ecosystem, for the re-establishment  of an ecosystem where it was lost as well as measures to improve connectivity of ecosystems, including across national borders.

Impacts on the rights to equality and non-discrimination  

The options will aim to address various sources of risks to the right to non-discrimination and require that possible sources of biases embedded in the national restoration plans should be properly addressed and mitigated. Restoration measures set out in national restoration plans may not be used to discriminate between different groups in society, and all groups in society will be entitled to equally reap the benefits of restoration, including in terms of employment opportunities. Transparency obligations during the preparation of national restoration plans as well as specific provisions on access to justice, including for vulnerable and marginalized groups, will minimize the risk of discrimination and mitigate inequalities. Based on previous examples of equality mainstreaming in environmental policy at EU level, the issue is not expected to be prominent.

Impacts on food security

Recent geo-political developments have underlined the need to safeguard food security and the resilience of food systems. A review of scientific evidence shows that ecosystem restoration and sustainable farming practices have a positive impact on food productivity and resilience 127 . For example: 

-Natural insects pollination is known to maintain or enhance yields, food quality and economic returns to farmers. It has been estimated that a collapse in pollinators could cause a global drop in GDP of 1-2%, due to reduced agricultural production. The full implications of the collapse for human welfare have yet to be estimated, but they would reach far beyond the mere damages in crop yields. Scientific evidence shows a great potential of nature restoration measures to support pollinators by providing them habitat with high quality food, nesting and overwintering resources or by reducing their exposure to pesticides.

-Inclusion of landscape features in farms, increasing landscape complexity: there is evidence of positive effects on pest control (in particular around arable land) and pollination (emphasized by floral abundance), with a 1.4-fold increase in pest control and the 1.7-fold increase in pollination observed in landscapes with high edge density. In some cases, these positive effects can translate into higher yields.

-No-tillage leads to a significant restoration of soil quality, even more acute if this is combined with organic fertilisation. When no-tillage is combined with cover crops, it can maintain or even increase crop yield and reduce costs while enhancing soil fertility.

-A combination of various sustainable agricultural practices multiply their positive effects on the environment and on food productivity. Agroecology, the most integrative approach to farming, food and socio-economic systems, seem to produce the best results. Several meta-analyses and reviews conclude that agroecological practices have positive outcomes on food security through higher yields, improved nutritional content and stronger resilience and stability against climate and socio-economic disturbances.

-Restoration of marine ecosystem through protection of certain areas: around 80% of properly enforced marine protected areas have been observed to have a positive spillover effect in the surrounding fisheries, and this effect can increase gradually over decades. The spillover effect is of major importance around no-take zones, with examples of catches raised 5-fold in only four years time and beneficial side effects in fishers’ income, tourism, social wellbeing and the regeneration of distant fisheries.

7.How do the options compare?

This chapter first provides a summarised comparison of the policy options based on the assessment of effectiveness, policy coherence and efficiency in Chapter 6. It is followed by a comparison in terms of, subsidiarity and proportionality. Based on the criteria for effectiveness, policy coherence and efficiency the preferred option can be selected.

Effectiveness

Options 3 and 4 score very positively for specificity, coordinated action and comprehensiveness because they include specific targets over a broad range of ecosystems and species, whereas this is not the case for options 1 and 2. For timing, options 2, 3 and 4 score positively because targets are clearly time-bound. In terms of measurability, only options 3 and 4 score positively because the targets mainly build on the monitoring mechanisms of the BHD and because they would entail establishing an EU-wide methodology for determining condition and monitoring framework for ecosystems and species not covered under existing legislation. The 2030 and 2050 timeframes for restoration are realistic. Moreover, the targets contain both aspects of “restoration” and “recovery of good condition” and are both legally verifiable. Options 3 and 4 score high with enabling measures since the overall implementation framework of NRPs, and periodic review and assessment ensure implementation regime to 2050, furthermore the EU wide methodology provides significant added value. Option 4 is expected to be more effective than option 3 for achievability, since the addition of the overarching objective explicitly in the legal text makes the ecosystem-specific targets even more achievable (rather than the overarching objective itself which, again, is only aspirational); it namely has an important added performance value for communication, political orientation and ambition, and mainstreaming purposes. Even though the Biodiversity Strategy to 2030 has an overarching aspirational objective, the difference here is that the inclusion of this objective in the legal text as a clear overarching objective makes a significant difference in the terms of legal obligations: in that all Member State have the obligation to strive towards this objective. In sum, option 4 is expected to be the most effective to achieve the specific objectives.

Effectiveness

Policy option 1

Policy option 2

Policy option 3

Policy option 4

Timing 

0

3

3

3

Specificity

0

0

4

4

Measurability

0

1

3

3

Achievability

0

1

3

4

Coordinated action

0

3

4

4

Comprehensiveness

0

2

4

4

Enabling measures

0

2

3

3

Total

0

12

24

25

Average

0

1.7

3.4

3.6

Assessment

Neutral/baseline

Moderately effective

Effective

Very effective

Policy coherence

Option 1 is assessed as the least coherent because, even though it is coherent with elements in the BDS2030, there is no additional stimulus to actively promote synergies with them. Option 2 would be slightly coherent because it provides a legally binding time-bound goal that strengthens existing restoration requirements under the BHD, WFD and MSFD but is not explicit in the specific interrelationship. Options 3 and 4 are assessed as coherent because synergies are foreseen between the ecosystem-specific targets and aspects such as monitoring and legal obligations under existing and upcoming legislation, including for climate, thereby also accelerating implementation.

Policy

coherence

Policy

option 1

Policy option 2

Policy

option 3

Policy option 4

Score

0

1

3

3

Assessment

Neutral/baseline

Slighty coherent

Coherent

Coherent

Efficiency

Options 3 and 4 are the most efficient options because, overall, the environmental and socio-economic benefits will outweigh the administrative and socio-economic costs. While both options 3 and 4 are scored equally efficient, option 4 is expected to have slightly higher environmental and socio-economic benefits as a result of the overarching objective, however, this benefit is too small to show in the range of numbers used in the scoring system. Option 2 is only moderately efficient mostly because it is expected to yield notably lower environmental benefits. Because of this it is expected that the amount of ecosystem services supplied to the benefit of the economy and society is lower as well, resulting in a lower score for socio-economic impacts. Administrative costs for option 3 and 4 would be the same, amounting to about EUR 14 billion to 2050.

It should also be noted that the more we delay restoration, the higher the administrative and socio-economic costs will be in the future. One must also avoid the potential of irreversible damage. These investments are necessary in order to prevent significantly larger costs in the future.

Efficiency

Policy

option 1

Policy

option 2

Policy option 3

Policy option 4

Environmental impacts

0

2

4

4

Socio-economic impacts

0

2

3

3

Administrative impacts

0

1

2

2

Total score

0

5

9

9

Average score

0

1.7

3

3

Assessment

Neutral/baseline

Moderately efficient

Efficient

Efficient

Subsidiarity and proportionality

Subsidiarity

The legal basis for this legal proposal, Article 192(1) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, as outlined in section 3.1, states that “Union policy on the environment shall contribute to pursuit of […] preserving, protecting and improving the quality of the environment”. EU competence thus encompasses the entire environment including all ecosystem types. Many environmental issues occur and have impacts at a large geographical scale. See also section 3.2 and 3.3. At the same time, restoration is an activity that in practice is carried out at a national, regional or local level. It can strongly depend on specific characteristics at the national, regional, or local level, such as biogeographical regions, specific regional, or local, biotic or abiotic features. Restoration thus lends itself naturally to an approach that needs to account for local, regional, and national specificities, whilst maintaining an overall large-scale perspective and direction. This provides the context to consider how to balance effectively what should be best carried out at EU level with what should be best carried out at Member Sates level.

In option 1 there is no new EU level requirement to attribute between EU and MS responsibilities, thus the neutral score is attributed. For option 2, quite a large degree of discretion is left to member States on how to reach the EU overarching target. This option attributes a large degree of responsibility to Member State level.

Options 3 and 4 attribute ecosystem specific targets to Member States and Member States develop National Restoration Plans on how to reach them. These plans will thus enable the planning and execution of restoration according to their national situation.

Options 2, 3 and 4 attribute responsibilities at EU or Member State level in an effective manner, since there is an appropriate balance between the EU level objective and responsibilities at Member State level.

Subsidiarity is assessed as moderately positive for option 2. It leaves the most flexibility to Member States to determine how they would achieve the overarching target set by the EU. However, the objectives cannot be sufficiently achieved by leaving so much to the Member States in a way that is not specific enough, and more specification at EU level is needed. Options 3 and 4 require Member States to restore certain percentages of their ecosystems within certain timeframes, thus leaving less room for discretion by Member States. However, in their National Restoration Plans, Member States still get considerable discretion to choose what areas, measures and financing mechanisms to employ at national, regional or local level as needed; this leads to a positive score. Each option could also entail further EU level guidance as needed, as has been the case for existing relevant environmental Directives.

Furthermore, for some ecosystems such as forest or urban, for which legislation at EU level is partial and patchy, little or no action has been carried out by Member States, often in a way that is inconsistent with EU policies, undermining the possibility to achieve the related EU objectives. An EU framework on restoration targets would help coherent action at national level, with standards and comparable definitions, monitoring and reporting on progress. This would bring synergies and more effective joint action at EU and national level.

Proportionality

Following from Article 5 of the TFEU: the content and form of proposed option should not exceed what is necessary to achieve the objectives. This is used as the basis to analyse the proportionality of the options.

For Option 1, this does not apply, since baseline does not establish new action, therefore a neutral score is given. Option 2 is only moderately proportionate. It leaves a large degree of scope for national decision making, since it is up to Member States to determine how to reach the overarching target through the development of NRPs. The problem is that it leaves too much undefined in terms of specific restoration requirements in order to be able to reach the objective. Technically speaking it does not exceed what is necessary, but rather significantly falls short of what is needed to achieve the objective. Option 3 is proportionate. Even though this option introduces a number of ecosystem-specific restoration targets, and thus adds content and substance to the proposal, this is necessary to ensure that the objective can be achieved. Furthermore, the 2-step approach is specifically designed not to exceed what is needed, since it builds on existing reporting and monitoring structures whenever possible and appropriate. It sets up new data gathering processes and monitoring requirements only for those ecosystems or habitats where information is not available and needs to be developed. In addition, the EU-wide methodology means that a common and streamlined approach can be developed, leading to efficiency gains. In summary, to be able to address the broad range of ecosystems across the EU, certain additional responsibilities and corresponding costs are necessary and cannot be avoided but can be streamlined based on efficient and common approaches.

Option 4 adds to the advantages of option 3 by including the overarching goal as a clear overall legal obligation that Member States together must strive towards. It also clearly articulates the overall political drive and ambition of the law. Together this further ensures the achievability of the objective. This additional requirement does further ensure the achievability of attaining the objectives in an effective manner, without adding burden to the implementation of the proposal, since the overarching objective sets the orientation and ambition of the law, and obliges Member States to strive towards this objective. There is no specific reporting obligation associated with this objective as such. Progress towards it will be based on the reporting for other ecosystem-specific restoration targets and obligations. Based on this Member States’ reporting, the Commission can assess the total areas subject to restoration measures in each Member State and, summed up to the EU-level, progress towards the overarching objective. The enforceability will relate to the ecosystem-specific restoration targets and obligations rather than the overarching objective. This overarching objective will be considered by the Commission in its assessment of the National Restoration Plans. In summary, option 4 sets an overarching goal and ecosystem-specific targets in a way that is commensurate to scale and extent of the objectives to be achieved, and provides assurance that these objectives can be reached. As such it is very proportionate to attain the objectives.

Subsidiarity and proportionality

Policy

option 1

Policy

option 2

Policy

option 3

Policy

option 4

Assessment for subsidiarity

Neutral/baseline

Moderately positive

Positive

Positive

Assessment for proportionality

Neutral/baseline

Moderately positive

Positive

Very positive

Overall comparison

Based on the comparison of policy options in terms of effectiveness, efficiency and policy coherence, both options 3 and 4 are clearly the most favourable. Of these, option 4 performs slightly better in terms of effectiveness because having an overarching objective makes the specific targets more achievable. Subsidiarity and proportionality are presented in the table below to give an overview but are not used in the calculation of the overall average, as they are additional qualitative considerations.

From a risk perspective, the risks of not acting at all are illustrated by the potential outcomes of the baseline scenario. These risks are progressively turned into opportunities as we step up through the options, with option 4 performing the best in reaching the objectives. Within this option, the two-step approach also reduces the risks of delaying action across all of the ecosystem types by acting where it is possible now. This reduces potentially postponed action, increasing negative impacts on the environment, economy and society; and at the same time ensures broad coverage by developing measurement and monitoring methodologies for remaining areas.

The main costs of inaction can be taken to be the same as the lost benefits of action. Lack of action on legally binding targets is equivalent to the baseline. Thus, the long-term costs of inaction can be estimated as the foregone benefits minus the foregone costs, for restoring peatlands, marshlands, forests, heathland and scrub, grasslands (including pollinators), rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats, and coastal wetlands. Thus, the main costs of inaction correspond to the order of EUR 1 700 billion (net present value of forgone benefits; roughly 1 860 billion benefits of action, minus EUR 154 billion costs of action). Further costs of inaction would be expected for marine, urban, and for pollinator restoration. It should be noted that these are minimum estimates, since one would also have to add the costs of acting late. Acting late is of particular importance to restoring ecosystems, since restoring an ecosystem that is heavily degraded will costs more than restoring the same ecosystem in a less degraded state.

Overall comparison

Policy

option 1

Policy

option 2

Policy

option 3

Policy

option 4

Average score for effectiveness

0

2

3.4

3.6

Average score for efficiency

0

1.7

3

3

Score for policy coherence

0

1

3

3

Overall total score

0

4.7

9.4

9.6

Overall average score

0

1.6

3.1

3.2

Overall assessment

Neutral/baseline

Moderately positive

Positive

Positive

Assessment for subsidiarity

Neutral/baseline

Moderately positive

Positive

Positive

Assessment for proportionality

Neutral/baseline

Moderately positive

Positive

Very positive

8.Preferred option

Option 4 is the preferred option.

The preferred option proposes a nature restoration law that will establish an overarching objective ‘to contribute to the continuous, long term and sustained recovery of biodiverse and resilient nature across EU land and sea areas through the restoration of ecosystems and to contribute to the EU’s overarching objectives concerning climate change mitigation and adaptation, and to contribute to meeting the EU’s international commitments; and that the restoration measures together shall cover, by 2030, at least 20 % of the Union’s land and sea areas and, by 2050, all ecosystems in need of restoration’. To support achieving this objective, the law will establish a number of ecosystem-specific binding targets across a broad range of ecosystems, coupled with an effective implementation framework. This preferred option for the law will ensure that the objectives of ecosystem restoration can be reached in the timescales proposed in a cost-efficient manner, with benefits outweighing the costs for each of the main ecosystem type. The benefits of restoring peatlands, marshlands, forests, heathland and scrub, grasslands (including pollinators), rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats, and coastal wetlands can be estimated as of the order of EUR 1 860 billion, with costs estimated at EUR 154 billion. The administrative costs are estimated as of the order of EUR 14 billion and would by incurred mainly by Member State authorities. Costs for citizes and businesses are expected to be low and depend on the implementation approach taken by each individual Member State in its National Restoration Plan. Transitioning costs for impacted businesses (mainly farmers, foresters, fishers) could be compensated for through several funding sources. Significant benefits are also estimated the for the ecosystem types, marine, urban, and for pollinator restoration. The risks of not acting, or not acting with sufficient urgency, have also been analysed and estimated as of the order of EUR 1 700 billion (Chapter 6).

The law will work in synergy with and add value to the existing acquis: the Birds and Habitats Directives (BHD), the Water Framework Directive (WFD) and the Marine Strategy Directive (MSFD) and will also support the acceleration of the implementation of these directives. It will complement the BHD coverage with time bound targets and by requiring restoration action across the territory of the Member States (including outside Natura 2000) and cover aspects which go beyond the direct scope of the application of the MFSD and the WFD. Significant contributions to climate policies will be established following from carbon removal, storage and disaster risk reduction services of the restored ecosystems. Synergies with several related policies and initiatives such as the soil and forest strategies, LULUCF, CAP, CFP, and others will be ensured. For instance, the CAP will play an important role in supporting restoration measures and compensating transitioning costs for farmers and foresters (see Annex XII). In synergy with the Common Fisheries Policy, the national restoration plans could include the conservation measures a Member State intends to adopt under the CFP. And the proposed revised LULUCF Regulation includes provisions concerning monitoring systems for land-use units subject to restoration. This more integrated approach will ensure that measures on climate mitigation and nature restoration will now be mutually reinforcing. Overall, the nature restoration law will provide important contributions to the implementation of the Green Deal (Annex X).

Implementation will be carried out via the National Restoration Plans that Member States will develop to achieve the targets. Member States will report on progress achieved at national level against the benchmarks set. The Commission will evaluate the plans before their adoption and check on progress on a periodic basis, including by using data and monitoring gathered and analysed by the European Environment Agency. Additional specifications or guidelines to the law would be developed as needed (Chapter 5.2).

Overall cost estimates of the preferred option can be made, based on numerical estimates for several ecosystems for which data is available. Several funding sources at EU and Member States level can be harnessed to cover these costs, as well as business commitments and private sector engagement. An overall balance of restoration costs and other costs can in principle be met through a number of sources at EU level, at Member States level and through public/private financing (Annex XII).

A fair and cross-society approach will be established that will involve citizens and stakeholders in decision making and restoration activities and assist those potentially affected by change through some of the funding sources identified (Chapter 5.2/Annex III). Member states may need to address potential labour and skill shortages that could prevent delivering on this initiative.

The preferred option will in a first step restore significant areas of the EU, with measurable results by 2030, 2040 and 2050. Further, it will ensure an even broader coverage in the future, with targets that can be established in the second step for a broader range of ecosystems such as agro-ecosystems and forests based on an EU wide methodology as set out in the legislation.

The preferred option thus allows to EU to act with urgency and start restoring ecosystems based on targets that can be measured and monitored already now. This will ensure that a range of restoration actions can start quickly across Member States. By establishing targets for a further range of ecosystems or species at later stages, it ensures comprehensive coverage of the EU’s ecosystems. 

The preferred option thus paves the way for a broad range of ecosystems in the EU to be restored and maintained by 2050, with measurable results by 2030. It will act as a major enabler at EU level contributing to halting biodiversity loss and bringing nature back to good health and will also give the EU the necessary credibility to lead on the global scene on nature.

International dimension

The overarching objective and the more specific targets will help the EU to deliver on its international commitments, in particular in the context of the post-2020 Global Biodiversity Framework and the UN decade for ecosystem restoration. In addition to setting the example and developing methodologies that can be used elsewhere in the world, achieving these objectives in the EU (including outer-most regions) constitutes an important part of delivering on the headline ambition in the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 “to ensure that by 2050 all of the world’s ecosystems are restored, resilient, and adequately protected”. Furthermore, the EU has committed to supporting restoration efforts in other parts of the world, such as the Great Green Wall initiative for the Sahara and the Sahel, as well as support biodiversity, forests and other ecosystems’ conservation, restoration and sustainable use efforts in many partner countries and regions. Although it would not be possible within the scope of this initiative to set restoration targets outside the EU-territory, the political ambition as well as the knowledge and experience gained will strengthen the EU’s capacity to drive and support the international agenda on nature restoration and synergies would be built between our internal and external action.

Legal form

From an environmental perspective the preffered choice would be a Regulation because it is more precise and detailed and would frame the action to be taken by the Member States much more exactly, and hence it would bring about a higher level of coherence across the EU. For instance, it would be considerably more prescriptive in term of how restoration plan should be prepared, on its structure and content, on its review and on reporting to the Commission. Regulations, contrary to Directives, do not only indicate the goal to be achieved by the Member States, but also identify more precisely the legal requirements and means to be implemented to achieve that goal. In addition, a Regulation is the most effective way to ensure rapid action given the urgency of acting to revert biodiversity loss and ecosystem degradation. While in both cases (Regulation or Directive), Member States would need time to establish National Restoration Plans, a Directive would require an additional transposition step and thus further delay implementation.

How implementation will be ensured

There are three pillars to ensure ownership, engagement, and implementation:

1.The development, review and implementation of the NRPs

As described in section 5.2.2., national restoration plans will be developed by Member States. They will be submitted to for acceptance by the European Commission, i.e. the legislation would establish a process for the Commission to evaluate the plans and for the Member States to take into account the Commission’s comments before adoption of the plans. When assessing the draft national restoration plan, the Commission will evaluate its completeness and its adequacy for reaching the specific targets and obligations set out in the law, as well as the overarching objective.

As desctribed in section 5.2.2. the NRPs need to include a financing plan (including EU, national, and public/private financing, and where and how to best deploy this financing). Experience shows that the implementation of legislation is hindered or slowed down due to lack of availability of funding. Proper planning will ensure that available funding sources at all levels are mobilized for the implementation of the restoration activities. Lack of cooperation with stakeholders is another key factor that can hinder implementation, and it is clear that stakeholder engagement is essential to achieve results. For this reason as described in section 5.5.2, the NRPs should include plans on how to engage with stakeholders. This should give stakeholders the opportunity to participate in the preparation of NRPs and various restoration activities, and how to address the potential needs of stakeholders that may require support, for example in transitioning to new practices, in networking and sharing of best practices, in the developing new business models that build on the benefits of improved ecosystem services.

Overall, the development of plans will be fundamental in ensuring the ownership of Member States in the various objectives and stages of planning and implementation to restore ecosystems to reach the targets. The process of review will help ensure that feedback on the objectives planned by Member States is provided, and will contribute to ensuring engagement and ownership. The adoption of NRPs that are clearly insufficient to reach the targets, could lead to infringement procedures to make sure the identified failures are rectified.

2.Review of restoration progress

Based on reporting by Member States and required by the legislation this will centre on restoration measures put into place. The Commission will check progress of restoration implementation, i.e. the area subject to restoration measures put into place by Member States aiming to achieve good condition of relevant ecosystems. This will allow an assessment whether the measures put into place and consequently the restored area (in quantitative terms) corresponds to the targets set and are expected to achieve the objectives of good condition of relevant ecosystems, and whether a Member State seems to be on track to reach these targets. Furthermore, this information will be verifiable and will provide objective feedback to Member States to indicate the degree to which they are on track, and in the case of non-compliance could lead to infringement procedures.

3.Review of improvement of ecosystem condition.

Based the reporting by the Member States as required by the legislation, the Commission will also check on progress towards good ecosystem condition. In order to alleviate administrative burden, synergies with existing reporting requirements will be sought. Whenever possible, reporting requirements under the Habitats and the Birds Directives will be used for assessing progress towards recovery of ecosystems. For those ecosystems for which no monitoring and reporting requirement exist today (that would therefore be covered in step 2), progress towards their good condition will be assessed based on future reporting requirements. Achieving good condition is the ultimate objective of restoration, which can take long periods of time to achieve for many ecosystems. As in pillar 2, this information is also verifiable and will provide objective feedback to Member States to indicate the degree to which they are on track.

The Commission will review progress on each of these pillars on a periodic basis to 2050, providing guidance and taking measures as appropriate. The Commission may further support the Member States in implementing the legislation, e.g. by developing guidance as needed. Together, with the overall political impetus provided by the Green Deal, the three pillars will ensure ownership, engagement, enforcement, and implementation of the targets.

9.How will impacts be monitored and evaluated?

In the context of new EU nature restoration targets, it will be important to monitor both the progress of restoration measures undertaken by Member States as well as the resulting improvements in ecosystem condition. The Commission should assess in regular intervals Member States’ progress towards the overarching objective as well as the specific restoration targets of the new instrument based on Member States NRPs and required reporting. Coherence with other monitoring and reporting requirements relevant to ecosystem restoration (in particular those under the BHD, MSFD and WFD but also the NEC 128 directive and others) is of strong significance and shall provide important administrative and cost synergies at Member States level. Synergies and complementarities are being planned in the LULUCF proposed revision, which would develop monitoring requirements on emissions and removals, in particular from high carbon stock land (see section 5.2.2.). The proposed revision would enable, in the longer term, better cross-referencing between land-based climate change mitigation and ecological condition.

While all efforts will be made to keep the burden of reporting low it will be necessary that monitoring activities by Member States are stepped up substantially because this is a precondition for planning and design of national restoration plans, the prioritisation of measures and measuring post-restoration success. The intensified use of new technologies in areas like remote sensing and earth observation (Copernicus) supported by EU funding and research and innovation policy shall accompany and support the efforts made.

·Monitoring and evaluation in relation to the ecosystem-specific restoration targets (step 1)

In response to the ecosystem-specific targets set in the restoration instrument, Member States will have to set out restoration objectives and measures on national level in their NRPs, which they then must regularly review (also in light of better monitoring) and evaluate regarding the progress made. In addition, NRPs shall be evaluated at EU level to ensure the sufficiency and coherence of the objectives and measures to achieve the ecosystem-specific targets set in legislation.

As regards monitoring ecosystem condition by Member States (which includes the monitoring of all relevant ecosystem attributes), two levels of monitoring with different scales and intensities can be distinguished: On the level of restoration projects or programmes, outcomes need to be monitored to identify treatment effectiveness and to adjust restoration measures as required (i.e. using an adaptive-management framework). It may also be necessary to adapt target conditions of certain areas based on new findings and knowledge on the impacts and projection of impacts of climate change. Restoration, recreation and recovery of restored areas in quality & quantity shall be recorded and reported. On the national and/or (biogeographic) regional level, Member States monitor the condition and trend of habitat types and habitats of species associated with certain ecosystems according to the requirements in existing legislation (in particular Article 17 of the Habitats Directive and Article 12 of the Birds Directive within their 6-yearly reporting cycles). The implemented restoration projects and programmes set out in the NRPs will eventually show a positive impact on that scale of monitoring. Also, the respect of the non-deterioration requirement can be monitored that way.

·Monitoring and evaluation in preparation of restoration targets that shall be set in the future (step 2) – the planned EU methodology to assess the condition of ecosystems

In addition to established systems of condition assessment under EU environmental legislation, the development of an overall EU methodology for ecosystem condition assessment is planned for the coming years in cooperation with Member States.

The Commission and the EEA are currently preparing a proposal for an EU methodology and guidance to assess the condition of ecosystems relative to a reference condition with the help of a set of specific indicators per ecosystem type (5th MAES report 129 , 2018). A core set with key indicators is available already and was the basis of the EU Ecosystem Assessment. The planned guidance will be aligned with the UN’s statistical standard on ecosystem accounting. It will integrate current reported data and methods to assess ecosystem condition and restoration needs for ecosystems stemming from environmental directives. It will also make proposals for assessing condition for ecosystems that are currently not covered by these directives.

·Mapping and Reporting

Mapping and reporting related to the various levels of monitoring and evaluation is planned to be integrated (via the adaptation and improvement of the relevant reporting formats and guidelines also in the level of detail of e.g. habitat maps) as far as possible into existing mapping and reporting requirements under EU directives, such as the BHD, the MSFD and the WFD. Furthermore, synergies with other data-flows such as the INSPIRE Directive, the Copernicus programme, the European Biodiversity Partnership, future LULUCF reporting, data from the agricultural sector (CAP), from the Directive on reduction of national emissions of certain atmospheric pollutants (air pollution) and the growing area of citizen science shall be explored. However, a specific reporting requirement under this new instrument cannot be excluded at this stage for those aspects that cannot be sufficiently integrated into existing reporting requirements.

(1)

      https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/products-manuals-and-guidelines/-/ks-gq-18-008

(2)

  https://land.copernicus.eu/user-corner/technical-library/urban_atlas_2012_2018_mapping_guide

(3)

  https://land.copernicus.eu/pan-european/high-resolution-layers/forests/tree-cover-density .

(4)

Regulation (EU) 2021/696 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 28 April 2021 establishing the Union Space Programme and the European Union Agency for the Space Programme and repealing Regulations (EU) No 912/2010, (EU) No 1285/2013 and (EU) No 377/2014 and Decision No 541/2014/EU (OJ L 170, 12.5.2021, p. 69).

(5)

Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC): Special Report on the impacts of global warming of 1.5°C: https://www.ipcc.ch/sr15/ ,

(6)

IPCC Sixth Assessment Report, Climate Change 2022: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability:   https://www.ipcc.ch/report/ar6/wg2/

(7)

The International Resource Panel: Global Resources Outlook 2019: Natural Resources for the Future We Want: https://www.resourcepanel.org/reports/global-resources-outlook .

(8)

Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services: 2019 Global assessment report on biodiversity and ecosystem services.

(9)

  Global Biodiversity Outlook 5 , Convention on Biological Diversity: reporton on progress towards the Aichi Biodiversity Targets.

(10)

Professor Sir Partha Dasgupta, final report of the independent review on The Economics of Biodiversity, 2 February 2021.

(11)

  COM(2022) 133 final

(12)

Trinomics B.V. (2021) Support to the evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020, and follow-up: Final study report (Publications Office of the EU, 2022). For a summary of main relevant findings: see Annex IX. Commission Report on the evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 due in April 2022.

(13)

  COM/2011/244 final.

(14)

 The Strategic Plan for 2011-2020 of the Convention on Biological Diversity included 20 ‘Aichi Biodiversity Targets’. Aichi Target 15 is: ‘By 2020, ecosystem resilience and the contribution of biodiversity to carbon stocks have been enhanced, through conservation and restoration, including restoration of at least 15 per cent of degraded ecosystems, thereby contributing to climate change mitigation and adaptation and to combating desertification.’

(15)

  COM/2019/640 final.

(16)

  https://ec.europa.eu/environment/strategy/biodiversity-strategy-2030_en#the-business-case-for-biodiversity.

(17)

  COM(2021) 323

(18)

  https://www.consilium.europa.eu/en/press/press-releases/2019/12/19/biodiversity-council-adopts-conclusions/ .

(19)

  Resolution on the 15th meeting of the Conference of Parties (COP15) to the Convention on Biological Diversity 2019/2824(RSP).

(20)

  European Parliament resolution of 9 June 2021 on the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030: Bringing nature back into our lives (2020/2273(INI).

(21)

  Eurobarometer: Stronger EU action to protect nature.

(22)

E.g. Fitness Check of the Birds and Habitats Directives : more than 552 000 replies, the combined consultation on the evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020, the review of the application of the EU Regulation on Invasive Alien Species and the development of legally binding EU nature restoration targets : over 111 000 replies.

(23)

  First Draft of the Post-2020 Global Biodiversity Framework.

(24)

  https://www.unccd.int/ .

(25)

  United Nations: Resolution adopted by the General Assembly on 25 September 2015.

(26)

  https://www.decadeonrestoration.org/about-un-decade.

(27)

  https://unfccc.int/sites/default/files/english_paris_agreement.pdf .

(28)

  https://ukcop26.org/ .

(29)

  COM(2021) 82 final

(30)

  Directive 2009/147/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 November 2009 on the conservation of wild birds.

(31)

  Council Directive 92/43/EEC of 21 May 1992 on the conservation of natural habitats and of wild fauna and flora.

(32)

  Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2000 establishing a framework for Community action in the field of water policy. .

(33)

Good ecological status or potential and chemical status for surface water, good quantitative and chemical status for groundwater.

(34)

  Directive 2008/56/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 June 2008 establishing a framework for community action in the field of marine environmental policy.

(35)

  Directive 2004/35/CE of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 on environmental liability with regard to the prevention and remedying of environmental damage.

(36)

  Regulation (EU) 1143/2014 on invasive alien species .

(37)

  The new common agricultural policy: 2023-27.

(38)

  COM/2020/80 final.

(39)

  https://ec.europa.eu/clima/policies/forests/lulucf_en , COM(2021)554

(40)

  https://ec.europa.eu/info/news/commission-presents-renewable-energy-directive-revision-2021-jul-14_en  

(41)

Communication on sustainable carbon cycles: COM(2021) 800 ;   Have your say: Climate change: restoring sustainable carbon cycles .

(42)

  The European environment — state and outlook 2020 (EEA) , The State of Nature in the EU report (COM/2020/635 final) and the EU Ecosystem Assessment , 2021.

(43)

The EU Ecosystem Assessment is an analysis of the trends in pressures on ecosystems, ecosystem condition, and ecosystem services of ecosystems in the EU using 2010 as baseline. The scientific report is available here ; a summary for policy makers is available here . For simplicity, the SWD cites both documents as ‘EU Ecosystem Assessment’.

(44)

Romania is not included due to data issues.

(45)

In relation to the Habitats Directive, only the area covered by habitats listed in Annex I is presented as well as the area covered by Sites of Community Importance/Special Areas of Conservation. In relation to the Birds Directive, only the area covered by Special Protection Zones is presented. Sites of Community Importance/Special Areas of Conservation and Special Protection Zones are referred to as Natura 2000.

(46)

EUROSTAT: Common farmland bird populations continue to decline: https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/products-eurostat-news/-/edn-20210522-1  

(47)

Recent surge in EU forest harvesting, according to JRC study: https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/news/recent-surge-eu-forest-harvesting-according-jrc-study  

(48)

Jonathan Smith, Horizon: The EU Research & Innovation Magazine, 15 Sept 2021: Research initiative to build framework for climate-smart sustainable agricultural soil management  

(49)

Hallmann CA, Sorg M, Jongejans E,Siepel H, Hofland N, Schwan H, et al. (2017) More than 75 percent decline over 27 years in total flying insect biomass in protected areas. PLoS ONE 12(10):

(50)

Mission Board Soil health and food, ‘Caring for Soil is Caring for Life’ ,   European Commission , Directorate-General for Research and Innovation , 2020.

(51)

The report is based on an analysis by the European Environment Agency of EU Member State reporting under the Birds and Habitats Directives .

(52)

The State of Nature report shows the number of reports for each conservation status and does not reflect the shares of habitat area or species population in each Member State.

(53)

  https://www.cbd.int/convention/articles/?a=cbd-02.

(54)

McDonald, H., Frelih-Larsen, A., Lóránt, A., Duin, L., Pyndt Andersen, S., Costa, G., and Bradley, H. 2021, Carbon farming – Making agriculture fit for 2030 , Study for the committee on Environment, Public Health and Food Safety (ENVI), Policy Department for Economic, Scientific and Quality of Life Policies, European Parliament, Luxembourg.

(55)

In Figure 4, ‘urban’ relates to ‘Artificial surfaces’ (Corine land cover type 1), which represents a smaller area than the ‘Local Administrative Units’used for the impact assessment.

(56)

See footnotes 12 and 13 .

(57)

  https://www.eea.europa.eu/publications/state-of-nature-in-the-eu-2020.

(58)

 The French reports have a lot of duplicated data between ‘good’, ‘not-good’ and ‘unknown’ condition; in addition, they reported often a max value obtained from modelling/potential vegetation, which may have also increased the areas.

(59)

Sweden forests: reported Favorable Reference Area values leading to a re-establishment of over 24 500 km2; not included in the table due to methodological issues.

(60)

For data quality reasons.

(61)

Sweden forests: reported FRA values leading to a re-establishment of over 24 500 km2; not included in the table due to methodological issues.

(62)

World Economic Forum: The Global Risks Report 2022 .

(63)

  OECD: Biodiversity Finance and the Economic and Business Case for Action.

(64)

  State of Biodiversity for Food Agriculture (FAO).

(65)

Wetland Restoration for Climate Change Resilience, Ramsar Briefing Note 10 (2018).

(66)

The European Commission’s INCA project estimated the value of flood control by ecosystems in the EU-28 at 18 billion euro (avoided damage cost).

(67)

  WEF: New Nature Economy Report (2020).

(68)

  IPBES: Global Assessment.

(69)

Professor Sir Partha Dasgupta, final report of the independent review on The Economics of Biodiversity, 2 February 2021.

(70)

  COM(2021) 750  

(71)

  COM(2021) 750

(72)

Dasgupta, P. (2021), The Economics of Biodiversity: The Dasgupta Review . Abridged Version. (London: HM Treasury)

(73)

  https://www.newscientist.com/article/mg24933270-800-green-spaces-arent-just-for-nature-they-boost-our-mental-health-too/

(74)

Professor Sir Partha Dasgupta, final report of the independent review on The Economics of Biodiversity, 2 February 2021, abridged version p. 23

(75)

  The Regional Assessment Report on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services for Europe and Central Asia.

(76)

 See EU Water legislation – Fitness check , Fitness Check of the Birds and Habitats Directives .

(77)

Report on the review of the application of the Regulation on Invasive Alien Species: COM(2021) 628: “The IAS Regulation has created a coherent framework for addressing IAS at EU level. It has led most of the Member States to set up a surveillance system and carry out official controls for such species. Despite the very short period of actual full implementation, there are indications that restrictions (e.g. removal of species from trade), early detection/rapid eradication and management of widely spread species deliver benefits.”

(78)

  Commission Guidance to the Member States in relation to the development and application of a strategic Restoration Prioritisation Framework, 2014 , which was based on the study: Priorities for the restoration of ecosystems and their services in the EU , 2014

(79)

  https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/knowledge/ecosystem_assessment/index_en.htm

(80)

  SWD/2016/472 final.

(81)

  Report from the Commission to the European Parliament and the Council on the implementation of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (Directive 2008/56/EC) COM/2020/259 final.

(82)

  Trinomics B.V., Final evaluation report, European Commission- DG Environment, Service request under framework contract ENV.F.l/FRA/2014/0063, Rotterdam, October 2019.

(83)

  https://www.eea.europa.eu/data-and-maps/dashboards/natura-2000-barometer  

(84)

  COM(2021) 323

(85)

 Global Risks Report 2022, World Economic Forum, WEF: https://www.weforum.org/reports/global-risks-report-2022  

(86)

 World Economic Forum (2020), Nature Risk Rising: Why the Crisis Engulfing Nature Matters for Business and the Economy : http://www3.weforum.org/docs/WEF_New_Nature_Economy_Report_2020.pdf  

(87)

Banque de France (2021), Working Paper Series no. 826: A “Silent Spring” for the Financial System? Exploring Biodiversity-Related Financial Risks in France.  

(88)

  Biodiversity: Finance and the Economic and Business Case for Action , report prepared by the OECD for the French G7 Presidency and the G7 Environment Ministers’ Meeting, 5-6 May 2019.

(89)

Panagos et al., Cost of agricultural productivity loss due to soil erosion in the European Union, 2018.

(90)

 UNDP and GEF (2012), Catalysing Ocean Finance Volume I Transforming Markets to Restore and Protect the Global Ocean United Nations Development Programme, http://www.thegef.org (accessed on 29 March 2019).

(91)

Barbier et al. (2018), How to pay for saving biodiversity. (see BDS2030 chapter 1)

(92)

Fitness Check of the EU Nature Legislation (SWD (2016) 472).

(93)

Member States’ Prioritised Action Frameworks 2020; Mutafoglu et al. (2017), Natura 2000 and Jobs: Scoping Study

(94)

Member States’ Prioritised Action Frameworks 2020; Mutafoglu et al. (2017), Natura 2000 and Jobs: Scoping Study

(95)

  https://www.eea.europa.eu/data-and-maps/indicators/public-awareness-2/assessment

(96)

Samuel Hoffmann, Severin D. H. Irl & Carl Beierkuhnlein, Predicted climate shifts within terrestrial protected areas worldwide. Nature Communications vol 10 N° 4787, 2019.

(97)

Hickler et al., Projecting the future distribution of European potential natural vegetation zones with a generalized, tree species-based dynamic vegetation model, Global Ecology and Biogeography, 2012, pages 21, 50–63.

(98)

  https://www.ipcc.ch/srocc . 

(99)

Details of the implementation plan and progress are publically available through the online EU Biodiversity Strategy Actions Tracker and the EU Biodiversity Strategy Dashboard .

(100)

Scattered across the Atlantic Ocean, the Caribbean sea, Latin America and the Indian Ocean, the nine EU outermost regions - Guadeloupe, French Guiana, Martinique, Mayotte, Reunion Island and Saint-Martin (France), the Azores and Madeira (Portugal) and Canary Islands (Spain) - face permanent constraints due to their remoteness, small size, insularity, and have the highest EU unemployment rates and some of the lowest GDP rates. It is in this context that the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (Article 349 TFEU) provides for specific measures to support the outermost regions, including derogations on the application of EU law in these regions.

(101)

The Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 foresees that “particular focus will be placed on protecting and restoring the tropical and sub-tropical marine and terrestrial ecosystems in the EU’s outermost regions given their exceptionally rich biodiversity value”.

(102)

It may not be possible to restore all ecosystems, but at least a broad range should be restored. For example, some very heavily modified ecosystems due to human or climate change causes may not be possible to fully restore.

(103)

  Proposal for a Regulation on deforestation-free products , COM(2021) 706.

(104)

European Court of Auditors Special Report 22/2017, Special Report 13/2020 and COM(2018)790 final.

(105)

The proposed targets of 20% and 40% aim for a realistic distribution over time of the effort needed, taking into account that the period between entry into force and 2030 will be short, and that by 2040 a high enough perscentage (60% and not e.g. 40 or 50%) will provide a better overall benefit/cost ratio, as shown in the impact assessment of the specific targets.

(106)

  European Parliament resolution of 9 June 2021 on the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030: Bringing nature back into our lives (2020/2273(INI).

(107)

Romania is not included due to data issues.

(108)

The percentages between brackets represent an alternative (slower) rate of restoration. See explanation in section 6.3.

(109)

It is important to bear in mind the long time periods to restore certain marine ecosystems, thus this proposed target is based on putting necessary measures into place by 2030 and with the aim of arriving at good condition beyond 2030.

(110)

For pollinators, it is likely that finalising the measurement methodology and establishing a baseline would be ready by 2023. Given that negotiations with Parliament and Council on the proposal would last until at least mid-2023, this target could already be included in the legislative proposal.

(111)

This is related to the target in step 1 which requires Member States to develop inventories of barriers to longitudinal and lateral connectivity of rivers and a detailed plan of which barriers will be removed, with a view to achieving free-flowing status where possible and necessary to restore the habitats depending on such connectivity. This will contribute to achieving the voluntary target of the BDS2030 of 25 000 km of free flowing rivers. As part of step 2, a more exact approach to setting a numerical target on free-flowing rivers, including lateral and longitudinal aspects, would be developed.

(112)

  COM/2020/80 final.

(113)

 See: https://ec.europa.eu/energy/topics/energy-strategy/national-energy-climate-plans_en .

(114)

 See the 5th MAES report . For each ecosystem type a table of potential indicators is developed, see for example forests pages 36-37.

(115)

  Have your say: Environmental economic accounts - new modules : Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council amending Regulation (EU) No 691/2011 on European environmental economic accounts.

(116)

  https://seea.un.org/ecosystem-accounting  

(117)

  https://www.ser.org/  

(118)

revision-regulation-ghg-land-use-forestry_with-annex_en.pdf

(119)

Eftec, ECNC, UAntwerp & CEEWEB (2017), Promotion of ecosystem restoration in the context of the EU biodiversity strategy to 2020. Report to European Commission, DG Environment. https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/pdf/promotion_of_ecosystem_restoration_in_the_context_of_the_EU_biodiversity_strategy_report%20.zip

(120)

Maskell L, Jarvis S, Jones L, Garbutt A and Dickie I (2014) Restoration of natural capital: review of evidence. Report to the Natural Capital Committee, UK. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/517024/ncc-research-restoration-natural-capital-review.pdf

(121)

Tanneberger, F., Appulo, L., Ewert, S., Lakner, S., Ó Brolcháin, N., Peters, J., & Wichtmann, W., The Power of Nature‐Based Solutions: How Peatlands Can Help Us to Achieve Key EU Sustainability, 2021.

(122)

  Position Paper: Preserve peatlands in post-2020 CAP .

(123)

Vysna, V., Maes, J., Petersen, J.E., La Notte, A., Vallecillo, S., Aizpurua, N., Ivits, E., Teller, A., Accounting for ecosystems and their services in the European Union (INCA). Final report from phase II of the INCA project aiming to develop a pilot for an integrated system of ecosystem accounts for the EU. Statistical report. Publications office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2021.

(124)

Costs until 2070 are given in line with the benefits. It takes into account that for restoration measures undertaken up to 2050, especially in the final years, the benefits would only be visible beyond 2050. All cost ‘actions’ are foreseen to be undertaken up to 2050, except for maintenance costs, which extend to 2070.

(125)

Benefits until 2070 are given to take into account the benefits from restoration measures undertaken up to 2050, especially in the final years, of which benefits would only be visible beyond 2050.

(126)

In the case of the Phase 1 targets, ecosystem extent is mainly represented by HD Annex I habitat, and its condition its area reported as being in not-good status. See Annex IV (‘Analytical methods’) and Annex VII (‘Background information for potential restoration targets’) for method and Annex I extent and condition information respectively.

(127)

Liquete C. et al., JRC Science for Policy Report: Review of scientific evidence showing the impacts of nature restoration actions on food productivity, to be published soon.

(128)

Directive (EU) 2016/2284 on the National Emission reduction Commitments Directive (NEC Directive).

(129)

See footnote 110: Tables 5.1-5.2 and 5.3 contain the core indicators for ecosystem condition. They can be monitored at EU level.

Top

Annexes

Table of contents

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

Annex I: Procedural information

Annex II: Stakeholder consultation

Annex III: Who is affected and how?

Annex IV: Analytical methods

Annex V: Specific targets considered for the main ecosystem types

Annex VI: Analysis by ecosystem

Annex VII: Description, trends and impacts of the main options

1Baseline

2.Option 2: Overarching legally Binding target covering all or most EU ecosystems

3.Option 3 and Option 4

4.Costs of enabling measures

Annex VIII: Background information for potential restoration targets

Annex IX: Evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020: summary of key relevant findings

1.The EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020

2.Evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020

3.Key findings of relevance to the EU nature restoration targets

4. Key lessons and their relevance to the Nature Restoration initiative

Annex X: Coherence with EU legislation and policy initiatives related to nature restoration; approach to non-deterioration

Annex XI: Restoration frameworks in Member States

Annex XII: Financing options at EU level

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

BDS2030

Biodiversity Strategy for 2030

BHD

Birds and Habitats Directives

CAP

Common Agricultural Policy

CBD

Convention on Biological Diversity

CFP

Common Fisheries Policy

EEA

European Environment Agency

ELD

Environmental Liability Directive

EMFAF

European Maritime Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund

HD

Habitats Directive

IPBES

Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services

LAU

Local Administrative Unit

LULUCF

Land use, land use change and forestry

MAES

Mapping and Assessment of Ecosystems and their Services

MBIs

market-based instruments

MSFD

Marine Strategy Framework Directive

NEC Directive

National Emission reduction Commitments Directive (Directive (EU) 2016/2284)

NGO

Non-governmental organisation

NRP

National Restoration Plan

UNCCD

UN Convention to Combat Desertification

UNFCCC

UN Framework Convention on Climate Change

WFD

Water Framework Directive



Annex I: Procedural information

Lead DG, Decide Planning/CWP references

Lead DG: DG ENV

Decide Planning reference: PLAN/2020/8491

CWP reference:

In the Commission Work Programme 2021 1 ‘A Union of vitality in a world of fragility’ COM(2020) 690 final, this initiative is foreseen under the policy objectives for the European Green Deal, in particular under ‘Biodiversity and toxic-free environment package’: ‘New legal framework on the restoration of healthy ecosystems (legislative, incl. impact assessment, Article 192 TFEU, Q4 2021)’.

Organisation and timing

The Inception Impact Assessment (Roadmap) was open for feedback from 4 November 2020 until 2 December 2020.

The Open Public Consultation 2 on the initiative was open for feedback online from 11 January 2021 until 5 April 2021.

An Inter-Service Group was set up in June 2018 to steer and provide input for the evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020. In view of the close links, the same group provided steer on the EU’s Sixth National Report to the Convention on Biological Diversity (6NR). In 2020, this group also undertook to provide steer and input to the impact assessment for the EU Nature Restoration Law.

The Inter-Service Group includes representatives from the Directorate Generals ENV; AGRI; BUDG; CLIMA; DEVCO (INTPA); ECFIN; ECHO; EMPL; ENER; ENV; ESTAT; FPI; GROW; JRC-Ispra; MARE; MOVE; NEAR; REGIO; RTD; SANTE; SJ; TRADE, SG. as well the EEAS. Relevant agencies, in particular EASME/CINEA, EEA have also been included in these consultations.

The ISG discussed the initiative on legally binding restoration targets on 04/09/2020, 21/01/2021, 16/03/2021, 30/04/2021, 11/06/2021 and 09/11/2022.

The planned adoption date in the Commission Work Programme for 2021 was Q4 2021, however, it has been postponed to 23 March 2022, and then to 22 June 2022.

Consultation of the Regulatory Scrutiny Board (RSB)

The draft Impact Assessment was submitted to the RSB on 17 June 2021. The RSB provided a first set of detailed comments its Impact Assessment Quality Checklist on 9 July 2021. The meeting with the RSB on the impact assessment took place on 14 July 2021. On 16 July 2021, the RSB issued a negative opinion with comments. DG ENV revised the Impact Assessment accordingly, addressing the comments of both the opinion and the Quality Checklist, and re-submitted it to the RSB on 1 October 2021. On 28 October 202, the RSB issued a positive opinion with reservations; the comments included in this second opinion have also been addressed in the Impact Assessment.

The tables below (at the end of this Annex I) give an overview of the comments by the RSB in its opinions and in the Impact Assessment Quality Checklist, and indicate how the Commission has addressed each of these comments in the revised Impact Assessment.

Evidence, sources and quality

References to key sources and evidence (not exhaustive):

Data and knowledge on the EU’s ecosystems (state, pressures, trends etc.) has been drawn from published reports which are authored and reviewed by a experts in the field, such as:

-The first EU-wide mapping and assessment of ecosystems and their services 3  (‘MAES report’) by the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (2020);

-State of Nature in the EU 4  (European Environment Agency, 2020); 

-Regional Assessment Report on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services for Europe and Central Asia (IPBES, 2018) 5 ;

-Tucker et al., (2013)  Estimation of the financing needs to implement Target 2 of the EU Biodiversity Strategy 6 . Report to the European Commission. Institute for European Environmental Policy.

A wide range of specific scientific sources/publications have been used for the impact assessments of the specific ecosystem/species restoration targets. They are listed in the supporting study report 7 .

Policy-related studies/reports:

-Evaluation of the Biodiversity to 2020 8 ;

-Eftec et al., (2017) Technical support in relation to the promotion of ecosystem restoration in the context of the EU biodiversity strategy to 2020 9 .

Robustness and quality of data:

As mentioned in chapter 2 (Problem definition), figures and data on biodiversity and ecosystem condition come from a variety of sources, data sets and monitoring methodologies (e.g. reporting by Member States, Copernicus land monitoring etc.) and are not always directly comparable and in some cases are based on incomplete reporting. Despite these shortcomings they do provide trends, from which clear conclusions can be drawn.

External expertise: Service contract 07.0202/2019/806106/SER/ENV.D.2: "Supporting the Evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 and Follow-up" with Trinomics B.V. leading a consortium including the Institute for European Environmental Policy (IEEP), UNEP-WCMC, IUCN and ENT environment & management. Amendment N°1 of this contract expands the scope of ‘phase 2’ of this contract to ‘the services needed for supporting the follow-up action to the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2030’, in particular to support the Commission in undertaking an impact assessment for a proposal for legally binding EU nature restoration targets in line with the Commission’s Better Regulation guidelines. The contractor is asked to ‘support the development of a proposal for legally binding EU restoration targets with the aim to restore degraded ecosystems, in particular those with the most potential to capture and store carbon and to prevent and reduce the impact of natural disasters’. The concrete tasks of the contractor included support to the public and stakeholder consultations and support in all steps of the impact assessment process.



RSB comments

How did we address the comment?

1st RSB OPINION (16 July 2021)

(Opinion 1.1) Given that there is already a broad set of measures (both existing and recently or soon to be adopted) that tackle the biodiversity challenge and its drivers, the report should be more explicit on the specific gap of the problem that would remain that binding targets could help solve.

Inserted an explanation in section 2.4 (how will the problem evolve).

Inserted an explanation in section 4.2, where legally binding targets are introduced, saying that they would address the specific problem gap.

Explained why gap remains in section 2.2. ‘Specific policy drivers’.

Better description of the baseline in section 5.5 and Annex also makes this clearer.

(Opinion 1.2) It should explain why a better implementation of existing legislation, as concluded by the preceding fitness check, would not be sufficient.

Explanation added in section 2.1.1 above Fig 2 and in section 2.1.2 above table 1.

Explained why gap remains in 2.2. ‘Specific policy drivers’.

(Opinion 1.3) The baseline should be more explicit about the degree of passive restoration that should already happen due to the effects of existing legislation on the drivers of biodiversity loss and ecosystem degradation.

Better described baseline in 5.1 (policy option baseline) and in the Annex. and elaborated on the expected degree of restoration under existing legislation and policy initiatives in Annex VII.

Added an explanation to 6.2 to highlight the added value of the options in comparison to expected restoration under the baseline.

(Opinion 2.1) Building on a sharper problem definition, the report should be clearer about the objectives. It needs to explain the difference between the overarching aspirational goal of restoring ‘all ecosystems’ and what this particular initiative is meant to achieve via binding targets. There is a reference to ‘at least a broad range of ecosystems’, however the report does not express this objective in sufficiently specific, measurable and time-bound terms.

In section 4 on objectives better explained. General objective slightly revised to be in keeping with an article of TFEU (see also checklist 4.1,4.2,4.3). Issue if “all” and “broad range” ecosystems better explained. In 5.2.1: Policy option 4 ‘overarching goal’ re-defined and better explained.

In 6.4: adapted accordingly.

(Opinion 2.2) The objectives should clarify the reference situation to which ecosystems should be restored. If defining the reference situation requires judgement on a case-by-case basis, the report should clarify how it would define and enforce binding quantitative restoration targets.

Reference situation: explanation added in 4.2.

(Opinion 3.1) The report should better present the functioning of the options and assess more thoroughly their feasibility and effectiveness.

Functioning of options 2 and 4 better explained in 5.2.1 (description of options) and 6.4 (effectiveness of option 4)

Feasibility and effectiveness are more thoroughly explained in 6.1-6.4 (effectiveness of options).

Feasibility is furthermore incorporated in the description of achievability in 6 (approach to IA).

(Opinion 3.2) As regards the option of having a binding overarching goal for ecosystem restoration it should explain how the availability of the necessary data and methodology to establish and monitor an overarching goal (presumably at EU and Member State level) would be ensured and how in practice the final (quantitative) goal would be determined.

5.2.1: Overarching target: limitations of overarching target added in Option 2.

Overarching objective better defined and explained option 4.

(Opinion 3.3) Given that some ecosystems (e.g. urban, soil) are not covered by EU legislation, the report should assess more thoroughly the respect of the subsidiarity principle and the proportionality of legally binding measures.

Ch. 7 (subsidiarity and proportionality) now includes a reference to the legal basis encompassing all ecosystem types

An explanation was also added in the main text on why EU level action is, in terms of subsidiarity/proportionality, warranted on ecosystem types that are partially covered by existing legislation.

(Opinion 3.4) It should clarify whether Member States can reasonably be expected to be able to operationalise the targets for those ecosystems and habitats where there is not already an evidence base and a clear methodology and whether such option would provide the necessary legal certainty.

Further explanation added in ch 5.2.2

(Opinion 4.1) Regarding the specific targets for ecosystems option, the report should clearly identify the evidence base and methodology supporting the proposed detailed targets by ecosystem.

Explanation on evidence base included in option 3.

Methodology and evidence for the specific targets described in detail in Annex IV.

(Opinion 4.2) The views of different stakeholder groups on individual targets should be clearly presented.

More referencing on this throughout the text

How stakeholder views were included in the methodology and evidence for the specific targets now described in Annex IV.

(Opinion 4.3) Concerning the combination option, the report is not clear how the two options would interact in practice and why it should overall perform best, given the shortcomings identified above with the binding overarching goal option.

5.2.1: Hybrid option 4 re-defined and interaction specific targets/overarching objective better described.

6.4 Explanation added.

(Opinion 5.1) The report should elaborate on how an EU wide enforcement of the targets and the achievement of the objectives will be done considering that Member States will determine the specific actions to take through national restoration plans.

New section on enforcement added as a new sub-section of ch. 8. Further details also added in ch 5.2.2.

(Opinion 5.2) It also should explain how the proposed options will ensure Member States’ ownership of the targets.

Explained in sections as above 5.2.2 and new sub-section in ch 8.

(Opinion 5.3) It is not clear how different the efforts to be made by Member States will be, given that they have different ecosystems and habitats on their respective territories.

Tables of costs and benefits per Member state and per ecosystem has been added in Annex III.

Section on distributional aspects of targets added.

(Opinion 6.1) The report should be more explicit about how the costs and benefits were calculated, what assumptions were made and what they are based on for all ecosystem types assessed.

This is now better explained in Annex IV. Additional explanation has also been added on the costs and benefits calculation in each thematic assessment in Annex VI.

(Opinion 6.2) It should also better explain how the opportunity costs were estimated including what assumptions were made and how they are justified.

This is better explained in Annex IV.

(Opinion 6.3) It should also be clear what “ecosystem services” are included in the benefit estimates for each ecosystem type assessed.

Thematic assessments are now clearer on this, with references.

(Opinion 7.1) The report should be clearer about the cumulative effects of the initiative on the different actors (fishers, farmers, etc.) and any resulting distributional impacts.

Impacts on stakeholders addressed in Annex III and in main text, Ch 6. Workshop held that addressed this issue.

(Opinion 7.2) It should also assess the costs for different Member States and regions.

A breakdown of costs and benefits per Member state and per ecosystem has been added in Annex III.

(Opinion 7.3) It should reinforce the 3 assessment of the administrative costs, including quantification whenever feasible.

Section 6.2 and 6.3 (impacts option 2 and 3): Added a more precise admin. costs breakdown for option 2 and 3 in the form of table.

Section 6.4 (impacts option 4): expanded the costs overview with a more detailed cost breakdown for both restoration and maintenance per ecosystem type, and administrative costs.

Chapter 7 (comparison efficiency): expanded the comparison on administrative costs.

Chapter 6 (Intro of chapter: approach to impact assessment): added what is considered as administrative costs, and added a reference to Annex VII.

(Opinion 8) The views of different stakeholder groups should be presented more systematically throughout the report.

More referencing on this throughout the text

Stakeholder views w.r.t. options added in section 5.2.2.

IMPACT ASSESSMENT QUALITY CHECKLIST ( 9 July 2021)

(Checklist 1.1) The report does not sufficiently frame the initiative. While the annexes contain a large amount of information, it is not always clear from the report itself how the initiative links to other elements of the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 and to other related initiatives. For example, it is not immediately clear how the initiative will work together with LULUCF – how synergies will be ensured and under which of the two frameworks measures will be monitored and progress assessed.

Moved 6.1 (impacts baseline) to 5.1 (description baseline) and elaborated on the expected degree of restoration under existing legislation and policy initiatives. Description of baseline revised to include effects of other policies more clearly.

Section 6.2: Processed the degree of restoration under current legislation into the policy coherence for option 2.

Section 6.2-6.4: impacts of policy options (policy coherence): explanation added linking to other elements of the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 and other Green Deal initiatives.

Section 5.2.2. Now gives a more detailed explanation of the links in the proposed LULUCF Regulation. 

Chapter 9: monitoring: added a paragraph on synergies with monitoring LULUCF

(Checklist 1.2) The report does not sufficiently explain the international dimension of the initiative. The Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 refers to all the world’s ecosystems being restored. It is unclear if this initiative is meant to contribute to that, beyond setting an example and establishing a methodology that might possibly be useful to third countries.

Added text in 1.1 on international commitment to restore ecosystems.

Section added on ‘International dimension’ at the end of Chapter 8.

(Checklist 1.3) It is not clear what the situation is in different Member States in terms of ecosystem condition and restoration efforts. The charts and graphs presented in section 2 of the report refer mainly to what is covered under specific legislation (i.e. the Habitats Directive). It is difficult to understand what this means at EU level and the extent to which there are differences between Member States in terms of their efforts and progress.

Added at the end of section 2.2.1 that degradation applies across the board for all the main ecosystem types. 

Added in 2.1.1 that the main EU assessments (EU-Wide, EEA, and State od Nature) describe the condition of all main ecosystems and give evidence of distribution effects across the EU and MS. 

(Checklist 2.1) The report starts by indicating that the various specific environmental protection pieces of legislation in place are not sufficient to address the problem of biodiversity loss. If existing policies are not working as intended (p. 17-18), the report should explain why they are not being revised. If evidence, for example, shows that the majority of habitats under the Habitats and Water Framework Directives do not have good ecosystem status (p. 11), this shows that there is a problem under these legislations that needs to be tackled. In fact, some legislations are being revised (e.g. the Marine Strategy Framework Directive) and it is unclear whether the expected changes would address the problems in such a way as to ensure the related ecosystems are restored.

An explanation on why the option of revising existing legislation was discarded at an early stage is added to Section 5.3 (options discarded at an early stage).

An explanation was added to 5.1 (description baseline) on what is expected from the MSFD revision.

Section 5.1 and 2.2 (problem drivers) already explain that BHD and WFD were assessed as fit for purpose and will therefore expectedly not be revised, despite the implementation challenges.

(Checklist 2.2) Moreover, the report is unclear on the extent to which other Green Deal initiatives and particularly the broad range of other actions under the new 2030 Biodiversity Strategy will tackle the problem (e.g. gaps, implementation issues etc.) and which part of the problem remains. 

The report should indicate for which specific environmental legislation revisions will be launched (as announced in the 2030 Strategy) to tackle existing legislative gaps. It should clearly explain the specific contribution expected from binding targets on the remaining gap of the problem.

Inserted an explanation in 2.4 (how will the problem evolve).

Inserted an explanation in 4.2, where legally binding targets are introduced, on how they would address the specific restoration gap.

Moved 6.1 (impacts baseline) to 5.1 (description baseline) and elaborated on the expected degree of restoration under existing legislation and policy initiatives.

Baseline revised and more explicit about contributions from other policies.

Section on policy coherence of Annex VIII is moved to 6.1-6.4 (impacts of policy options) and expanded, building on 5.1.

Revisions of the MSFD, Climate are addressed in 5.1, and new/revisions of other legislation/initiatives are addressed in Annex X.

(Checklist 2.3) In this framework, it is not clear what are the key drivers of biodiversity loss and ecosystem degradation that need to be tackled by this initiative. Most, if not all, of the presented drivers (climate change, pollution, over-exploitation, invasive species, changes in land and sea use; p. 15) are being addressed by other EU and national policies.

Explanation added in 2.2. (above ‘Specific policy drivers’) on how restoration addresses the drivers.

Mentioned also in the box/summary at the end of section 2.2.

(Checklist 2.4) When it comes to problem drivers, it is not clear why the intervention logic does not also list funding challenges and the political commitment and ownership by Member States.

Political commitment now included in section on drivers. Intervention logic has been revised.

(Checklist 2.5) The report briefly touches on the difference between protection and restoration, clarifying that a protected ecosystem is not guaranteed to evolve by itself to good condition. It is not clear however what the magnitude of the problem is. The report does not explain the extent of the problem beyond what is covered by the Habitats Directive annexes.

Explanations added in section 2.1.1 and also above Fig 4

and in 2.1.2 above table 1.

It is (was already) also explained in 2.2 under ‘Lack of comprehensive approach.

(Checklist 2.6) The report argues that guidance from the Commission on ecosystem restoration was followed by some Member States ‘which suggests that it was appropriate’ (p. 16). It is not clear what evidence supports this statement. Could the reason not be that some Member States are more ambitious and committed about biodiversity protection and restoration than others? Could the reasons not relate to different funding and resources priorities or a lack of capacity?

The paragraph has been rephrased in the section 2.2 ‘Voluntary targets have been ineffective’

(Checklist 2.7) The argument that healthy ecosystems lead to disaster risk reduction and control (p. 15) needs more evidence or should be nuanced. It is not obvious, for example, that having more forest will lead to less forest fires or that more natural coast lines will lead to less flooding from storms (e.g. a sizeable part of the Netherlands are below sea level).

Explanation with examples and references added in 2.1.3

(Checklist 3.1) The report should better demonstrate the respect of the subsidiarity principle.

Addressed under Opinion 3.3

(Checklist 3.2) For the ecosystems not yet covered by EU legislation (i.e. non-Annex I habitats forest area) and potentially subject to a binding target, the report needs to establish the necessity and value added of EU action for each newly added ecosystem or area (e.g. urban, soil).

See answer to opinion 4.1. opinion. This describes how targets proposals were arrived at. Needs for targets are also described in the thematic assessments.

(Checklist 3.3) Some ecosystems or habitats might be near border areas and their protection and restoration would require the concerned Member States to act together. The report is not clear whether (and if so, how) the planned initiative will address this aspect. It should be also clearer on the magnitude of the transboundary effects across all ecosystems as well as the frequency of “free riding” practices.

Examples of transboundary aspects added in 3.3. Little quantitative data available. Section on transboundary issues and how to address them included.

Deleted ‘free riding practices’ from text since we have little actual evidence.

(Checklist 4.1) When describing the objectives, the report is unclear about how the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 goals will be reached. The strategy aims for all EU ecosystems to be restored by 2050. While this objective seems to be reproduced as the general objective also for this initiative, the linked specific objective however limits its ambition to (at least) a ‘broad range of ecosystems’ and introduces priority criteria according to which these should be selected (e.g. carbon capture, natural disaster impact).

General objective slightly revised (checklist 4.3) Reference to how BDS2030 will be implemented included. Revised also the explanation of specific objective.

“all” and “broad range” addressed below (checklist 4.2).

There is an implementation plan for the BDS2030 details of this are beyond the scope of this IA.

(Checklist 4.2) The report acknowledges (in footnote 19) that “it may not be possible to restore all ecosystems”. While this transparency is welcome, it is important to be clear in the specific objectives on what realistically should be achieved. The current wording of the specific objective of a broad range of ecosystem is not sufficiently expressed in SMART terms. It will prevent effective progress monitoring and will likely repeat the problems identified earlier in the report (p.17). For instance, it is not clear what the specific meaning of “restored” is. It is also not clear whether this concerns only an EU level objective or whether this applies also at the Member State level.

Meaning of ‘restored’ explained in section 4.2 (just above ‘Operational objective’

A description has been added in 4.2 of the reference situation towards which ecosystems need to be restored.

Specific ecosystem types to be covered are highlighted (bold).

The additions make the objectives more SMART (more specific, measurable and achievable - they were already relevant and time-bound.)

Clarified in 4.2 that the specific objective applies to Member States and EU-wide.

(Checklist 4.3) In terms of (public) expectation management and coherence, it may help to present the general objective rather as an aspirational long-term objective (not for 2050), while targeting the specific objectives on those ecosystems where the evidence base realistically allows imposing binding targets.

Suggestion taken on board in definition of general objective.

(Checklist 4.4) The objectives should clarify what is the reference situation to which ecosystems should be restored. The report seems to indicate that it is not about restoring lost ecosystems (e.g. Brussels used to be a swamp), but about repairing the damage to still existing ecosystems. This should be made explicit in the objectives.

Reference situation explained in section 4.2

(Checklist 4.5) The report highlights the need for urgent action. Is the 2030 horizon a realistic timeframe considering the long time needed for concerned measures to have effect?

4.2: Explanation inserted on ‘restoration’ versus ‘recovery’.

(Checklist 5.1) The baseline scenario is the one against which all options are compared. As such, section 6.1 should be integrated into 5.1 and into the narrative of the sections 6.2 through 6.4. The description of the baseline could then be more complete and useful for understanding the current situation and its likely development in the near future.

See response to Opinion 1.

(Checklist 5.2) The baseline should sufficiently reflect the other Green Deal initiatives, in particular the ‘Fit for 55’ package and broad set of measures announced in the new 2030 Biodiversity Strategy. It should clarify how it relates to the MIX scenario informing the initiatives of the ‘Fit for 55’ package. It should illustrate the evolution of the part of the problem that would be not tackled if binding target measures were not part of the new policy response.

See response to Opinion 1.

Section 5.1 (description baseline) is expanded to cover the Climate Law, Fit for 55’s LULUCF and RED revision, and BDS2030 measures.

See also revised baseline in Annex VII.

(Checklist 5.3) Given the broad set of related (legislative) measures under the Green Deal and the 2030 Strategy, the report should avoid giving the impression that the effective delivery of the 2030 Strategy depends only on binding targets. Similarly, the report seems to underestimate the expected contribution of all the other measures (as indicated in section 5.1) when claiming that “in the absence of binding restoration targets the problem … risks to be further aggravated” (p.20). The baseline should also not assume that measures under the Green Deal will not be fully implemented (p.20).

More precision as regards existing measures is now given and how exactly the targets can contribute. It should be understood that the binding targets would only be a component of delivery of the BDS2030, I.e to deliver on the pillar 2 on restoration.

Following agreement at the upstream meeting, the baseline is continued to be estimated as the implementation of all the contributions of the existing initiatives deriving from the Green Deal, that is realistic and as based on experience, and does not assume their full implementation. 

(Checklist 5.4) While some details are included in the annexes, the report does not sufficiently present the issue of achievability of options and of ‘realistic’ implementation of existing measures by Member States.

Included in 6.4 (effectiveness option 4) and 7 (comparison) why option 4 scores higher on achievability than option 3.

Realistic implementation of existing EU legislation is covered in the revised 5.1 (description baseline). Annex XI outlines restoration frameworks in a number of MS but national measures are not mapped in detail due to the voluntary nature and limited reporting.

(Checklist 5.5) The options are not sufficiently clear on what they aim to achieve:

Policy Option 2 aims that “by 2050, ecosystems in the EU are restored to and maintained in good status” in principle covering “a broad range of ecosystem”. It is not clear what success would look like (e.g. how many restored ecosystems and how are “restored” and “good” defined?) and who would be responsible for achieving it (EU, Member States, joint responsibility?). It is also not clear how “a broad range of ecosystem” goal is easy to communicate (p.34)

Explanation added in 5.2.1 (Policy Option 2) that it applies to EU- and MS-level, that ‘success’ is difficult to establish.

Explanation of reference situation to which ecosystems should be restored (good ecosystem status) and the meaning of ‘restoration’ has been added in section 4.2.

What success would look like is now described in section 5.2.2.

(Checklist 5.6) Policy Option 2 envisages a “binding overarching goal” in absence of a sufficiently developed evidence base for ecosystems not yet covered by EU legislation (this would be left to the Member States). It is not clear how sufficient legal certainty on what needs to be achieved will be provided and how effective delivery could be ensured. The respective responsibilities at EU and Member State level are not sufficiently clear.

Section 5.2.1. Policy option 2 has been revised to better describe these aspects.

(Checklist 5.7) More generally, the report should better explain why option 2 is a valid one to consider. Would changing the nature of a target (binding as opposed to the previously voluntary one) be sufficient to solve the problems identified until now? Will the flexibility it includes for Member States not risk that the objectives cannot be reached? How will it address the issues of insufficient funding and insufficient integration with other policies referred to in section 2.2?

Option 2 changed from ‘goal’ into ‘target’. 5.2.1. Policy option 2 has been revised to better describe validitiy.

(Checklist 5.8) Given the questions that option 2 raises, the report is not sufficiently clear in option 4 what adding this (diluted) overarching goal would bring. The report clearly states that option 2 ‘by itself it would most likely fail to restore biodiversity at a level required to meet EU-wide and international biodiversity objectives’(p.35).

Option 4 is redefined and better explained to distinguish from option 2.

Adapted wording in 6.4.

(Checklist 5.9) For option 3, the report mentions some sub-options (e.g. different target timelines) without providing any details. Without making the report too long, the description of the option should at least briefly explain what aspects the sub-options considered.

Text has been added to explain the sub-options (different target timelines).

(Checklist 5.10) In option 3, there are very detailed targets by ecosystem (in annex V). It is mostly not clear what is the evidence basis for these detailed targets. The report also does not specify the opinions of different stakeholder groups on these individual targets. Without this information, it is not clear on what basis policy makers should take decisions on setting these targets.

As answered in opinion 4.1

(Checklist 5.11) As an example of the lack of evidence, it is not clear whether the proposed targets to increase green areas and tree coverage in urban areas would be suitable. Reducing the built surface in cities can be achieved by extending the overall surface of the city, reducing the living space by person, or replacing housing by high-rise buildings. None of these solutions seems obviously desirable.

The impact assessment on urban ecosystems has been revised and improved.

(Checklist 5.12) It is also not clear whether the “range of ecosystems” under options 2 and 3 would be the same or whether there is a difference in terms of ambition.

Better explained in options section.

(Checklist 5.13) For all options, it is not clear how effective enforcement of the binding targets would be ensured.

As answered in opinion 5.1

(Checklist 5.14) The report should be clearer about the methodology that would be used to monitor and measure progress towards the achievement of the targets. It should explain whether this is already being developed (p. 55 seems to indicate that efforts are ongoing), whether it would apply in all options, the extent to which it would imply new requirements in addition to existing legislation ones.

As answered in opinion Opinion 3.4.

(Checklist 5.15) The report should explain how effective ownership for eco-system restoration will be ensured for eco-systems where effective cooperation of third countries (e.g. Russia, UK, Turkey, Norway) will be essential.

Section on transboundary effects included.

(Checklist 6.1) The report should better explain its evidence base and methodology – as it stands it is difficult to form a view about the robustness and credibility of the analysis. Annexes III, IV and VI do not include sufficient detail.

As answered under opinion 4.1, I.e. in Annex IV and as addressed in each revised ecosystem assessment (Annex VI). Detail on impacts has been added to Annex III.

(Checklist 6.2) For many ecosystem types, Annex VI does not explain how the projected costs were estimated, what assumptions were made and what they are based on. Although Annex IV explains that the unit costs were based on a review of “EU wide evidence” on ecosystem management costs including the “study of the costs of implementing Target 2 of the EU Biodiversity Strategy (Tucker, et al, 2013)” (Annex IV, p. 17), there are no references to the Tucker study or systematic references to other studies in Annex VI. 

More detailed explanations and references have been provided in Annex VI. See also further details and references on the methodology in Annex IV. 

(Checklist 6.3) On the benefit side, Annex IV explains that the benefit estimates are based on the values from studies estimating carbon sequestration and storage benefits and multiple ecosystem services. For many ecosystem types assessed, they are not referenced or the references are incomplete in Annex VI. 

As in opinion 6: references and explanations have been added in Annex VI.

(Checklist 6.4) Annex VI should include explanations how the costs and benefits were calculated, what assumptions were made and what they are based on for all ecosystem types assessed. It should also better explain how the opportunity costs were estimated including what exact assumptions were made and how they are justified. It should also be clear what “ecosystem services” are included in the benefit estimates for each ecosystem type assessed.

As in opinion 6: more detailed explanations have been added in Annex VI.

(Checklist 6.5) The report should clarify to what extent the estimates and underlying assumptions have been cross-checked with stakeholders.

As in opinion 6.1 and opinion 7.

(Checklist 6.6) The benefit cost ratios for some of the ecosystems are very low when only the carbon benefits are taken into account but they increase, in some cases dramatically, when the ecosystem service benefits are included. In view of significant differences between the benefit cost ratios with and without the ecosystem service benefits, the report should explain the risks of the ecosystem service benefits being lower than expected.

As in opinions 6.

Box on robustness of data added in Section 6.3, in option 3, conclusions. It refers to annex IV (‘analytical methods’))

(Checklist 6.7) The report provides some indication of how different actors (fishers, farmers, etc) would be affected by targets on specific ecosystems or habitats. It is not clear what the cumulative effects of the initiative would be on them. It is also not clear on the distributional impacts between the different affected groups.

As in opinion 7.

(Checklist 6.8) The report should assess (and quantify if significant) the administrative costs for business (farmers, fishers etc.) and citizens.

As in opinion 7.

(Checklist 6.9) It is not clear how different the efforts to be made by Member States will be, given that they have different ecosystems and habitats on their respective territories.

Breakdown of costs per Member State and per ecosystem has been added in Annex III

(Checklist 6.10) It is also not sufficiently clear on how the impact on equality and non-discrimination have been considered. Would a transparency obligation and access to justice provisions be sufficient to ensure those? How big an issue is it in this case?

Text slightly revised, not likely to be a big issue for restoration.

(Checklist 7.1) The assessment of effectiveness, coherence and subsidiarity is too important to leave entirely to the annexes. If an option will not be effective (see box 5 questions about option 2), then its efficiency or lack thereof may be of less importance. Moreover, coherence is a crucial element; thus without providing information on how options compare in terms of coherence it is difficult to arrive at a meaningful conclusion on how the options compare. For instance, how will the initiative work together with LULUCF? Will it overlap or reinforce or change the scope/measures of any of the existing environmental protection pieces of legislation? How will the different options interact with the future CAP?

As in opinion 1.3.

Moved the assessment on effectiveness and coherence from Annex VIII to Chapter 6.

Integrated the assessment of subsidiarity and proportionality from Annex VIII into Chapter 7.

Expanded the assessment of coherence in Chapter 6.

(Checklist 7.2) It is not clear why the report argues in favour of option 4 by stating that ‘having an overarching goal makes the objectives more achievable’. As mentioned above option 2 de facto also concerns (only) a broad range of ecosystems and it is difficult to understand how this will help in terms of communication or gaining more support as stakeholders will notice that the Commission is not going at this stage (step 1) for binding targets covering all ecosystems. It is not clear from the analysis whether option 4 will lead to any ecosystem covered by a binding target not already included in option 3.

See reply opinion 3.1.

Explanation added in section 5.2.1 Option 4.

Alex: Included in section 6.4 why option 4 scores higher on achievability than option 3.

(Checklist 7.3) The choice of preferred option should be better explained, including by better reflection the shortcomings of option 2. Why would option 3 not be sufficient to achieve the goals of the initiative? In terms of performance there seems to be no significant difference. As said above, the higher performance on achievability seems very much debatable, and could be argued less positive, also in view of the additional complexity (and confusion) it may introduce. It is not clear why policy options 4 performs better than option 3 in terms of proportionality.

See reply opinion 3.1.

Weaknesses/shortcomings of option 2 explained in section 5.2.1. and 6.2.

Why policy option 4 performs better, is now better explained in 6.4. and in 5.2.1 (Policy option 4)

(Checklist 7.4) The report should provide further elements to support the claim that a Regulation would be better than a Directive as it would ‘enable coherent action across the EU and is the most effective way to ensure rapid action’. The implementation under all options is still left to Member States through national plans and will still rely on a methodology to be developed for the monitoring and measuring of progress. How then would the choice of instrument make a difference in this setup?

Additional explanation added at the end of Chapter 8 (under ‘Legal form’).

(Checklist 8.1) The report should be explicit about when an evaluation would be carried out.

Periodic review of progress is expanded in 5.5.5

(Checklist 8.2) The report is not sufficiently clear about how the overarching target would be set/calculated and how it would be monitored. Section 9 should be more explicit about whether existing legislation requirements would be sufficient and if not what gaps would need to be addressed.

Addressed in Opinion 3.2

(Checklist 9.1) Stakeholder views are not sufficiently integrated throughout the report but rather are gathered together in a single section. Section 5.4 does not provide absolute numbers, only percentages, making it difficult to understand the support behind the views presented. It is also not clear what other groups besides the citizens that were mobilised by NGOs think. It would in particular be useful to understand the views of those that will be most affected by the initiative (Member States, land owners, forest managers, farmers, fishers, industry, etc). The different views of stakeholder groups should be presented throughout the report.

As in Opinion 8.

(Checklist 9.2) It is not clear how implementation challenges will be addressed with this initiative when it is clearly such a crucial element. Without ownership, political commitment and adequate funding, the targets will not be reached. The report should explain this aspect more clearly.

See reply opinion 5.1, 5.2

Alex: An explanation on the use of state aid for restoration is added to Annex XII.

(Checklist 9.3) As mentioned in box 6, the report should better explain to what extent the figures and cost-benefit analyses it presents are robust and what assumptions or estimates were included. It should clarify to what extent the estimates and underlying assumptions have been cross-checked with stakeholders, given the 2050/70 timeline.

As in option 6.

(Checklist 9.4) It would be helpful to briefly explain in the report (rather than in the annexes) how the specific targets were developed. The impacts on different actors and the distributional effects across Member States should be better explained.

See answer Opinion 4.1

(Checklist 10.1) The report should provide the main elements to enable the understanding of the situation, the context, the problem, objectives and options. However, many of the key elements are only in the annexes making it sometimes difficult to understand the robustness of the analysis. Without making the report too long, it would be useful for instance to present an example of how the targets for a specific ecosystem or habitat have been arrived at. 

See responses Opinion 4.1

Annex IV now includes section on how targets were arrived at.

(Checklist 10.2) The report should provide more explanations to help non-expert readers (e.g. brief explanation on MAES, Aichi Target 15, etc.). The report does not sufficiently explain the various types of actions that would be covered in terms of restoration – when is passive restoration enough? Can it only be applied in specific situations?

Explanation added on Aichi target in 1.1 (in text and footnote).

Explanation added on MAES (text box) in 2.1.1

(Checklist 10.3) The section on the upstream support meeting with the RSB and the reproduced meeting minutes should be deleted. Only the recommendations of the Board opinion(s) and how the DG has responded to them need to be reported in Annex 1.

Annex I: Info of upstream RSB meeting and related follow-up table of comments deleted.

New follow-up table included.

(Checklist 10.4) The report should be more systematic in presenting the sources when providing figures and findings (section 6.3 may rely on annexes and in turn on the study but it should still show sources for figures it presents). For instance, on page 14 it states that ‘costs of inaction are high and are anticipated to increase’ – a footnote would be better than a hyperlink as this is a rather important aspect. More generally, the report should use a unique system to reference evidence and studies. In many cases, this is done through hyperlinks, in other cases in footnotes. As not everyone consults documents in electronic format, the use of footnotes seems preferable.

Done across the board as much as possible.

(Checklist 10.5) Acronyms should be spelled out at first use.

Done

(Checklist 10.6) The line spacing should be harmonised to the standard 1.15, as foreseen in the impact assessment template.

Done

(Checklist 10.7) In Figure 3 (p.11), it is not clear why the Baltic Sea ecosystem is presented twice, with different assessments of its status.

Fig 3 is replaced by a corrected version (one instance of ‘Baltic Sea’ corrected into ‘Black Sea’)

(RSB meeting) Is there evidence that ecosystems beyond the HD are degraded and in need of urgent restoration?

MAES, IPBES, Dasgupta and other reports showed we have big problems beyond Annex I. These are now referenced upfront.

RSB comments  in its 2nd Opinion  (28 October 2021)

How did we address the comment?  

Overall opinion :

  

The report is not sufficiently clear on the justification, functioning and performance of some options.  

 Addressed as detailed below.

The report is not sufficiently specific on some costs and benefits estimates and underlying assumptions. 

 Addressed as detailed below.

What to improve:  

 

1.The report should better explain how the overarching legally binding EU target option would be implemented in practice, in particular how effective monitoring, reporting and enforcement would be ensured.  

Explanation provided on implementation in practice, including monitoring, reporting and enforcement.  

2.The report should explain why it uses the contribution to climate change as a selection criterion for including ecosystems in this initiative. It seems that the EU has already sufficient actions to reach its climate change goals, independently of an additional contribution from this initiative. In particular, the report should better justify why it excludes sparsely vegetated land (which could have high biodiversity potential) into the list of covered ecosystems, while it includes urban ecosystems (which would seem to have 2 limited biodiversity potential). 

Climate change: importance and contribution of ecosystem restoration to climate adaptation further elaborated on. 

In addition, it was already addressed in section 2.1.3 on p18-19 

 

Sparsely vegetated land is no longer excluded from the assessement. As it was added late, only a partial cost-benefit analysis could be included. 

3.The report should be clearer when it comes to the reference condition that ecosystems would need to be restored to. It is unclear who would decide on the conversion of various habitats and ecosystems and how this decision would be made. It should explain how trade-offs between (green) policy objectives (e.g. climate adaptation flood prevention measures vs restoration) will be managed. 

Explanation inserted, in section 4.2 where reference condition is defined and in section 5.2.2 (on NRPs) on re-establishment. 

 

 

4.The report should better justify why it considers the option that combines legally binding ecosystem-specific targets with an overarching objective to be clearly more effective than the specific target option only, given that the quantitative comparison scores differ only marginally and that the 2030 Biodiversity Strategy has already set an overarching aspirational objective. It should also better justify why the combination option performs significantly better in terms of proportionality. 

Explanations provided as to why option 4 is clearly more effective and also more proportionate.  

5.The report should be more specific on some costs and benefits estimates and underlying assumptions. On benefits, it should be explicit about precisely what is meant by ‘ecosystem services’ and the timescales for benefits occurring in the medium and long term. In view of significant differences between the benefit-to-cost ratios with and without the ecosystem service benefits, the report should be clear on the risk that these benefits will not materialise. On costs, the report should clarify the magnitude of the cost increase when referring to delayed action on restoration leading to a requirement for costlier measures. It should be more explicit to what extent it takes into account costs to surrounding ecosystems (e.g. effects of re-wetting peatland on neighbouring agricultural land). 

The method of estimating benefits of ecosystem services is explained in section 6.3.  

The types of benefits identified are listed per ecosystem.  

The risks that these benefits will not be realised are also explained. 

 

An explanation on possible impacts of restoration on surrounding (agricultural) land has been included at the end of section 6.4 and annex IV. 

6.While the report assumes a ‘realistic’ level of implementation for the measures included in the baseline, it is not clear whether the same implementation assumption has been made when estimating the costs and benefits of the options. The report has added some useful information on the cost implications at Member State level in the annex. It should briefly explain in the main text how large the difference in effort between Member States would be. 

The implications of less-than-full implementation are explained and a costs and benefits have been calculated for alternative scenarios of 90%, 80% and 70% implementation. 

 

Cost of implementation at Member State level: analysis and explanation included at the end of section 6.4. 

7.The report should not only report on stakeholder views but also show how the input received has been taken into account. The Board notes the estimated costs and benefits of the preferred option in this initiative, as summarised in the attached quantification tables. 

In each of the boxes on stakeholder views, explanation has been added on how this feedback has been taken into account. 



Annex II: Stakeholder consultation

Due to its size, the stakeholder consultation synopsis report is provided as a separate document.



Annex III: Who is affected and how?

Practical implications of the initiative

Restoration of ecosystems has been shown to be cost-effective, but requires investment that incurs financial and opportunity costs for managers of land and natural resources, who may be compensated through incentives provided by governments and buyers of ecosystem services. Restoration programmes will provide employment and incomes for ecosystem managers and local communities, restoration and remediation businesses, and benefit society and the economy as a whole and sectors which rely on particular ecosystem services.

Social benefits to citizens/society as a whole include new opportunities for jobs and skills 10 , positive effects on physical and mental health 11 , enhanced natural and cultural heritage and identity 12 , enhanced quality and security of food and water 13 , and enhanced resilience of communities to climate change and natural hazards 14 .

A failure to act to address the poor and declining state of ecosystems and their services will impact negatively on businesses and citizens across Europe and worldwide, while jeopardising the achievement of climate and wider environmental policy goals.

Who will be affected (see also table III-5):

·The proposed initiative addresses Member States and thus affects primarily authorities at national, regional and local level which play a role in mapping and assessment of ecosystems and their services, and in planning, funding, implementing and monitoring restoration programmes. Likely affected public institutions include environmental, agricultural and climate authorities, statistical offices and research institutes, and agencies dealing with zoning and territorial planning. Impacts differ between EU Member States and mainly depend on the extent of ecosystems on their territories, the levels of degradation and associated magnitude of restoration required, and different levels of costs associated with restoring different types of ecosystems. An overview of total estimated combined costs of implementing the combined proposed restoration targets for Annex I habitats (forests, grasslands, inland and coastal wetlands, rivers & lakes and heaths & scrubs) for each EU Member State is provided in Table III-4 below. The estimated benefits per Member State widely exceed the costs and are presented in Table III-3. The more detailed assessment of costs and benefits per ecosystem are provided in Annex VI. Analytical methods in general are explained in Annex IV.

·Land managers – including farmers, foresters and nature conservationists – are responsible for the management and restoration of terrestrial ecosystems.  The impacts on them can be expected to be both one-off and recurrent, with land managers expected to be impacted by one-off costs (as shown in Table III-5 below) relating to potential, initial changes in land use management practices. Furthermore, the scale of impacts on land managers varies considerably between ecosystems and habitats, and between biogeographic regions. For example for forests, approximately 40 % of the forest area in the EU is publicly owned, and public ownership dominates in most of the Eastern and South-Eastern Member States. As such, incentives to stimulate both private and public actors to implement restorative actions within contrasting Member States will also vary. To incentivise restorative actions by land managers throughout the ecosystems analysed within this Impact Assessment, costs such as those involved in restoration actions, opportunity costs relating possible changes in land use (such as agricultural land impacted by freshwater barrier removals), and changes in the costs related to marketable goods and services all need to be considered (see methodology in Annex IV).

·A range of sectors using and harvesting natural resources – such as fisheries, the water sector and the extractive industries play an important role in sustainable management and restoration.  For most of the ecosystems outlined in Table III-5, it can be expected that significant one-off and recurrent costs will be imposed on these stakeholders. In ecosystems which are more intensely managed for resource extraction (such as forests), changes towards ‘nature-based’ or ‘climate smart’ management would to some degree depend on the willingness, know-how and adaptability of the sectors. However, extractive industries can also be expected to benefit from restoration actions, such as reduced costs to water purification from reduced water pollution (due to agro-ecosystem and freshwater ecosystem enhanced conditions), enhanced recreation-related revenues, and improved resilience against climate-related impacts.

·Sectors responsible for emissions and discharges to land and water – such as the manufacturing, energy, transport, agriculture and waste treatment sectors – play an important role in enhancing the condition of ecosystems through reduced point source and diffuse pollution.  Across all ecosystems, these sectors can be expected to be impacted by restoration needs and actions, to abide to the Polluter Pays Principle. However, as outlined in the bullet below, the costs of complying with environmental regulation can be balanced by a multitude of benefits derived from restoration actions.

·A wide range of sectors and stakeholders benefit from enhancements in ecosystem services.  For example, the agri-food sector benefits from an improved condition of soils, water resources and conservation of pollinators; fisheries benefit from enhanced fish stocks and more sustainable marine and freshwater management; water companies benefit from enhanced water purification; property owners, insurers as well as inhabitants benefit from reductions in floods and natural hazards; and the tourism sector benefits from enhanced landscape and biodiversity. Cost-efficiencies can be garnered by such sectors through investing in restoration and nature-based solutions to comply with environmental legislation whilst also lowering medium-long term operating costs. For example, through investing in improving freshwater condition, the availability of resources extracted from such ecosystems (such as clean water for industrial processes) can be enhanced which can lower operating costs and reduce the likelihood of resource scarcity in the future.

·Society as a whole benefits from increased climate change mitigation and adaptation and from improved disaster risk management.

·The financial sector can contribute to restoration and is also subject to the risks posed to the economy by biodiversity loss and ecosystem degradation, as its investments can be highly dependent on ecosystem services. 

Finally, it should be noted that a plethora of tools are currently in place for stakeholders to utilise to achieve the outlined restoration targets in the coming years. In particular, to support the transition to enhanced ecosystem condition and to compensate the stakeholders noted above who may experience foregone income, incentive payments and opportunity costs can be compensated through EU, national, regional, local and private funds. For example, existing payments under the CAP already link payments related to environmental conditions. Such payments can be expected to further increase in their scope and scale due to the enhanced budget under the Multiannual Financial Framework (MFF) towards climate and biodiversity issues. Besides the agreement to invest at least 25% of the EU’s expenditure in measures that contribute to climate action, by 2024 7.5% of MFF annual spending is to be directed towards biodiversity objectives - and 10% as from 2026, which will alleviate the costs of transition required by stakeholders to achieve restoration targets. Implementing EU restoration targets would provide a direct contribution to both mainstreaming targets.

Summary of costs and benefits

Table III-1: Overview of benefits of the preferred option – until 2070

Overview of benefits for the preferred option – until 2070 (Present Value)

Scenario A (15-40-100% targets for 2030-2040-2050)

Scenario B (30-60-100% targets for 2030-2040-2050)

Restoration of ecosystem type

Carbon benefits in EUR million

Benefits from all ecosystem services (including carbon) in EUR million

Carbon benefits in EUR million

Benefits from all ecosystem services (including carbon) in EUR million

Beneficiaries and further comments

Peatlands

10 629    

38 702

13 042

47 488

-Entire population and economy through carbon benefits;

-Companies and consumers, and the tourism sector.

Marshlands

(na)

6 388

(na)

7 838

Coastal wetlands

1 091

181 614

1 339

222 842

-EU inhabitants, especially 55.7 million people who are estimated to live in coastal zones by 2060;

-Fishers and farmers as well as related value chains.

Forests

3 832

203 564

4 701

249 775

-The economy, including tourism/ recreation sectors, and conservation organisations, especially in rural economies.

Agro-ecosystems

17 073

229 589

18 624

250 451

-Farmers and the agricultural sector benefit from improved soils quality, reduced soil erosion and soil compaction, greater abundance of pollinators, etc. 

Steppe, heath and scrub

3 971

24 191

4 722

28 768

-Tourism sector, farmers.

-Society and the economy, through the delivery of enhanced ecosystem services

Rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats

(na)

862 349

(na)

1 053 042

-Local populations through increased safety and house prices due to decreased flood risk potential

-Water suppliers and consumers through overall reduced water pollution and increased availability

-Recreational users of freshwater ecosystems through greater access to previously restricted areas (due to barrier removal) and enhanced aesthetic values

-Society at large through enhanced ecosystem services. 

Sub-total

36 596

1 546 397

42 428

1 860 204

This excludes benefits for non-Annex I habitats as well as marine, urban, soils and pollinators.

Marine

(na)

(na)

(na)

(na)

No monetary estimates available. However, EU citizens and economic sectors (e.g. fishing/ aquaculture/ tourism/ energy) benefit in terms of climate change mitigation as well as improved biodiversity, water quality and land and seascapes.

Urban

(na)

(na)

(na)

(na)

No monetary estimates available. However, urban dwellers would experience benefits in terms of flood prevention, biodiversity, human health, property values, air and water pollution as well as climate (e.g. heat control)

Soils

(na)

(na)

(na)

(na)

No monetary estimates available. However, citizens and farmers would experience benefits in terms of climate change mitigation, biodiversity, flood risk mitigation, water quality control, sustainable use of rewetted land, erosion control, increased crop yields and productivity, soil organic carbon, and soil fertility

Pollinators

(na)

(na)

(na)

(na)

No monetary estimates available. However, EU citizens, farmers and related supply chains as well as beekeepers would experience benefits in terms of crop and plant pollination, natural biological control, decomposition of organic matter, tourism, and culture and aesthetics.

Notes:

-The general method for assessing the benefits is described in Annex IV. Details of the calculations for the individual ecosystem types are provided in Annex VI.

-Benefits until 2070 are given to take into account the benefits from restoration measures undertaken up to 2050, especially in the final years, of which benefits would only be visible beyond 2050. The figures presented are the sum of the present value of annual benefits flows, applying a social discount rate of 4%.

-The overview includes monetary estimates for benefits for many of the ecosystem services, depending on the availability of monetary data. Estimates are mostly only possible for HD Annex I habitats, because of the difficulty of quantifying the extent of ecosystem restoration needed for other ecosystems. This means that the benefits for targets that extend beyond Annex I are not included, among which, marine, urban, soils and pollinators.

-Moreover, some benefits of ecosystem services are difficult, if not impossible, to be captured in monetary terms for all the ecosystem categories, such as the intrinsic value of nature and species, moral, aesthetic, spiritual and socio-cultural benefits and relational values with nature. 15 These can be important and sometimes decisive in decision making and need to be considered in addition to the monetary benefits.

-Annex VI provides for some ecosystem types a range of minimum and maximum monetary benefits; in such instances the overview above includes the average.

-Although the 2050 target aims to restore 100 % of the habitat, the estimation of costs and benefits is for 90 % restoration as this is the maximum percentage that can be expected in practice for most ecosystems.

Table III-2: Overview of costs of the preferred option – until 2070 (Present Value)

Overview of costs for the preferred option – until 2070

Action

One-off costs in EUR million

Annual costs in EUR million

Total in EUR million for scenario A

Total in EUR million for scenario B

Comments

Costs for restoration and maintenance per ecosystem type for both Member States and businesses

Peatlands

4 779

5 125

These restoration and maintenance costs include re-creation costs and foregone income losses for businesses for Annex I habitats.

The sub-total excludes non-Annex I habitats as well as marine, urban, soils and pollinators.

Marshlands

3 643

       3 721

Coastal wetlands

5 141

5 852

Forests

50 082

53 850

Agro-ecosystems

26 559

27 732

Steppe, heath and scrub

3 051

3 111

Rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats

35 232

40 211

Sub-total

128 487

139 602

Marine, urban, soils, pollinators

(na)

(na)

Quantitative cost estimates are not available

Costs for enabling measures for Member States

Surveys of ecosystems  

1 099

 

Development of national restoration plans

12.8

 

Development of methodologies and indicators (5 ecosystems) 

6.6

 

Administration of restoration measures

 

438.3

Monitoring of restored ecosystems  

 

20.6

Reporting progress against restoration targets 

 

0.1

Sub-total 

1 118.4

459

Costs from 2022 to 2050

1 118.4

12 854

13 972.4

13 972.4

Total costs: restoration, maintenance and enabling measures

Total

142 459.4

153 574.4

This excludes restoration and maintenance costs for non-Annex I habitats, and marine, urban, soils and pollinators, as well as opportunity costs of potential land use changes (e.g. turning grassland into an industrial site).

Notes:

-The general method for assessing the costs is described in Annex IV. Details of the calculations for the individual ecosystem types are provided in Annex VI and for the enabling measures/administrative impacts in Annex VII section 4.

- All cost ‘actions’ are foreseen to be undertaken up to 2050, except for maintenance costs, which extend to 2070. The figures presented represent the sum of the present value of annual costs, applying a 4% annual social discount rate.

-Monetary figures can mostly only be estimated for HD Annex I habitats, because of the difficulty of quantifying the extent of action required for other ecosystems, which means that the costs for targets that extend beyond Annex I are not included, among which, costs for and marine, urban, soils and pollinators.

-Costs for enabling measures are given only for scenario A but are foreseen to be virtually the same for scenario B; under scenario B most of these costs would be borne in earlier years whereas under scenario A more costs would be borne later. In Annex XII the average of both scenario A and B is taken to arrive at a total estimate of costs, which means that the total cost figures may differ slightly from figures in this table.

-More precise cost figures for each ecosystem can be found in Annex VI. Annex VI provides for some ecosystem types a range of minimum and maximum costs; in such instances the overview above includes the average.

-A qualitative assessment of costs for different stakeholder groups is provided in table III-5.

Table III-3: Estimated annual benefits of Ecosystem Restoration and Maintenance, by Member State, 2022-2050 (€m)

The table presents estimates of annual benefits of ecosystem restoration and maintenance over the 2022-2050 period, for those ecosystems for which full benefits assessments have been made, and for which data on the extent and condition of ecosystems in each Member State are available. The benefits estimates presented are those under the option to restore 15% of ecosystems by 2030, 40% by 2040 and 90% by 2050. The benefits are greater under the 30%, 60% and 90% option, because earlier restoration of ecosystems delivers larger aggregate benefits over the 2022-2050 period. The benefits estimate breakdowns are based on data provided by the European Environment Agency on the extent of each ecosystem in each Member State.

The figures exclude estimates for Romania, owing to uncertainties regarding the true extent and condition of ecosystems in that Member State.

The benefits estimates relate to the increase in total ecosystem services for each ecosystem. As they are expressed as annual averages to 2050, they give slightly different benefit cost ratios than obtained by comparing the present value of benefits and costs to 2070.

The aggregate benefits across these seven ecosystem types average €64 billion per annum for the EU27. The largest benefits are enjoyed by France (€14.6bn), Finland (€9.7bn) and Spain (€7.9bn) the Member States with the largest areas of these ecosystems. The distribution of benefits differs slightly from costs, as the benefit cost ratios for some ecosystems (e.g. coastal wetlands and freshwaters) are higher than for others (e.g. forests), so Member States with the largest area of those high benefit ecosystems benefit disproportionately.

There are significant variations in the costs for different ecosystems across Member States, with the distribution of benefits mirroring that for costs, as discussed in Table III-4 below.

Factors affecting the overall benefit estimates by Member States are:

·The extent of each ecosystem in each Member State, particularly for ecosystems with high benefit cost ratios such as coastal wetlands and freshwaters;

·The condition of each ecosystem in each Member State. Some Member States (e.g. Austria, Germany, Greece, Italy, Sweden) have relatively large areas of some ecosystems but also record a relatively small proportion to be in not-good condition, such that benefits of restoration and maintenance are relatively low compared to ecosystem area.

Coastal wetlands

Freshwaters

Forests

Grasslands

Heath, steppe & scrub

Peatlands

Total

AT

7

690

47

27

1

1

774

BE

16

494

84

35

-

2

631

BG

17

306

0

288

18

0

630

CY

1

17

17

1

2

-

38

CZ

0

242

44

74

-

1

361

DE

731

1,594

89

166

1

13

2,595

DK

2,271

761

49

79

-

10

3,171

EE

6

380

23

25

-

15

449

ES

426

1,932

2,209

2,851

515

6

7,939

FI

381

7,327

613

5

272

1,094

9,694

FR

854

7,517

3,350

2,752

93

52

14,618

GR

352

154

18

14

3

-

541

HR

0

352

1

269

-

0

622

HU

300

785

136

170

0

1

1,392

IE

437

1,259

1

144

4

76

1,922

IT

87

1,626

236

437

33

5

2,424

LT

-

1,001

25

41

-

15

1,081

LU

-

3

0

29

-

-

32

LV

15

471

27

82

-

17

611

MT

0

0

-

1

1

-

2

NL

894

123

6

30

-

2

1,056

PL

496

4,124

316

1,020

1

24

5,981

PT

3

43

26

766

67

11

915

RO

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

SE

228

4,191

802

400

-

260

5,881

SI

0

226

116

73

1

0

415

SK

0

97

195

179

2

0

473

EU 27

7,522

35,715

8,431

9,963

1,015

1,603

64,249

Table III-4: Estimated annual costs of Ecosystem Restoration and Maintenance, by Member State, 2022-2050 (€m)

The table presents estimates of annual costs of ecosystem restoration and maintenance over the 2022-2050 period, for those ecosystems for which full cost estimates have been made, and for which data on the extent and condition of ecosystems in each Member State are available. The cost estimates presented are those under the option to restore 15% of ecosystems by 2030, 40% by 2040 and 90% by 2050. The average annual costs for the 30%, 60% and 90% option are similar, but they are more evenly phased over the period. The cost breakdowns are based on data provided by the European Environment Agency on the extent of each ecosystem in each Member State.

The figures exclude estimates for Romania, owing to uncertainties regarding the true extent and condition of ecosystems in that Member State.

The aggregate costs across these seven ecosystem types average €7.4 billion per annum for the EU27. The largest costs are incurred in France (€2.1bn), Spain (€1.5bn) and Finland (€0.9bn), the Member States with the largest areas of these ecosystems.

There are significant variations in the costs for different ecosystems across Member States. For example, the largest costs for each ecosystem are, in order of magnitude, as follows:

·Coastal wetlands - Denmark, the Netherlands, France and Germany;

·Fresh waters – France and Finland;

·Forests – France and Spain;

·Grasslands – Spain and France;

·Heath, steppe and scrub – Spain and Finland;

·Peatlands – Finland and Sweden.

Factors affecting the overall cost estimates by Member States are:

·The extent of each ecosystem in each Member State;

·The condition of each ecosystem in each Member State. Some Member States (e.g. Austria, Germany, Greece, Italy, Sweden) have relatively large areas of some ecosystems but also record a relatively small proportion to be in not-good condition, such that costs of restoration and maintenance are relatively low compared to ecosystem area.

Coastal wetlands

Freshwaters

Forests

Grasslands

Heath, steppe & scrub

Peatlands

Total

AT

0.3

44.0

15.5

4.1

0.4

0.2

64.5

BE

0.7

31.5

27.5

5.2

-

0.3

65.3

BG

0.7

19.5

0.0

43.5

5.6

0.0

69.4

CY

0.1

1.1

5.4

0.2

0.6

-

7.3

CZ

0.0

15.4

14.2

11.2

-

0.1

41.0

DE

31.6

101.6

29.1

25.0

0.4

1.9

189.6

DK

98.2

48.5

16.0

11.9

-

1.5

176.2

EE

0.2

24.2

7.4

3.8

-

2.2

38.0

ES

18.4

123.1

720.6

430.3

157.6

0.9

1 450.9

FI

16.5

467.0

200.1

0.8

83.3

163.5

931.2

FR

36.9

479.1

1 092.7

415.4

28.5

7.7

2 060.3

GR

15.2

9.8

5.8

2.2

1.0

-

34.0

HR

0.0

22.4

0.3

40.6

-

0.0

63.4

HU

13.0

50.0

44.5

25.7

0.1

0.2

133.4

IE

18.9

80.2

0.5

21.8

1.2

11.3

134.0

IT

3.7

103.7

76.9

65.9

10.2

0.7

261.1

LT

-

63.8

8.1

6.3

-

2.2

80.3

LU

-

0.2

0.0

4.3

-

-

4.5

LV

0.6

30.0

8.9

12.4

-

2.5

54.4

MT

0.0

0.0

-

0.2

0.2

-

0.4

NL

38.7

7.8

2.0

4.6

-

0.3

53.4

PL

21.4

262.8

103.1

154.0

0.3

3.6

545.3

PT

0.1

2.7

8.4

115.7

20.4

1.6

148.9

RO

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

SE

9.9

267.1

261.5

60.4

-

38.8

637.6

SI

0.0

14.4

37.7

11.0

0.2

0.1

63.3

SK

0.0

6.2

63.6

27.0

0.6

0.1

97.5

EU 27

325.2

2 276.3

2 749.8

1 503.6

310.5

239.6

7 405.0

Table III-5: Costs for different stakeholders

Darker blue indicates higher costs: significant-, moderate- and some impact (non-monetary costs/impacts are also taken into account).

 

 

Public Authorities

Farming/forestry sectors

Fishing sector

Nature Managers

One-off

Recurrent

One-off

Recurrent

One-off

Recurrent

One-Off

Recurrent

Inland wetlands and peatlands

Re-wetting at least 25  % of HD Annex I peatland habitat area degraded due to drainage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restore all HD Annex I peatland habitat area to good condition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Re-create the area necessary to achieve Favourable Conservation Status of HD Annex I peatlands

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restore and re-create area to improve status of EU-protected species associated with inland wetlands and peatlands

Peatland converted to cropland- Reduce by 15 % the area of managed or drained organic soils that are losing carbon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forests

Restore all HD Annex I forest habitat area to good condition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restore and re-create area to achieve FCS of EU protected species associated with forests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restore degraded non-Annex 1 habitats forest area to a good condition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Steppe, heath and scrub

Restore all HD Annex I steppe, heath and scrub habitats to good condition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Re-create habitat area required to achieve FCS of HD Annex I steppe, heath and scrub habitats

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintain, restore and re-create steppe, heath and scrub habitats as necessary to achieve FCS of EU protected species associated with steppe, heath and scrub

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agro-ecosystems

Restore all HD Annex I agricultural habitats to good condition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Re-create additional habitat area required to achieve FCS of HD Annex I agricultural habitats

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restore and recreate agro-ecosystems as necessary to increase the populations of common farmland birds as measured by the common farmland bird indicator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restore and recreate agro-ecosystems as necessary to achieve the secure status of birds that are predominantly associated with agro-ecosystems

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintain, restore and re-create agro-ecosystems as necessary to achieve FCS of EU protected species associated with agro-ecosystems

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restore or recreate semi-modified and seminatural grassland

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restore or recreate unploughed / untilled grassland to replace historic losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats

Restore all HD Annex I freshwater and alluvial habitat area to good condition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Re-create area as necessary to achieve FCS of HD Annex I rivers, lakes, and alluvial habitats

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Develop an inventory of barriers to longitudinal and lateral connectivity of rivers and a detailed plan of which barriers will be removed, to achieve free-flowing status where possible and necessary to restore the habitats depending on such connectivity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mapping out of small water units, identify their restoration and recreation potential and assess their contribution to improve connectivity between habitats as part of high diversity landscape features, contributing to the restoration of habitats and species.

Marine

Restore EU marine habitats, prioritizing Annex I habitats.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coastal wetlands

Restore all HD Annex I wetland habitat to good condition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Re-create area as necessary to achieve FCS of Annex I wetland habitats

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restore and re-create the area to enhance the conservation status of EU protected species associated with coastal wetlands

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Urban

No net loss of green urban space, including tree canopy cover, by 2030, compared to 2021, within each LAU containing cities, towns and suburbs; A national average increase in the area represented by green urban space, including tree canopy cover, across LAUs containing cities, towns and suburbs, of at least 3% of the total area of these LAUs by 2040 and at least 5% of the total area of these LAUs by 2050, compared to 2021.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A minimum of 10% tree canopy cover in each LAU containing cities, towns and suburbs by 2050.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Soils

Package of measures to conserve and increase SOC in organic soils under agricultural use

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Package of measures focused on improving SOC on forest soil

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pollinators

Target to restore 30-60-90  % of Annex I habitats to good condition in grasslands, heaths and scrub, wetlands, and forests categories, with no additional actions specifically targeted at pollinator conservation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Target to reverse trends in pollinators listed in the EU Habitats Directive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All necessary restoration and re-creation actions taken to restore pollinator populations by 2030, including through the following intermediate actions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annex IV: Analytical methods

For many ecosystems there are data gaps and it can be difficult to specify all aspects of an ecosystem to a high degree of accuracy – rather, it is possible to make key observations, identify salient features, predict trends, estimate risks and costs and benefits, based on a range of sources. This can be in contrast to other policy areas where more information is readily available in numerical, monetary form, or where extensive simulation models exist, in areas such as climate change. This underlines the need to anchor work on the best available data sources. These include information resulting from the reporting requirements the Birds- and Habitats Directives (BHD), Water Framework Directive (WFD), and the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD), as well as the work on the Mapping and Assessment of Ecosystem Services (MAES), and others.

It is for these reasons that this impact assessment is based on a balance of qualitative and quantitative approaches and estimates, both in the development of the baseline and trends, as well as the costs and benefits of specific options. This is in keeping with many reports on the state and evolution of nature or ecosystems. Moreover, when it comes to making estimates of costs and benefits, as outlined in chapter 6 and annexes VI and XII, this can only partially be based on numerical values and numerical monetary estimates. This is not only due to the lack of data of certain costs and benefits, but also because some of the values of nature may not be reducible to monetary terms alone.

Evidence base and methodology to develop the specific targets:

The following describes how the evidence base and methodology used to develop the specific targets, and how stakeholder views were integrated in the process:

1.A first workshop with EU Member State experts in December 2020 provided evidence of the need and support for both an overarching target/objective, as well as specific targets focussing on specific ecosystems or species groups.

2.To develop specific targets that would address practically all ecosystems in a systematic manner, it was decided to use a categorisation of main ecosystem types in the EU. This was based on extensive work of MAES (Mapping and Assessment of Ecosystems and their Services), which categorises the main ecosystem types in the EU and reviews their state, trends, services and the pressures they are exposed to.

3.Some proposals for specific targets had already been developed and were described in the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030, for example on reversing the decline of pollinators, or that fee flowing rivers should be restored.

4.A stakeholder workshop was held in February 2021 to explore initial ideas for targets for each of the main ecosystem types, based on the requirement defined in the Biodiversity Strategy to 2030. At the workshop only some initial concepts for further targets emerged; however, there was confirmation that targets for specific ecosystem types were needed, and that these, if possible, should be based on areas to be restored. Some stakeholder groups had developed more detailed ideas for topics for specific targets in background papers, in particular by environmental NGOs (e.g. WWF, the EEB and Birdlife International).

5.Building on the above, a number of meetings were held to discuss the specific targets making use of extensive in-house DG Environment expertise, for all ecosystem types. This helped develop further concepts for targets such as on free-flowing rivers, marine ecosystems, wetlands, forests, heathland and scrub, soils, urban and others. Targets relating to Annex I habits tended to fall into one group with similar characteristics, and non-Annex one related targets into another. This was because extensive data is available for Annex I related targets, and less so for the other group.

6.Meetings were also held with the EEA and the JRC on suggestions across the range of potential specific targets.

7.DG Environment then made an analysis and listing of the various targets proposed. Subsequently, requests were made to the EEA and the JRC to further assist with the descriptions and definitions of these. For example, requests for the EEA to develop fiches on Annex I related targets estimating area potential percentage based on MS data. The JRC also contributed to developing fiches for targets for other ecosystems such as for soils and urban ecosystems. Based on this a list and detailed description of targets to be impact assessed was developed and forwarded to the contractor for further analysis.

8.Some adjustments and fine-tuning to all these targets were also made with the contractors as part of the impact assessment study. As part of the study, an analysis fiche was developed for each main ecosystem type and for all targets proposed therein.

9.A second stakeholder workshop held in April further explored views on definitions and the need for an overarching target.

10.To gain further feedback on the targets from stakeholders, the specific targets were presented to stakeholders at a third stakeholder workshop in May 2021. At this workshop, no objections were raised to the targets proposed, however several questions remained on their detailed form and their foreseen implementation. Therefore a fourth stakeholder workshop in September 2021 provided for an overall presentation or all the targets and more detailed feedback on the specific targets proposed.

Approach to thematic assessments:

Given the significant differences in the characteristics of broad ecosystem types, their condition and restoration needs, and required measures to meet them, at the start of the impact assessment process the assessment was subdivided in ten thematic areas. For each of them a targeted impact assessment was undertaken in line with guidance on impact assessments in the EU better regulation toolbox. The selection of these areas was based on the 12 broad ecosystem types under the MAES typology, with some slight modifications: Grassland and cropland were merged in a single assessment for agro-ecosystems, and wetlands were split into two separate assessments for inland wetlands (marshland and peatland) and coastal wetlands (in which marine inlets and transitional waters were included). For (deeper) coastal, marine shelf and open ocean ecosystems a single marine assessment was undertaken. Sparsely-vegetated lands were excluded from the assessment for their relatively low relevance for the objectives of the legally-binding initiative. In addition, two more cross-cutting thematic assessments were added for soil ecosystems and pollinators given their particular importance in supporting healthy ecosystems.

In close cooperation between experts from the European Commission (including the JRC), EEA and the contractor preparing the impact assessment study, for each ecosystem type the current extent, condition, and high-impact pressures and threats were identified through desktop study (seen Annex VI and VIII). For the baseline assessment, informed assumptions were then made on their likely future development including through modelling trends of the last 10-20 years towards 2030 in line with the EU Ecosystem Assessment. Where necessary these were further underpinned by detailed reporting data especially from the State of Nature Reporting (Art 12 Birds Directive & Art 17 Habitats Directive), reporting under the WFD (in the case of rivers & lakes and coastal wetlands) and MSFD (in the case of the marine assessment) as well as other sources such as other EU-wide environmental indicators on relevant pressures and threats such as climate change effects, water- and air pollution. In addition, baseline assessments for each ecosystem type included an evaluation of realistic levels of restoration action to be expected towards 2030 (and in more general terms 2040 and 2050) for example in the framework of the above-mentioned EU Directives. This information was obtained from extensive evidence on progress made in restoration in the evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020, implementation reports, recent fitness checks of EU nature- and water legislation, findings from implementing the EU Action Plan for Nature, People and the Economy, recent impact assessment studies of related initiatives such as the EU climate law and -adaptation strategy, evaluation reports of key cross-cutting policies such as the EU’s Common Agricultural- and Fisheries policies, recent evidence on nature and green infrastructure investment plans of Member Status outlined in the Prioritised Action Frameworks for Natura 2000, foresight studies on the development of key socio-economic trends such as urbanisation and rural depopulation as well as on key economic sectors such as agriculture and forestry, and expert judgement on the impact of recent EU decisions for example on the EU’s Multi-annual Financial Framework (MFF).

Given the large diversity of restoration needs and -challenges within each broad ecosystem type, and possible target options to address them, a screening exercise was undertaken to identify the most suitable ones. This screening involved a first assessment on the relevance to the three core objectives of the legally-binding initiative: Biodiversity (primary) and climate change mitigation- and adaptation (secondary), as well as the enforceability of target options (e.g. is a target based on existing legal commitment) and a preliminary cost-benefit analysis. Based on this assessment, target options were screened in or out. Where possible, targets were considered that could build on existing EU-wide legal commitments and the monitoring & reporting systems underpinning them, especially under the Nature Directives, the MSFD and WFD. For screened-in targets, a second assessment was made if the target could be introduced immediately (‘Step 1’ target) or whether it would require more preparatory work e.g. on definitions, indicators, monitoring & evaluation, baseline etc. (‘Step 2’). On target options shortlisted for ‘Step 1’, a detailed impact assessment was undertaken. After the short-listing of viable options, a selection was made of combinations of target options that were as much as possible complementary and mutually exclusive, to avoid overlap in assessment of impacts as much as possible in case of combined targets.

In the thematic assessments, the costs and benefits of meeting each short-listed target for Step 1 were then quantified in monetary terms as far as possible. The estimation of costs and benefits for the different restoration targets is based on available evidence in scientific literature on the key costs and benefits of the different measures that can or must be taken to achieve the restoration target. References to these sources of evidence are provided in the supporting thematic assessments. The analysis is thus not based on any particular simulation or predictive model.

Quantitative Assessment: The cost analysis involved estimating the areas of each ecosystem requiring restoration, re-creation and maintenance, taking into account a baseline assessment of pressures, planned environmental actions and other drivers of change to 2030. The areas requiring restoration, re-creation and maintenance were then multiplied by an appropriate unit cost per hectare. The unit costs employed were based on a review of EU wide evidence on ecosystem management costs. The most comprehensive source of data was the study of the costs of implementing Target 2 of the EU Biodiversity Strategy (Tucker, et al, 2013) 16 which formed the basis of the costings for many of the targets. The costings assumed that all degraded ecosystems would require annual maintenance from 2022, to prevent further degradation, and that restoration and re-creation action would be phased over the period 2022-2050 in line with the targets for 2030, 2040 and 2050.

All costs were expressed in EURO at 2020 prices. Opportunity costs relating to land management practices are included where the per hectare costs include payments for income forgone (e.g. reduced agricultural yields from meeting ecosystem restoration objectives). However, the opportunity costs of potential development/land use change are not included. Administrative costs are estimated separately under the enabling measures.

The benefits assessment valued the benefits of ecosystem restoration by estimating the cumulative area of each ecosystem restored/ re-created and applying a best estimate of the value of benefits per hectare. The unit benefits estimates were derived from a wide-ranging evidence review of the benefits of ecosystem restoration for each ecosystem type. This selected representative estimates of the value of ecosystem service benefits resulting from ecosystem restoration. For most ecosystems it was possible to identify two unit values, one for the value of carbon storage/sequestration benefits and one for increases in total ecosystem service values. In each case the analysis used the median value per hectare from the range of estimates available, converted where necessary to EURO and updated to 2020 prices.

Some caution is needed in interpreting these benefits estimates, particularly for those ecosystems (such as coastal wetlands) where values vary widely by location, and the range of available benefits estimates is large. The use of median values gives more conservative estimates than mean values. In general, estimates of carbon benefits are less variable and more certain than those of wider ecosystem service values, because they vary less by geography. For example, the flood management benefits of restoring a wetland vary widely according to its location relative to people and property, while the carbon benefits are more even. For most ecosystems, there are large differences between carbon values and total ecosystem service values, because of the high values of other ecosystem services (e.g. flood management, water purification, recreation and other cultural services) as well as the value of biodiversity itself. In many studies these are combined in overall estimates of the public’s willingness to pay for ecosystem restoration and related services. This is especially true of coastal wetlands and freshwaters. Benefit values for carbon alone, where available, provide a conservative estimate of the benefits of ecosystem restoration.

The comparison of benefits and costs estimated the time profile of annual costs and benefits over the period 2022-2070, recognising that restoration and re-creation would take place up to 2050 but that benefits would continue to accrue after 2050. Maintenance costs were estimated for the whole 2022-2070 period. The present value of costs and benefits was calculated by discounting annual values using a social discount rate of 4%. The net present value of benefits (sum of discounted benefits – sum of discounted costs) and benefit/cost ratio (sum of discounted benefits/sum of discounted costs) was calculated in each case.

Ecosystem services and -benefits

Based on an extensive review of literature of the value of benefits of restoration (see summary table below), benefits estimates for each broad ecosystem type were made which identified changes in the values (per hectare) of ecosystem services for restored versus degraded ecosystems. Median values per hectare were taken from per hectare estimates given in different relevant literature sources for carbon storage and sequestration and total ecosystem service values (so including carbon benefits). This provided per hectare benefits estimates for each ecosystem type.

A broad scope was taken to the estimation of total benefits, while avoiding overlaps, to obtain as full a picture of total benefits as possible. The types of benefits accounted for are similar between ecosystems, with some differences mostly caused by differences in services provided between different ecosystems and the scope of available studies on which median estimates were based. However due to the significant number of studies consulted, differences between studies will have levelled out in the final estimates. The table below provides an overview of benefits identified beyond biodiversity and carbon benefits which were assessed for all ecosystem types, as well as the number of studies consulted to obtain a per hectare benefits estimate.

The benefits estimates per hectare were then applied to the area of ecosystem restored to give annual estimates of total benefits. Annual costs and benefits were estimated over the period 2022 -2070, recognising that, while restoration takes place to 2050, further maintenance costs continue beyond that date, while restored ecosystems continue to provide benefits into the future. Annual cost and benefit estimates were discounted, applying a 4% social discount rate, and summed to calculate their total present value. This enabled total net present value (benefits – costs) and benefit: cost ratios to be calculated.

Types of key benefits identified and number of studies used to estimate per hectare benefits

Note: The list of benefits is non-exhaustive and excludes biodiversity conservation and carbon sequestration & storage benefits which were identified and assessed for each ecosystem type.

Ecosystem type/target

Types of benefits identified

Number of studies used to estimate per ha benefits

Inland wetlands

Flood alleviation; water quality improvements; recreation- and other cultural services.

22

Coastal and other saline wetlands

Storm surge mitigation; protection against coastal erosion; water filtration; fish stock restoration; recreation and other cultural services.

13

Forests

Timber products and non-timber forest products, water- and soil quality, flood prevention, increased resilience against natural disturbances (droughts, fires, pests, and diseases); recreation- and other cultural services.

Meta-analysis by De Groot et al (2013), which was based on 58 source studies

Agro-ecosystems

Food and fibre; water quality; flood management; pollination; soil quality; erosion control; climate regulation; cultural services (recreation, landscape, aesthetic values).

>50

Steppe, heath and scrubland

Erosion control; water quality; flood management; fire prevention; food and fibre; cultural services (recreation, landscape and existence values).

15

Rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats

Fresh water; fisheries; genetic resources; waste treatment; water quality; flood management; soil quality; cultural services (landscape, aesthetic, inspirational and recreational).

>30

Total ecosystem service benefits of river and lake restoration from de Groot et al (2020). Bankside ecosystems based on analyses for grassland and forest ecosystems.

Marine ecosystems

Flood mitigation, erosion control, water quality, food and fibre (including indirectly through fish stock regeneration), recreational services.

No full quantified benefits estimate could be made because of data gaps, but the assessment identified monetised benefits for 3 out of 8 key habitat types in focus (seagrass beds, kelp & macro-algal forests, and shellfish beds).

Urban ecosystems

Health and wellbeing; cooling and insulation (e.g. against urban heat island effect); recreation; food- and fibre; flood risk reduction; water quality; air quality, noise reduction, property value.

No full quantified benefits estimate could be made because of data gaps and large contextual differences. However the assessment identified a range of qualitative benefits and positive cost-benefit ratios from EU-wide and regional/local studies on urban tree and -green spaces limiting on a narrow set of benefits only (e.g. urban heat island effect).

Soil ecosystems

Water quality; flood risk mitigation; drought risk mitigation; pest control; reduced input costs; soil subsistence and -degradation prevention (and herewith resilience of food- and fibre).

No full quantified benefits estimate could be made because of data gaps, but the assessment identified and described qualitatively a wide range of benefits and various examples of positive cost-benefit ratios.

Pollinators

Sustainable provision of animal-pollinated crops and associated benefits; healthy ecosystems dependent on the diversity of wild animal-pollinated plants (and wide-range of regulating ecosystems based on them); cultural, aesthetic, wellbeing.

No full quantified benefits estimate could be made because of data gaps, but the assessment identified and described qualitatively a range of benefits to stakeholders.

Risks that potentially limit the benefits of ecosystem restoration 

There are a range of risks that the estimated benefits will not be realized. These risks are listed in the table below.

Type of risk

Consequence

Mitigation

Implementation risk – targets are not implemented as specified

Failure to implement the targets will mean that full benefits of restoration will not be realised. Costs will also be reduced, so benefit cost ratios should still be favourable.

Accompanying measures – communications, guidance, incentives – will be required to support implementation.

Legal enforcement measures can be applied if necessary.

The B:C analysis assumes that only 90% of ecosystems will in practice be restored by 2050.

Technical risk – restoration actions fail to achieve target condition, because of scientific uncertainties; failure to undertake appropriate actions; adverse effects of climate, pollution, invasive species etc.

Failure to restore ecosystem to good condition will mean that anticipated benefits for biodiversity and ecosystems are not realised. Costs will still be incurred, and may exceed benefits.

Knowledge sharing, provision of advice, guidance and technical support, monitoring and adaptive actions can help to reduce risk

Ecosystem service risk – even if ecosystems are restored to good condition, they may not deliver anticipated benefits to people – e.g. because benefits occur in places remote from people and property

Locational factors may mean that the value of benefits may be less than anticipated – e.g. few recreational visitors are attracted, water is purified in places where it is not consumed, flooding is reduced in areas of low population; biodiversity and global climate benefits may still be realised.

Locational variations in benefits need to be understood. Benefits assessment has applied median values, which is more conservative than applying mean or maximum values.

Temporal risks – risk that delays in achieving good ecosystem condition and associated enhancements in ecosystem services will reduce the overall value of benefits delivered.

Costs are normally incurred before benefits are realised. Time preference means that delays in securing benefits will reduce the present value of benefits, and may cause them to be outweighed by costs.

Linked to mitigation of technical risks, as above. Prioritising restoration of ecosystems that take longest to recover (e.g. woodland and species rich grasslands) increases the probability of benefits being delivered within a specified timescale.

Financial risks – even if benefits are fully realised, additional costs of restoration may impact B:C ratios

Higher than anticipated costs could mean benefits exceed costs in some locations

Linked to mitigation of technical risks, as above. Understanding variations in costs and benefits, and reflecting this in restoration plans, is important.

Overall, these risks are significant, particularly because of the range of scientific uncertainties, locational variations and environmental factors that influence the effectiveness of ecosystem restoration and its benefits and costs. However, they can be mitigated through application and sharing of best available evidence; a robust approach to restoration planning; guidance, technical support and skills development; and monitoring and adaptive management. The high benefit:cost ratios estimated for each ecosystem type, with benefit:cost ratios ranging from 4:1 to 38:1, leave a sufficient margin to ensure that ecosystem restoration will be efficient even if benefits are less than anticipated.

Although in theory the EU should aim to restore all degraded ecosystems by 2050, and targets should align with this goal, in practice complete implementation is unlikely to be achievable. Some sites may be inaccessible, face insurmountable technical barriers to restoration, be adversely affected by external pressures such as pollution, be earmarked for changes in land use, or be subject to disputes between land owners, managers and the authorities. If full implementation is not achieved, there will be a reduction in costs as well as benefits, such that benefit:cost ratios will still be favourable. The analysis for the impact assessment assumed that restoring 90% of degraded ecosystems could be regarded as a realistic level of full implementation. The benefit: cost analyses are therefore based on a 90% restoration target by 2050.

A failure to restore 90% of the area of degraded ecosystems by 2050 would reduce both the benefits and costs of ecosystem restoration. The table below estimates the present value of the benefits and costs of restoration of different ecosystem types, based on achievement of 90% restoration by 2050, and if lower (70% or 80%) rates of restoration are achieved.

Benefits and costs of achieving different levels of restoration by 2050, Scenario A (Present Value, EUR million)

90% restoration by 2050

80% restoration by 2050

70% restoration by 2050

Restoration of ecosystem type

Benefits

Costs

Net Benefits

Benefits

Costs

Net Benefits

Benefits

Costs

Net Benefits

Peatlands

38 702

4 779

33 923

34 402

4 248

30 154

30 102

3 717

26 385

Marshlands

6 388

3 643

2 745

5 678

3 238

2 440

4 968

2 833

2 135

Coastal wetlands

181 614

5 141

176 473

161 435

4 570

156 865

141 255

3 999

137 257

Forests

203 564

50 082

153 482

180 946

44 518

136 428

158 328

38 953

119 375

Agro-ecosystems

229 589

26 559

203 030

204 079

23 608

180 471

178 569

20 657

157 912

Steppe,  heath and scrub

32 658

9 198

23 460

29 029

8 176

20 853

25 401

7 154

18 247

Rivers,  lakes and alluvial habitats

862 349

35 232

827 117

766 532

31 317

735 215

670 716

27 403

643 313

Subtotal

1 554 864

134 634

1 420 230

1 382 101

119 675

1 262 426

1 209 339

104 716

1 104 623

The present value of the quantified net benefits is estimated to total €1,418 billion if 90% of these ecosystems are restored by 2050, but would fall to €1,260 billion if only 80% of ecosystem area were restored, or €1,102 billion if only 70% ecosystem restoration were achieved.

The costs of ecosystem restoration are incurred immediately, while the benefits for biodiversity and ecosystem services are realised only when restored ecosystems reach good condition. Evidence indicates that the time profile of benefits is non-linear and varies between ecosystems, with some habitats being easier and quicker to restore than others. For example a review by Maskell et al (2014) 17 found that some freshwater wetlands can be effectively restored within five years, but may take longer to regain their full biodiversity. Other habitats such as calcareous grasslands and some woodlands may take more than 100 years to be restored to their full biodiversity value. Within each habitat, some aspects of ecosystem functioning and services are likely to return before others. For example, restoration of blanket bog may achieve improvements in hydrology, carbon storage and even recolonization of vegetation within three years, but may take 20-50 years to restore full vegetation communities. It follows that some ecosystem services may be enhanced immediately while others will take longer to recover. The benefits analysis for this impact assessment estimates the present value of future flows of benefits; however, this is inevitably subject to a range of uncertainties.

Impacts on areas surrounded by ecosystems in which restoration measures are taken

 The assessment did not quantify indirect costs of restoration measures that could be occurred in areas outside of ecosystem areas in which measures would be taken. The reason for this was that such ‘external’ negative impacts of measures identified would likely be relatively limited.

One possibly more significant indirect impact identified was that of rewetting of inland wetlands on neighbouring areas under intensive arable- or grazing agriculture. These impacts would be similar as those assessed for inland Annex I habitats, and would require different management practices by private landowners and land managers, in return for incentive payments which include compensation for opportunity costs relating directly to land management (e.g. income forgone through reduced yield or grazing). As explained in Annex III, such practices and incentive schemes are in place, as well as public budgets to support their increased uptake.

The rewetting of inland wetlands could locally present significant indirect opportunity costs for agriculture in some areas, especially in small wetland sites surrounded by intensive agriculture where mitigation measures to avoid seepage are not in place. However their inclusion in the cost-benefit analysis would unlikely have made a significant difference on the overall cost estimate. This is because they represent only a small share of the total area of inland wetland ecosystem considered in the assessment.

Considering the very positive benefit to cost ratios of nature restoration across the different ecosystem types, even if external costs excluded would nonetheless significant, they would likely still be (far) outweighed by larger benefits and would not have changed the overall findings of the assessment. Inland wetland rewetting for example could also have positive impacts on water availability for agriculture during droughts likely to increase with climate change in most regions.

Opportunity costs: Opportunity costs of implementing the nature restoration targets were considered for all thematic assessments and included in calculations to some extent. Any effort to restore nature comes with an opportunity cost to certain alternative development pathways, particularly at local level. However, because of the many potential alternatives it is impossible to provide a full and systematic assessment, taking account of overall effects, especially as one would also need to consider the opportunity cost of not restoring ecosystems. Instead, the assessments focussed only on the most significant costs of restoration measures in the field that would be required by economic operators such as farmers, foresters and fishermen.

Ecosystem restoration that requires voluntary action will not be achieved unless adequate compensation for opportunity costs is provided since economic operators will not restore ecosystems if the payments to do so do not compensate them for opportunity costs of reduced production. Where the costs of ecosystem restoration are met through incentive payments to land managers, the latter are compensated for opportunity costs (payment for income forgone). Under EU agricultural policy, these incentives are already in place in the form of agri-environment-climate schemes and -investments, which could be made more attractive to farmers with supplementary eco-schemes. Therefore, the additional opportunity costs of new nature restoration targets will largely be accounted for if available budgets and tools are used effectively. Opportunity costs of land use change due to re-creation were not included in the cost calculations, since a large share of habitat can be re-created on land that already has a nature function and this would mainly require a higher restoration effort compared to habitat that still meets Annex I standards. Where land would change owner and/or function, this is nearly in all cases the result of voluntary selling or abandoning of land and was therefore not regarded as an opportunity cost to operations.

The cost estimates in the thematic ecosystem assessments therefore include direct opportunity costs resulting from changes in land management practices, and reflected in incentive payments to land managers. Examples include income forgone from reduced grazing intensity on heathland, wetland and grassland ecosystems; creation of new habitats such as wetlands, heathlands, forests and grasslands through conversion of cropland and pasture land; reduced timber harvest from forests; and restrictions on fishing activity in coastal wetlands. In each case these are incorporated in per hectare unit costs of ecosystem restoration, re-creation and maintenance.

Only in a few thematic impact assessments uncompensated opportunity costs were identified in cases where nature restoration would be mandated through bans rather than incentives. These mainly include rules limiting fishing effort and rules preventing soil sealing in cities. Estimating these costs is difficult since rules lead to adaptive management and often deliver more efficient solutions in the longer term. For example, evidence shows how partial restrictions in fishing efforts in marine protected areas have triggered more efficient fisheries management and enhanced longer-term yields and overall ecosystem health around these areas. Under the EMFAF, the structural fund; that supports the implementation of the CFP, resources are available to compensate for short-term losses due to reduced catches and support investments in e.g. adaptive and more selective fishing gears and techniques or scientifc research. For the restoration of estuaries and mud- & sandflats, nonetheless specific costs were included to phase out the most harmful (shell)fishing practices from Annex I habitats, based on experiences in the Wadden Sea.

Uncompensated opportunity costs were also identified in the urban thematic assessment and for target options to prevent soil sealing and increase urban tree cover. Implementing these targets would require very different choices in land use in urban areas, with potentially very high costs (and benefits) depending on the location and alternative land use. These costs and benefits can be expected to vary very widely across urban areas in the EU, given the wide variations in the scale, density, format and design of urban areas between countries and regions, as well as differences in land prices and development patterns. Assessing the overall costs and benefits of land use change across the entire urban environment is too complex and impossible with the current evidence base, and therefore not quantified in the assessment.

Qualitative assessment: For the thematic assessments for marine-, urban- and soil ecosystems and pollinators, full monetary assessments could be not developed at the same level as for assessments underpinned by detailed data on the extent and condition of Annex I habitats. Nonetheless the assessments could make informed qualitative assessments based on extensive meta- and case study evidence describing costs and benefits both on biodiversity as well as range of ecosystem services including climate action. Some of this evidence included quantified cost-benefit data too. For example, in the marine environment the relatively limited number of available studies on restoration cost-benefit-analysis suggested that restoring marine habitats record an average benefit-cost ratio of 10, comparable to ratios found in the more detailed assessments for terrestrial habitats. Similarly, while little quantified evidence was available to assess the additional benefits of restoration action for soils and pollinator populations, even conservative estimates of total benefits are so high that even a relatively limited improvement in condition would compare favourably against the estimated cost of restoration measures to implement the target options. In the urban environment, available monetised evidence of benefits of restoration e.g. by tree cover reducing heat island effects is arguably the most extensive and overwhelming, even though biodiversity and climate mitigation benefits would be more limited. In summary, the absence of aggregated monetary cost and benefit calculations for four of the thematic assessments has a methodological reason and should not be misinterpreted as meaning that target options assessed in them would therefore stand out less positively in terms of their net benefit to EU policy objectives.

 



Annex V: Specific targets considered for the main ecosystem types

For targets in step 1 marked with (*) it is likely that finalising the measurement methodology and establishing a baseline would be ready by 2023. Given that negotiations with Parliament and Council on the proposal would last until at least mid-2023, these could be in principle included in the legislative proposal.

Targets in step 2 are indicative. Further targets, not listed here may also be considered for step 2.

Potential targets and obligations

Step 1

Step 2

WETLANDS (incl. Peatlands, marshlands & coastal wetlands)

·Restore all HD Annex I wetland habitat area to good condition, with all necessary restoration measures completed on 30 % (or 15 %) of degraded areas by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050 18 .

·Recreate 30 % (or 15 %) of additional habitat area required to achieve favorable conservation status of HD Annex I wetland habitats by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050.

·Restore and re-create the area as necessary to enhance the conservation status of species listed in Annex II, IV and V of the Habitats Directive as well as wild birds associated with wetlands in view of achieving their favourable conservation status by 2050, with at least 30 % achieved by 2030 and at least 60 % by 2040 19 .

Target option discarded as a result of the Impact Assessment (explanation in annex VI):

·General habitat restoration and re-creation of marshlands

·Recreate salt marshes (excluded as specific targets as largely covered under HD Annex I target).

·Phasing out bottom-disturbing (shell-)fishing in Natura 2000 sites.

FORESTS

·Restore all HD Annex I forest habitat area to good condition, with all necessary restoration measures completed on 30 % (or 15 %) of degraded areas by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050.

·Recreate 30 % (or 15 %) of additional habitat area required to achieve favorable conservation status of HD Annex I forest habitats by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050.

·Restore and re-create the area as necessary to enhance the conservation status of species listed in Annex II, IV and V of the Habitats Directive as well as wild birds associated with forests in view of achieving their favourable conservation status by 2050, with at least 30 % achieved by 2030 and at least 60 % by 2040.

·Achieve a continuously improving trend of each of the following indicators, until satisfactory levels are achieved or until new targets are in place: deadwood, age structure, forest connectivity, tree cover density, abundance of common forest birds, soil organic carbon in forest land.

Restore degraded non-HD Annex I forest habitat areas.

AGRO-ECOSYSTEMS AND GRASSLANDS

·Restore all HD Annex I agricultural habitat area to good condition, with all necessary restoration measures completed on 30 % (or 15 %) of degraded areas by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050.

·Recreate 30 % (or 15 %) of additional habitat area required to achieve favorable conservation status of HD Annex I agricultural habitats by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050.

·To increase the populations of farmland birds as measured by the common farmland bird index re-set at 100 at year X [one year after the entry into force of this Regulation] to:

o110 by 2030, 120 by 2040 and 130 by 2050, for Member States with historically depleted populations of farmland birds;

o105 by 2030, 110 by 2040 and 115 by 2050, for Member States that do not have historically depleted populations of farmland birds.

·Restore and re-create the area as necessary to enhance the conservation status of species listed in Annex II, IV and V of the Habitats Directive as well as wild birds associated with agro-habitats and grassland in view of achieving their favourable conservation status by 2050, with at least 15 %/30 % of all necessary actions carried out by 2030 and 40 %/60 % by 2040 and 100 % 2050.

·For drained peatlands under agricultural use, to put in place restoration measures, including rewetting, on at least:

o30% of such areas by 2030 of which at least a quarter is rewetted;

o50% of such areas by 2040 of which at least half is rewetted, and

o70% of such areas by 2050 of which at least half is rewetted.

·Achieve a continuously improving trend of each of the following indicators:

ograssland butterfly index;

oorganic carbon content in cropland mineral soils;

until satisfactory levels are achieved or until the new targets are in place; and

oshare of agricultural land with high-diversity landscape features until 2030, with the view to achieving the EU commitment to bring back at least 10% of agricultural area under high-diversity landscape features by 2030;

opercentage of species and habitats of Union interest related to agriculture with stable or increasing trends until 100% is reached at the latest by 2050.

·Restore and recreate semi-modified and semi-natural grasslands.

·Restore and recreate unploughed / untilled grasslands.

Target option discarded as a result of the Impact Assessment (explanation in annex VI):

·Increasing landscape features in the farming landscape to a minimum coverage of 10 %.

STEPPE, HEATHLANDS & SCRUB, DUNES AND ROCKY HABITATS

·Restore all HD Annex I steppe, heath and scrub, dunes and rocky habitat area to good condition, with all necessary restoration measures completed on 30 % (or 15 %) of degraded areas by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050.

·Recreate 30 % (or 15 %) of additional habitat area required to achieve favorable conservation status of HD Annex I steppe, heath and scrub, dunes and rocky habitats by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050.

·Restore and re-create the area as necessary to enhance the conservation status of species listed in Annex II, IV and V of the Habitats Directive as well as wild birds and associated with steppe, heath and scrub, dunes and rocky habitats in view of achieving their favourable conservation status by 2050, with at least 30 % (or 15 %) of all necessary actions carried out by 2030 and 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050.

FRESHWATER: RIVERS, LAKES AND ALLUVIAL HABITATS

·Restore all HD Annex I rivers, lakes and alluvial habitat area to good condition, with all necessary restoration measures completed on 30 % (or 15 %) of degraded areas by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050.

·Recreate 30 % (or 15 %) of additional habitat area required to achieve favourable conservation status of HD Annex I rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats by 2030, 60 % (or 40 %) by 2040 and 100 % by 2050.

·Restore and re-create the area as necessary to enhance the conservation status of species listed in Annex II, IV and V of the Habitats Directive as well as wild birds associated with rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats in view of achieving their favourable conservation status by 2050, with at least 15 % achieved by 2030 and at least 40 % by 2040.

·Develop an inventory of barriers to longitudinal and lateral connectivity of rivers and a detailed plan of which barriers will be removed, with a view to achieving free-flowing status where possible and necessary to restore the habitats depending on such connectivity.

·Mapping out of small water units, with a view to identify their restoration and recreation potential and assess their contribution to improve connectivity between habitats as part of high diversity landscape features, contributing to the restoration of habitats and species.

·Numerical target on the restoration of free flowing rivers. 20  

·Restoration of small water units.

Target option discarded as a result of the Impact Assessment (explanation in annex VI):

·Implement standardised ecological flow assessments.

MARINE ECOSYSTEMS

·

·To put in place the necessary restoration measures to improve all areas that are not in good condition to good condition in specified marine habitat types, with measures put in place on at least 30 % of such areas by 2030, on at least 60 % of such areas by 2040, and on at least 90 % of such areas by 2050 21 :

a.HD Annex I marine habitats (sub-types of Annex I habitat types, such as seagrass beds, macro-algal forests, sponge, coral and coralligenous beds, maerl beds, shellfish beds, vents and seeps);

b.Marine habitats outside HD Annex I (such as marine shelf sediments).

·To put in place the restoration measures necessary to re-establish those habitat types on at least 30 % of the additional area needed to reach the favourable reference area of each group of habitat types by 2030, at least 60 % of such areas by 2040, and 100 % of such areas by 2050;

·To put in place restoration measures for the habitats of marine species listed in Annexes II, IV and V of the HD and Annex I to Regulation 2019/1241 and of wild birds covered under Birds Directive, that are needed to improve the quality of those habitats, re-establish those habitats and create sufficient connectivity among those habitats corresponding to the ecological requirements of those species.

·Target on specific marine animal species.

Targets discarded as a result of the Impact Assessment (explanation in Annex VI):

·To restore habitats in order to maximise the delivery of key ecosystem services.

·Restore and re-create the area as necessary to enhance the conservation status of species listed in Annex II, IV and V of the Habitats Directive as well as wild birds associated with marine ecosystems in view of achieving their favourable conservation status by 2050, with at least x % achieved by 2030 and at least y % by 2040.

URBAN ECOSYSTEMS

·To ensure that there is no net loss of urban green space, and urban tree canopy cover by 2030, compared to 2021, within all cities and towns and suburbs;

·To ensure that there is an increase in the total national area of urban green space in cities and towns and suburbs of at least 3 % of the total area of cities and towns and suburbs in 2021, by 2040, and at least 5 % by 2050. In addition Member States shall ensure:

I.a minimum of 10 % urban tree canopy cover in all cities and towns and suburbs by 2050; and

II.a net gain of urban green space that is integrated into existing and new buildings and infrastructure developments, including through renovations and renewals, in all cities and towns and suburbs.

Targets discarded as a result of the Impact Assessment (explanation in Annex VI):

·No net soil sealing in Functional Urban Areas by 2030.

POLLINATORS

·Reverse the decline of pollinators (*): This target relates in particular to the following ecosystems: agro-habitats and grasslands, wetlands, forests and heathlands & scrub.

Targets discarded as a result of the Impact Assessment (explanation in Annex VI):

·To achieve good condition of pollinator species protected by the EU Habitats Directive. 

·To achieve good condition of pollinator habitats protected by the EU Habitats Directive.

An EU wide methodology for assessing the condition of ecosystems would be established.



Annex VI: Analysis by ecosystem

This (large) annex is provided as a separate file. It provides input to Chapter 6 on policy option 3.

Annex VII: Description, trends and impacts of the main options

This annex mainly serves as input for Chapter 6 on policy options 1 (baseline) and 2 (overarching goal).

1Baseline

This chapter describes, based on monitoring evidence on the state of ecosystems, previous experience in restoration governance and expert judgement, the likely evolution of ecosystems' condition and nature restoration developments in the EU towards 2030 (and to some extent 2040 and 2050) in the absence of legally binding EU nature restoration targets. To forecast the likely evolution and impacts of this baseline scenario is necessary so that these can be compared against the impacts of the different additional policy options (including targets) considered in Chapter 5.

The EU had set itself a voluntary nature restoration target between 2011 and 2020 and is implementing several pieces of environmental legislation that contribute to nature restoration as part of meeting specific ecological objectives; in particular these include the implementation of the EU Birds and Habitats Directives, the Water Framework Directive (WFD) and the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) and existing climate laws. In addition, some EU Member States have additional national policies and strategies requiring nature restoration. Lastly, the EU Green Deal and initiatives such as the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2030 include a series of new commitments that would also contribute to nature restoration, in a direct or in an indirect manner. Reporting data and recent evaluations of the state of implementation of these activities to date provide a key source for this baseline assessment. It is important to underline that in the baseline scenario, “implementation” of relevant policies, voluntary commitments and legislation is interpreted as “realistic”, i.e. as based on expected implementation by Member States and based on experience to date. This therefore does not interpret this as the full and complete implementation of these policies. This chapter then describes the likely predicted evolution of the baseline scenario for the next decade(s) considering realistic estimates of policy implementation, as well as the likely evolution of biophysical developments, such as for example, based on the predicted effects of climate change.

1.1EU nature restoration under Business as Usual

1.1.1 Implementation EU Nature Directives, WFD and MSFD

Nature restoration in the EU stems from both voluntary and mandatory commitments, but is mostly driven by EU and national legislation that sets concrete ecological objectives. At EU level, four Directives set such objectives: The EU Birds- and Habitats Directives, the Water Framework Directive (WFD) and the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD). As mentioned in Chapter 3, progress in implementing these four key EU laws in the future contributes to determining the level of additional action required on nature restoration in the EU.

There is good ground to argue that in the period towards 2030 the Nature Directives will see enhanced implementation compared to 2010-2020: firstly, the designation of the Natura 2000 network is nearing completion on land, which could free up resources in national and regional administrations towards the management of the sites. Secondly, as mentioned in section 3.1.1, the Nature Directives include specific requirements that Member States should take the necessary conservation measures to ultimately achieve and maintain Favourable Conservation Status of protected habitats and species, which in many cases will include ecological restoration especially in Natura 2000 sites. In recent years significant efforts on developing site-specific objectives- and measures including restoration measures have been made, which is an important prerequisite for the effectiveness of their implementation 22 . The better articulation of needs in management planning has also supported investment planning, and EU Member States in their Prioritised Action Frameworks for Natura 2000 23 and beyond have communicated much more comprehensively the full investment needs to achieve objectives. This in turn will support the justification for providing such funding under the CAP or Regional Development. However, experience has shown the challenges of providing funding, even in EU Member States in which such needs were clearly articulated 24 .

However, as the Nature Directives lack legal deadlines for the achievement of their objectives, an important defining factor in the pace of implementation will be the political ambition to achieve sooner rather than later the Directives’ objective to reach Favourable Conservation Status and, obviously, the funding available for the necessary action, including in relation to the necessary investments for strengthening knowledge and administrative capacity.

With the absence of legal deadlines, there would continue to be a weak driver for action to achieve the objectives of the Nature Directives. Furthermore, concerning the Habitats Directive, for Annex I habitats and habitats of Annex II species outside Natura 2000, there is no specific provision on restoration, albeit the achievement of the directive’s objective would require this to happen. The same goes for species listed in Annex IV and V of the directive, for which no specific restoration provisions are set, despite the objective to maintain or restore them, at favourable conservation status. The same goes for the Birds Directive which includes some provisions on restoration mainly related to bird species for which Member States are to classify, protect and conserve Special Protection Areas (part of the Natura 2000 network) (species listed in Annex I of the directive as well as regularly occurring migratory species not listed in Annex I). The vast amount of land and sea covered by habitat types and habitats of species of EU importance, including birds, makes it difficult to achieve restoration objectives without explicit legal requirements in areas outside protected areas.

For the Water Framework Directive, there is some reason to believe that implementation may increase compared to progress between 2010 and 2020. Firstly, in 2027 the Directive’s final deadline for extending the achievement of good status of water bodies will be reached, after which it becomes legally more challenging for Member States to push implementation action into the future 25 . Secondly, the Fitness Check of EU Water Legislation has reconfirmed the WFD’s added value, uncovered important priorities for improved implementation action, and has provided more legal certainty for the years to come 26 . Nonetheless, early reviews of draft management plans for the WFD’s 3rd cycle (2021-2027) suggest that despite some exceptions, foreseen progress on restoration -and towards the WFD’s objectives more general- will remain slow due to numerous exemptions and insufficient integration and -investment 27 . While WFD implementation would bring further active passive restoration benefits, they would likely be largely insufficient to restore the structure and function of relevant freshwater, coastal and marine ecosystems required to meet the objectives of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2030.

For the Marine Strategy Framework Directive implementation may improve towards 2030, however since the Directive has only existed since 2008 it is more challenging to forecast the extent of future improvements. The implementation report on the first management cycle highlighted numerous implementation challenges, and the European Commission has announced a review 28 . Evidence suggests that unless there will be a significant increase in investments, there is little likelihood that implementation will see a very different trajectory than in recent years.

In 2017 the European Commission commissioned a study which included a quantitative assessment of the amount of restoration undertaken in the then EU28 between 2010 and 2017 (Eftec et al) 29 which is currently the best indication available of baseline restoration extent under a situation of a voluntary EU-wide restoration target. The study provided estimates of average annual EU area on which restoration action had been taken based on both binding and voluntary commitments and for different ecosystem types. By projecting into the future, the annual area on which restoration action has taken place as estimated by Eftec et al, it is possible to extrapolate the extent of ecosystems that – at the same pace and the same relative effort per ecosystem – would see restoration action in the future. This extrapolation shows that restoration measures would only reach a fraction of total ecosystem extent, or 0,71% by 2030, 1,50% by 2040 and 2,30% by 2050. When only considering only the binding share of restoration action extent found by Eftec et al, which are the ones most likely to actually deliver on biodiversity conservation objectives, these shares are only 0,31%, 066% and 1,01% respectively. When comparing the binding restoration extent against the best estimate of degraded area of Annex I habitat, action would cover less than 2% by 2030, 4% by 2040 and 6% by 2050. As Figure VII-1 shows, even if assuming the Eftec study had only identified 25% of the actual restoration action undertaken and all real action would have been fully targeted to Annex I habitats, there would still be a significant remaining effort gap of more than 75% by 2050. The ecosystem-specific Impact Assessments supporting this overall assessment provide more detailed baseline information per ecosystem (see executive summaries in Annex VI).

Figure VII-1: Projected restoration effort (extent) based on Eftec et al and remaining gap to 15-40-100% HD Annex I targets

Note: This figure assumes that Eftec et all only identified 25% of actual restoration action in the then EU28, and the total effort towards the targets reflects the best-estimate total area of degraded Annex I habitats in the EU27 based on the last conservation status reporting under the EU Habitats Directive (Art 17 reporting) 30 .

1.2. Socio-economic developments

1.2.1.Demographic trends

For the period to 2030 no major changes in demographic trends are foreseen compared to today. Population growth is slowing, but the EU population is still expected to grow to 2030 and likely to 2050, after which it will gradually shrink. Further ageing and depopulation will continue to impact on rural areas across the EU, while urban areas are expected to continue to see new population growth. Both urban and rural areas offer different opportunities and challenges for nature restoration depending on the regional context. The ongoing rural exodus will further increase pressure in many regions on the conservation of high-nature value farmland as traditional land management practices disappear. In other regions, land abandonment will offer opportunities for natural vegetation to recover with limited ‘re-wilding’ management. The share of population living in cities will continue to grow from approximately 75 % today to nearly 84 % by 2050 31 .

Figure VII-2: Crude rate of total population change in NUTS 3 regions, 2018

Source: Eurostat  

1.2.2.Post-COVID recovery

The impacts of the COVID crisis on the EU economy should not be underestimated and may depress the priority given by EU Member States to environmental policy objectives as happened after the European sovereign debt crisis. However, based on expert evidence available when writing this study 32 33 , thanks to more decisive public policy and -fiscal measures, the economic outlook is slightly more optimistic than previously envisioned, and growth and employment are expected to recover to pre-crisis levels in 2022. However, these predictions come with significant uncertainties as well as differences between different EU Member States and regions.

1.3. Expected trends in ecosystem extent and condition

1.3.1. Ecosystem extent

Based on trends over the last decade and foreseen trends in key land use defining indicators 34 , we do not expect major changes in ecosystem extent in comparison to the current situation. We therefore did not make any adjustments in our baseline scenario in changes of extent.

1.3.2.Cross-cutting pressures & threats

As explained in section 2.2, because of the diversity in ecosystem types in the EU and differences in what constitutes their good condition, an ecosystem-specific approach was taken to assessing impacts for this study. This included in depth evaluation of key pressures and threats preventing recovery today and into the future as well as their drivers, which are at the root of ongoing ecosystem degradation and risk undermining future restoration efforts. The outcomes of these detailed analyses can be found in the ecosystem-specific technical supplements. Brief summaries of these analyses are included in Annex VI. An important source of EU-wide information on pressures on ecosystems is the reporting under the EU Habitats and Birds Directives. Under the latest reporting round, Member States reported over 67 000 individual pressures in over 200 different pressure categories. The results show that agriculture remains the most common pressure and threat on species and habitats, followed by urbanisation, forestry and the modification of water regimes.

The impacts of climate change on ecosystems are rising, are increasingly understood and reported. The EU Ecosystem Assessment 35 succinctly describes the known estimated potential impacts, which are mainly driven through changing temperature and precipitation patterns. In most parts of Europe, drought frequency will increase (Figure VII-3), heavy precipitation events will increase in winter across Europe and in northern Europe in summers too (Figure VII-4). Longer fire seasons and periods of precipitation shortages will significantly increase the risk of forest fires, also in regions where it has not been a nature feature of local forest ecosystems (Figure VII-5). While these changes in trends are increasing at a relatively slow pace compared to some other more direct anthropogenic pressures, recent evidence shows they are accelerating and will be an important factor in restoration success towards 2030 and certainly 2040 and 2050.

Figure VII-3: Projected change in meteorological drought frequency between the present (1981-2010) and the mid‑century 21st century (2041-2070) in Europe, under two emissions scenarios (RCP4.5 and RCP8.5) Source: EEA, 2019 36

Figure VII-4: Projected changes in heavy precipitation in winter and summer. Projected changes in heavy precipitation (in  %) in winter and summer from 1971-2000 to 2071–2100 for the RCP8.5 scenario based on the ensemble mean of different regional climate models (RCMs) nested in different general circulation models (GCMs). Source: EEA, 2019 37

Figure VII-5: Forest fire danger in the present climate and projected changes under two climate change scenarios, one reaching 2℃ of warming and another high emissions scenario. Source: EEA, 2019

1.3.3. Trends in ecosystem condition

In chapter 2.1 the situation of the state of biodiversity and ecosystems is described but in the context of the baseline it is important to point to the strong and continuing negative trends in the status of protected habitats and species that are reported by Member States every 6 years under the Habitats and Birds Directives and last reported in 2019. Aggregated on EU level it can be said that the that the number of habitats which are reported as deteriorating is much higher than the one of habitats improving in spite of the measures taken under current legislation. This pattern looks very similar for the conservation status trends of protected species under the Habitats Directive: the negative trends outweigh by far the positive ones. This points to the assumption taken that even with some improvements in the implementation of legislation and new voluntary targets set in the Biodiversity Strategy to 2030 this relationship is unlikely to dramatically change in future.

Figure VII-6: Trends in conservation status of Habitats Directive Annex I habitats grouped by to ecosystem for the reporting period 2013-2018

Source: State of Nature report, 2020

1.4.Recent legislative developments 

1.4.1.International policy 

The expectation is that at the CBD COP15 an ambitious new global strategic policy framework will be adopted with different goals and action targets which will require additional nature restoration efforts to be achieved by CBD parties 38 . The EU and all its 27 Member States are Parties to the CBD. However, based on previous experience, in the field of biodiversity policy, international agreements provide the context for EU action rather than being a driver of EU action in itself. International policy strengthens the imperative for EU to act - including to set an example for other countries to follow - but will not drive change by itself and therefore will not have a significant impact on the magnitude of nature restoration in the EU towards 2030 (without additional action). For this reason, international policy is not further discussed here.

1.4.2.European Green Deal

With the European Green Deal (EGD) biodiversity has become a political priority at the highest political level in the EU. The EGD sets out a strategy for a wide range of initiatives which have the potential to contribute to addressing some of the biggest drivers in ecosystems degradation. The most important initiatives, and their likely impact on biodiversity trends and nature restoration, are briefly outlined in this section. The ecosystem-specific sections and annexes to this report contain more in-depth analysis of impacts of these initiatives.

Potentially the most far-reaching initiative for the period up to 2050 is the European Climate Law which legally commits all EU MS to achieve climate neutrality by 2050. This has spurred a range of initiatives to integrate this new ambition in existing and new laws and policies 39 . The Impact Assessment accompanying the Communication of the Commission on Stepping up Europe’s 2030 climate ambition 40 , included modelling of the impacts of reducing Europe’s greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions with 50 or 55% relative to 1990 levels by 2030 in line with the new political ambition under the EGD. The "MIX" scenario, leading to a 55% reduction in GHG emissions, adopted a combination of increased ambition for regulatory-based measures and expanded carbon pricing, compared to a baseline scenario. Under this scenario, forest area is expected to expand by 20,000 km2 per decade, which equates to around 1.5% of forest area based on 2018 Corine land cover. Importantly however, some of this afforestation is for future supply of woody biomass and there is also a limited increase in the proportion of forest under intensive management. Therefore the likely restoration benefits for forest ecosystems will likely be limited without stronger safeguards for biodiversity. In addition, there may be net negative benefits from a biodiversity perspective if high nature value non-forest ecosystems such as (semi-)natural grasslands or wetlands are converted to plantation forest.

Perhaps the more important feature in the climate targets modelling is the increased production of energy crops for sustainable advanced biofuels and other types of bioenergy after 2030, using land currently occupied by croplands, non-productive grasslands, agriculture land set aside, fallowed or abandoned. This suggests that rather than driving widespread restoration of ecosystems, there is rather the potential for expansion of bioenergy production which if managed unsustainably could undermine restoration objectives of converted ecosystem types: the conversion of large areas of land could lead to loss of extent and deterioration in the ecological condition of agro-ecosystems, wetland, steppe, heath and shrub habitats and possibly other ecosystem types.

Arguably the most relevant element of EU climate policy for nature restoration is the review of the EU regulation on land use, land use change and forestry (LULUCF) with the aim of increasing this sector’s efforts to reduce emissions and maintain and enhance carbon removals 41 . The impact assessment accompanying the legal proposal to amend the LULUCF regulation 42 refers specifically to the announced proposal for a legally binding instrument for nature restoration under the Biodiversity Strategy to 2030 and makes clear that nature restoration makes a significant contribution to climate action. A wide range of land-based mitigation options including protection and restoration of natural ecosystems, sustainable land management practices (including agroecology), agroforestry, crop rotation with leguminous crops, fire management, soil management, sustainable forest management, reduced erosion and increasing soil organic matter do not increase competition for land. However, afforestation for intensive bioenergy production, including monocultures replacing natural forests and high nature value farmlands, could increase the demand for land conversion, with potentially negative ecological consequences. These trade-offs and synergies between woody biomass for energy production and biodiversity in the EU were the subject of a recent analysis by the JRC 43 which identified as win-win forest management options the removal of slash (fine, woody debris) below thresholds defined according to local conditions, and afforestation of former arable land with mixed forest or naturally regenerating forests. It also cautioned against lose-lose pathways for biodiversity and climate including the removal of coarse woody debris, removal of low stumps, and conversion of primary or natural forests into plantations. As the report rightly concluded, which measures are dis- or encouraged in different EU MS is a political one. Which trajectory MS will take, and how their combined action will add up towards impact on EU-wide nature restoration outcomes is hard to forecast. What is clear that the potential of positive win-wins is very significant, but that without explicit articulation of such win-wins in national/regional policy and land/forest management practice, and in the absence clear biodiversity safeguards, the net benefits to biodiversity objectives may in practice be only limited.

Another review which may impact on restoration action towards 2030 is a foreseen revision of the Renewable Energy Directive (RED) which intends to minimise the use of crop- and wood-based biofuels, which could reduce pressures on forest and agro-ecosystems by setting higher minimum environmental standards which has the potential to contribute to the recovery of these ecosystems. In summary, although these climate polices will overall help reduce pressures on ecosystems, and may to a certain degree contribute to passive restoration, it must be borne in mind that their primary purpose is to reduce carbon emissions, and not explicitly the improvement of ecosystem health nor halting biodiversity loss. Thus, on their own climate policies will contribute to alleviate pressures on ecosystems, but on their own will be greatly insufficient to restore ecosystems to good condition.

Besides the intention to set legally binding targets for nature restoration (which this study supports), the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 44 also contains other proposed objectives and initiatives which -if implemented- have the potential to contribute to the recovery of ecosystems. Firstly, the three protected areas targets to increase the share of protected areas to 30 % on land and at sea, to strictly-protect 10 % of protected areas and to effectively manage them is likely to result in important passive restoration action. The increase in protected area would be particularly ground-breaking in the marine environment, in which protected area would more than double (+173 %). Stricter protection could bring important benefits to certain ecosystems, for example in remaining old-growth forests as well as marine ecosystems, which mainly rely on protection measures to recover (passive restoration). Furthermore, the largest positive impact of the three targets in terms of nature restoration across ecosystems would most likely be a concerted effort on management effectiveness, if it is supported with adequate resources to fill existing knowledge and capacity gaps in implementing authorities, as well as with sufficient funding for the implementation of conservation measures. The new EU Forest Strategy announced in the EU Biodiversity Strategy and published in July 2021 reiterates its objectives on EU forests, and includes a specific priority of protecting, restoring and enlarging them. These are supported by a range of announced measures, such as protecting old growth and primary forsts and planting 3 billion trees which can contribute to meeting the EU nature restoration. However, as most of these are voluntary, the contribution will likely be relatively limited. The Regulation on deforestation and forest degradation proposed by the Commission in November 2021 can be expected to reduce deforestation and forest degradation, but it does not include objectives on ecosystem restoration.

The Farm to Fork Strategy 45  was published on the same day as the EU Biodiversity Strategy and shares some of its commitments, e.g. in relation to reducing pesticide- and nutrient pollution. Unlike the EU Biodiversity Strategy, it does not include targets on active protection or restoration of landscape features over 10 % of the land, such as hedgerows and fallow land on farmland. However, it does include a series of targets that could provide important contributions to improving environmental conditions in conventionally managed farmland e.g., reducing the overall use of and risk of chemical pesticides and the use of more hazardous pesticides by 50 % by 2030, reducing nutrient losses into the environment and increasing the coverage of organic farming to 25 % of the EU’s agricultural land by 2030. If the Farm to Fork Strategy’s targets will be met, the reduced pollution pressures resulting from meeting these targets will improve basic environmental conditions in agro-ecosystems and have further positive passive restoration benefits on other ecosystem types. Nonetheless the targets do not reverse other key drivers of degradation of agro-ecosystems such as the loss of (semi-) natural grassland and high-biodiversity habitat in and around cropland. In addition the targets set in the Farm to Fork Strategy are currently not binding. Therefore the Strategy’s overall positive impact on nature restoration objectives will likely be modest, in particular if targets are not operationalised and met in national/regional agricultural policy and- practice.

Other Green Deal initiatives relevant for nature restoration are the Zero Pollution Action Plan 46 , which includes a specific commitment to reduce by 25% the EU ecosystems where air pollution threatens biodiversity by 2030. By reducing pollution pressures this is likely to contribute to some degree of passive restoration, but not enough to restore ecosystem condition to the degrees required. The EU Strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change 47  which includes a priority of promoting nature-based solutions for adaptation develop their financial case and continue to encourage and support Member States to roll them out in different ways such as guidance and EU funding. However, given that these actions will be voluntary, these contributions are likely to be small.

1.4.3.EU Agricultural, Fisheries and Maritime Policies

Given the large share of ecosystems in Europe that are under agricultural management, the implementation of EU agricultural policy will continue to significantly shape the trajectory of biodiversity trends in the EU in the years to come. It is not possible to predict exactly how the changes in the new CAP compared to the previous CAP may affect the trend in (agro-) ecosystems. They have the potential to do so if they, for example, lead to larger areas of grassland being protected from ploughing, a reduction in inputs such as pesticides, herbicides and excess nutrients, and an increase in the area of semi-natural habitats that are subject tailored and targeted agri-environment climate interventions. A Member State with strong environmental ambitions could use the new measures to achieve a great deal of progress. However, all Member States face competing priorities, and the 2014-20 experience of greening measures is that they have made a limited contribution to improving the environmental performance of farming. The experience so far has revealed limitations in the extent of agriculture funding (EAGF, EAFRD) effectively dedicated to nature restoration. Unless serious efforts are put into improving the use of these funds, it is expected that they would not be changing the currently observed negative trends in ecosystems condition.

Despite some progress towards sustainable fisheries in the EU found in the evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 following the adoption of the new Common Fisheries Policy in 2013 48 , the evaluation also found that certain fish stocks remain overfished and/or are outside safe biological limits and fisheries impacts on biodiversity remains high, for example on benthic habitats through bottom trawling and on slowly maturing but keystone species such as rays and sharks. As a result, the impact of fisheries and fishing practises on ecosystems remained a key concern in the EU Biodiversity Strategy (BDS) for 2030. The EU Nature Restoration Plan in the Strategy includes a specific commitment to “substantially reduce the negative impacts on sensitive species and habitats, including on the seabed through fishing … activities, to achieve good environmental status”. The Strategy aims to achieve this through application of an ecosystem-based management approach under relevant EU legislation (MSFD, CFP, MSP) and mentions specifically the national marine spatial plans under the MSP Directive in which Member States should formalise Marine Protected Areas and other area-based conservation measures. Furthermore, by summer 2022, a new action plan to conserve fisheries resources and protect marine ecosystems will point out where action is needed to address the by-catch of sensitive species and adverse impacts on sensitive habitats through technical measures such as area closures, gear changes and mitigation measures for sensitive species. Importantly, the action plan will also focus on key enabling measures such as strengthening the implementation of existing policies, improving the availability and quality of marine knowledge and information, and identify the possibilities under the EU funding instruments for a fair and just transition to support the objectives of the action plan.

While these ongoing policy developments will focus minds on ecological objectives in the marine environment, and they may contribute to a certain degree of contribution to passive restoration, it remains to be seen in how far they will result in larger scale improvement in ecosystem condition and specific, targeted restoration outcomes. Progress in implementing the MSP is significantly behind schedule and so-far poorly aligned with new EU commitments on protected areas and restoration. While the reformed CFP since 2013 provides conservation and management tools to implement measures to support restoration, the implementation of key elements such as the landing obligation and restricting fisheries in areas of ecological importance such as Natura 2000 sites has been slow. Helping achieve the objectives of the MSFD and of the Birds and Habitats Directives forms part of the CFP’s objectives, in particular through reaching fully sustainable fisheries, setting fish stock recovery areas and setting conservation measures for complying with the EU’s environmental legislation. Hisorically, the CFP has focussed on the socio-economic dimension of fisheries, while the reformed CFP of 2013 has added environmental sustainability as one of its key objectives. Under the regionalisation process, certain Member States proposed conservation measures for protected areas and minimising the risk of by-catch of protected species. Considering the urgency to act, progress is considered slow and additional action would be required under the nature restoration law to step up the recovery of marine ecosystems. Under the current rules, this is going to continue in future and despite the hopeful developments since the adoption of the EU Green Deal and the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030, the expectation is that ecosystem condition will only slightly improve in the period to 2030 under the baseline scenario. This would be either through indirect means such as contributions to passive restoration, or through more directed actions, which as experience shows are not likely to have much effect due to their voluntary nature.

1.4.4.Investment 

As explained in Chapter 3, insufficient investment in ecological restoration is one of the key barriers to action, even for restoration required under legislation such as under the Nature Directives and the Water Framework Directive. There are some reasons to expect increases both in budgets available for nature restoration as well as their more targeted application, partly enabled by progress in implementation as outlined in section 4.2.2. Firstly, the decision to invest 7,5 % of the EU’s Multi-annual Financial Framework (MFF) in biodiversity by 2024, and 10 % by 2027, will increase the overall portfolio available for biodiversity. The European Commission is developing an improved system to track biodiversity-related investments in the EU budget. Another improvement under the current MFF is that the budget for the EU LIFE programme increased by about 60 % compared to the previous MFF cycle, which will result in a significant increase in targeted EU-funded restoration projects.

At the same time, there are concerns that the largest EU investment pillar for biodiversity, could reduce in practice if Member States continue to use the flexibility that CAP implementation provides to prioritize productive measures and investments which often do not or insufficiently deliver on biodiversity objectives or even hamper them. Moreover, Prioritized Action Frameworks for Natura 2000 indicate that funds allocated by EU and Member States have been insufficient to meet needs in the current period. Therefore, it remains to be seen if these slight improvements will be sufficient to bridge the funding gap.

Lastly, the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 mentions that a dedicated ‘EUR 10 billion natural-capital and circular economy investment initiative’ will be established, building on InvestEU and operated by the EIB Group in cooperation with other public and private investment teams. Also here it remains to be seen if this will mobilise substantial amounts of private investments for ecosystem restoration, in light of limited success of the Natural Capital Financing Facility.

1.4.5.National developments 

An initial and short assessment of national political, policy and legal developments on nature restoration and related fields was carried out as part of this impact assessment. This is described in Annex XI. From this it can be predicted that for some EU Member States, national policies would be likely to have a positive effects on biodiversity trends and nature restoration. However, evidence shows that MS activities are not evenly distributed across the EU and also tend to show degrees of difference in effort and resultant action. Furthermore, in a number of MS, there was little evidence that could be found of restoration activity supported by national policies. All this goes to indicate that one could expect rather small, and unevenly distributed efforts of restoration following from the contributions of national policies.

1.5.Discussion & conclusions

The baseline analysis for specific ecosystems as well as the wider cross-cutting considerations presented above lead to three main findings for the baseline. First, socio-economic and environmental pressures on ecosystem are likely to increase. Second, ongoing restoration activities are limited and, third, they are likely to only slightly increase in future, despite recent policy and legal initiatives. We expand on these findings below.

Socio-economic drivers. In the period to 2050, the EU population is expected to continue to grow, albeit at a reduced rate compared to the recent past. This combined with global population growth and wealth growth will increase demand for natural resources and pressure on productive land use in agriculture, forestry and across other ecosystems. In contrast, agricultural abandonment will continue in remote and less productive agricultural areas, because of socio-economic factors and rural depopulation.

Environmental drivers: the impacts of climate change on ecosystems are increasing. In the future, across most of Europe, drought event frequency, heavy winter precipitation and forest fire risk are all projected to increase, Important cross-cutting pressures such nitrogen pollution will decline further but will be partly offset by accelerating pressures from climate change.

Ongoing restoration. As estimated by Eftec 49 in 2017, areas restored varied by ecosystem but taken together, were insubstantial. When extrapolated to the area restored over the 9-year period covering 2022-2030, they represent less than 1% or less of total ecosystem extent.At the same time, from the baseline assessments of specific ecosystems outlined in Annex VI, semi-natural grasslands, heathlands and other semi-natural agricultural habitats, and some mires as well as coastal wetlands, would be expected to continue their limited decline. With increasing flood risks we expect that the relative priority given to wetlands and rivers and lake ecosystems in restoration efforts will further increase compared to other ecosystems. Similarly, we expect increased ambition to reduce soil-based GHG emissions and increased investments for land-based climate change mitigation action, including wetland restoration through re-wetting. However, these increases if based on voluntary commitments will likely fall short of needed effort, and more importantly will not deliver on the restoration of other ecosystem types in scope.

Recent policy and legal initiatives. The European Green Deal makes biodiversity a political priority in the EU. The European Climate Law and within that the review of EU regulation on LULUCF and the Renewable Energy Directive, if implemented effectively, have the potential to contribute to ecosystem recovery. The EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 will, if implemented, also contribute to improvements in the condition and coverage of European ecosystems. The Farm to Fork Strategy makes commitments to reducing pressures on ecosystems, especially agroecosystems. Higher ambition for biodiversity in agro-ecosystems is also a possibility under the CAP, although it will ultimately depend on the choices made by Member States and it is not possible to assess the impacts of the CAP reform as the reform is still under negotiation. In summary, the is more favourable for nature restoration compared to the recent past. This will likely result in higher restoration action than would be expected based on recent experience and trend.

Considering ongoing and growing pressures on ecosystems and in light of the lack of voluntary implementation of ‘Target 2’ of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020, we conclude that the baseline restoration effort is likely to remain at an insufficient scale to meet restoration needs. Furthermore, restoration is likely to happen too slowly to reverse the present, steep biodiversity declines and to underpin ecosystem resilience in the face of climate change.

Contributions to restoration are likely to mainly be passive restoration and at insufficient levels to restore ecosystem to good health. Active restoration would only be addressed, and if at all, through voluntary actions, and with little expected impact.

For these reasons, we have considered a ‘conservative’ baseline in our calculations in which the ‘full’ restoration needs observed today will not be addressed by the existing policies and legislations outlined above. Therefore, these needs have to be addressed by EU targeted action on restoration.

In summary, the baseline analysis sees several positive developments, but the continuous increase in ecosystem degradation may outweigh their benefits. Without additional action to accelerate progress on nature restoration across different ecosystems, biodiversity and ecosystems would decline further. As the analysis also demonstrated, there is a large potential to improve existing action with a more binding framework.

2.Option 2: Overarching legally Binding target covering all or most EU ecosystems

If there were a single overarching target for ecosystem restoration rather than individual, ecosystem-specific targets, Member States would have greater freedom and flexibility in choosing which ecosystems to prioritise for restoration.

It is important to note that the main flexibility would be in the prioritisation and sequencing of ecosystem restoration since both the overarching target and ecosystem-specific targets would require restoration of all (or almost all) ecosystems by 2050. However, Member States would be free to choose which ecosystems to prioritise at the start of this period and which to leave for later.

Having an overarching rather than ecosystem-specific targets would have advantages in terms of:

·Subsidiarity: Member States would have greater flexibility in meeting the targets and could prioritise restoration actions according to their needs and circumstances;

·Cost-effectiveness: Member States could prioritise ecosystems with lower costs or higher benefit-cost ratios, which would save costs and/or enhance net benefits in the short to medium term;

·Contribution to policy objectives: Member States could prioritise restoration of ecosystems which made greatest contribution to their policy objectives in the short to medium term. This could include, for example, contribution to climate mitigation targets or addressing more local priorities such as reducing flood risk.

·Political visibility and accessibility: A single, easy to communicate legally ‑binding target would facilitate building broad awareness of new EU political and political ambition on nature restoration. Since there is something in it for everyone, it could help ensure buy-in across stakeholder groups and could help put biodiversity on par with ‘headline’ climate targets such as achieving climate neutrality.

The main disadvantage of an overarching rather than ecosystem-specific targets would be that it might be expected to result in uncertain and uneven rates of restoration of ecosystems. There is a risk that it could result in “picking of low hanging fruit”, i.e., prioritisation of restoration of ecosystems that are easiest and most inexpensive to restore. The historic bias in designating protected areas in places which were facing little anthropogenic pressure and therefore had a low opportunity cost is a good example of this phenomenon 50 . Another example are experiences in implementing Greening under the EU’s Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) where large flexibility in implementation options led to high inefficiencies from a biodiversity perspective as authorities and farmers prioritized the economically most advantageous options with little to no biodiversity outcomes 51 . While such flexibility could have some advantages in reducing short term costs, there would potentially be adverse impacts on:

·Biodiversity: Biodiversity restoration requires coordinated international action as ecosystems and species do not respect national borders. This is recognised in the Birds and Habitats Directive and the biogeographical approach in the latter. Therefore, rather than restoring species and habitats according to the EU priorities and biogeographical requirements, prioritising at a Member State level would undermine the ability to achieve coordinated restoration of ecosystems and the recovery of species at a population level. If some species continued to decline, this could reduce progress in meeting overall biodiversity objectives, and some species might face threat of extinction through delays in restoration of their habitats.

·Future costs: Prioritising ecosystems with lower costs of restoration could increase the costs of future action.

·Effectiveness: Focusing on ecosystems which are easiest and cheapest to restore would potentially increase the risks of failing to deliver against the targets, by leaving the greatest challenges to be addressed in future years.

·Certainty: There would be greater uncertainty relating to the restoration actions taking place across the EU, and their likely outcomes;

·Co-ordination: Variations and uncertainties in action and outcomes at Member State level would make it more difficult to co-ordinate action across the EU, to share evidence and resources, and to implement co-ordinated action across borders.

·EU Added value: The absence of co-ordinated action might reduce the ability to achieve EU goals, and therefore the justification for EU funding; and undermine confidence amongst Member States that they can adopt ambitious goals that are comparable to others.

2.1Factors affecting Prioritisation of Ecosystem Restoration Action

The flexibility inherent in the overarching target option makes it challenging to assess likely implementation scenarios and therefore likely impacts. The prioritisation of ecosystems as described in the baseline scenario would likely still be similar, however the significant increase in effort required in terms of area restored would increase the scope and magnitude of impacts and likely implementation pathways. Therefore, evaluation was made to map the likely decision-making factors that would guide the direction of implementing actions. If there was an overarching target instead of ecosystem-specific targets, we might expect Member States to prioritise restoration of ecosystems according to one or more of the following criteria:

·Ecosystem extent: Ecosystems with greater area requiring restoration will make up a greater proportion of an overall restoration target.

·Technical feasibility: Member States would be unlikely to prioritise ecosystems which are technically difficult to restore, or where there is a high risk of failure;

·Cost: With an overarching target, and given limits on funding, there would be a tendency to prioritise ecosystems with lower restoration costs;

·Benefit-cost ratio: There would be merit in prioritising restoration of ecosystems which offer greatest benefits, in terms of the value of ecosystem services, relative to costs of restoration;

·Opportunity costs/stakeholder resistance: There may be a tendency to avoid restoring ecosystems in situations where this has high opportunity costs (e.g. because it restricts opportunities for development or food production) and meets resistance from stakeholders (e.g. farmers, fishers and developers);

·Need for co-ordinated international action: With a variety of priorities and approaches at Member State level, it might be more difficult to co-ordinate restoration actions across borders, potentially prioritising restoration of ecosystems within national borders;

·Contribution to climate mitigation and adaptation: We might expect Member States to prioritise restoration of ecosystems that are particularly sensitive to the direct and indirect effects of climate change as well as ecosystems where this contributes most to specific policy agendas, including in relation to climate change mitigation and adaptation.

Table VII 1 summarises these issues with respect to the different ecosystem types. The table indicates that these different criteria may have varying effects on the degree to which different ecosystems might be prioritised for restoration, and that there may be different responses by different Member States, according to the emphasis placed on different priorities (e.g. cost, stakeholder interests, climate change agenda) as well as the extent of each ecosystem in each Member State.

2.2Summary

In conclusion, the introduction of an overarching target would have several important advantages with regards to subsidiarity, cost-effectiveness (at least in the short-term), contribution to policy objectives, political visibility and accessibility. However, by itself it would most likely fail to restore biodiversity at a level required to meet EU-wide and international biodiversity objectives due to an implementation effort that would not be well-‑balanced to restoration needs of all ecosystems, of insufficient coordination between EU‑Member States on EU-wide restoration needs and challenges and required integration with e.g. implementation of the CAP and CFP, low political certainty of restoration outcomes and therefore accountability which may risk undermine EU added value in biodiversity policy.

Table VII‑1: Overview table of likely dimensions impacting on the prioritisation of certain ecosystem types over others in implementing an overarching target

Key: Green=Criterion is likely to encourage restoration of this ecosystem within an overall target; Orange=Criterion may have a moderate or mixed effect in encouraging restoration of the ecosystem; Red=Criterion may discourage restoration of this ecosystem within an overall target

Please note: The scope of this impact assessment also includes pollinators and soils which, due their cross-cutting nature, were not included as a separate ecosystem in this table. Their restoration needs would however need be integrated in the implementation of the overarching target under different ecosystem types. 

Ecosystem

Ecosystem extent

Technical feasibility

Need for coordinated international action

Cost per hectare

Cost: benefit ratio

Opportunity cost/ stakeholder resistance

Contribution to climate mitigation and adaptation

Contribution to disaster prevention and protection

Overall assessment

Agro-ecosystems

High

Strong evidence base and good experience through agri-environment interventions

Moderate

Moderate for semi-natural habitats, high for improved grasslands and croplands

Good B:C ratios

Would support extensive farming systems. High opportunity costs for intensively farmed areas, which could give rise to resistance without adequate incentives under the CAP

Moderate potential for carbon storage and sequestration; high contribution to adaptation by increasing soil health

Moderate: reducing bare ground, erosion, soil compaction and tillage reduces run-off rates and flooding and landslides

Extensive ecosystem with potential for large scale restoration; depends on incentivising farmers to change land management practices under area-related interventions including agri-environment interventions

Forest

High

Restoration needs and practices are relatively well understood, but recovery takes many decades

Moderate

Moderate per hectare costs

Good B:C ratios

Moderate – main trade-off is with more commercial forestry

Strong carbon sequestration potential through forest restoration and re-creation [adaptation]

Restoration involves significant capital costs, but likely to be a priority given extensive area of degraded forest, and potential to contribute to climate agenda

Heathland and scrub

Low

Restoration needs and practices are relatively well understood

Moderate

Relatively low costs per hectare

Good B:C ratios

Low – relatively low value land with few alternative uses

Strong carbon sequestration potential through restoration,

Moderate: reducing bare ground and overgrazing, reduces run-off, flooding, erosion, and landslides. Risk of intense large fires can be reduced by grazing, scrub management and managed burning

Likely to be prioritised because of relatively low restoration and opportunity costs; however, limited ecosystem area restricts its contribution to overall target

Marine

High

Many habitats may be difficult to restore and/or restoration hampered by evidence gaps. However, other habitats may require passive restoration only.

High – the need for co-ordinated action could be a barrier to restoration without specific marine ecosystem targets.

Variable – potential for extensive use of low cost, passive restoration techniques, while active restoration measures may be expensive.

Uncertain – difficult to assess with given evidence and may vary widely for different restoration methods and habitats. May be strong B:C ratios where passive restoration applied.

Restoration may face significant resistance from fishing sector in response to limits on fishing activity and perceived opportunity costs (at least in short term)

Varies by marine habitats; significant uncertainties regarding impact of restoration actions

Only relevant for MS with a coastline; extent of marine ecosystem restoration uncertain due to significant knowledge gaps. Could be an attractive option for extensive marine habitats suitable for passive restoration, especially where resistance from fisheries sector does not present challenges.

Peatlands and wetlands

Low

Re-wetting of most drained semi-natural peatland is straightforward, full restoration of highly degraded peatland is difficult

Moderate

Moderate per hectare costs

Good B:C ratios

Low for Annex 1 habitats

Exceptionally high potential for carbon storage and sequestration, improved water retention can also contribute to adaptation

High in flood prone catchments where reversing drainage reduces run-off rates and downstream flooding

Likely to be a priority for restoration for those MS with degraded peatlands, given strong climate mitigation benefits.

Rivers and Lakes

Low

Technical challenges in barrier removal and floodplain restoration

High – the need for co-ordinated action could be a barrier to restoration without specific freshwater ecosystem targets.

High – often requiring substantial capital works

High B:C ratios, given high ecosystem service values for freshwaters

Opportunity costs are a barrier to floodplain restoration

Relatively low priority for mitigation, but floodplain restoration plays important role in adaptation

High – Restoring wetlands and floodplains can contribute to flood prevention and mitigation through improved connectivity

Restoration has relatively high costs but offers strong benefit cost ratios; as freshwaters represent a small proportion of overall area, likely to be driven more by MS priorities than an overall target

Urban

Low

Significant technical challenges in unsealing land, recycling developed and contaminated sites

Moderate

High – costs of unsealing land, remediating contaminated sites, changing construction practices

High B:C ratios for urban green space, especially through health and wellbeing benefits

High land prices and many competing demands for land in urban areas

Importance of urban green space, tree cover, sustainable drainage in climate change adaptation

Limited land area and high costs, but also high benefits. Urban ecosystem restoration more likely to be driven by MS priorities than its contribution to an overarching target.

3.Option 3 and Option 4

See individual thematic assessments in Annex VI, summary table in Annex III, as well as Chapter 6.

4.Costs of enabling measures

Enabling measures will include: 

a)Surveys of ecosystems to establish extent and condition, where this is not known; 

b)Development of national restoration plans; 

c)Administration of restoration measures;

d)Monitoring of restored ecosystems;

e)Reporting progress against restoration targets.

The administrative costs of these measures can be estimated by estimating the number of days work involved for each, and costing that at a standard time cost per day (following the Standard Cost Model for quantification of administrative burdens, set out in the EU Better Regulation Guidelines and Toolbox).

a)Ecosystem surveys

Establishing the extent of restoration activity required depends on data on the extent and condition of the relevant ecosystems. There are currently significant data gaps, particularly regarding the extent of degraded ecosystems requiring restoration. The EEA Dashboard 52 indicates that the condition of approximately 732 516 km2 of Annex 1 habitats across the EU is unknown, and would need to be surveyed to determine restoration priorities. We assume a survey cost of EUR 15/ha surveyed, based on data for from the EMBAL survey 53 . This would give a total one-off survey cost of EUR 1 099 million across the EU.

b)Development of national restoration plans

Each Member State will be required to develop a national restoration plan. This will set out the current extent and condition of ecosystems, the pressures facing them, the targets for ecosystem restoration, the restoration measures required, the stakeholders involved, the resource needs and funding arrangements, and the arrangements for monitoring and reporting.

Each Plan could be subdivided into approx. 6 ecosystem types (e.g. marine and inter-tidal habitats; wetlands & peatlands; rivers & lakes; agro-ecosystems (including soils and pollinators); heaths etc; forests), presenting a specific plan for each ecosystem.

The time and costs required for each Plan would vary by Member State, according to the extent of their ecosystems and the complexity of issues and restoration requirements. The average time requirements for each Member State Plan are estimated in Table VII 2.

Table VII-2 Estimated time inputs for national restoration plans

Requirement/ section

Time input per ecosystem (days)

Total days per plan (based on 6 ecosystems)

Compile and present data on ecosystem extent, condition, pressures

100

600

Define ecosystem restoration targets and actions

50

300

Define resources and funding arrangements

30

180

Define monitoring and reporting arrangements

30

180

Public consultation/ engagement

40

240

Compile overall national plan

100

Total time

250

1,500

It is estimated that each National Restoration Plan (covering the 6 ecosystem types) would require total time inputs amounting to 1500 days on average, or 6.5 person years of work.

In this assessment we apply a standard cost of EUR 317 per day – this includes salary and overhead costs and is based on the civil rate of EUR 300 per day for public servants applied in the Fitness Check of EU Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Obligations (ICF, 2017), updated for inflation.

Applying an average cost of EUR 317 per day would give an average cost of EUR 475 500 per MS plan. The total for 27 Member State plans would amount to a one-off cost of EUR 12.8 million.

c)Establishing an EU wide methodology, indicators and baselines for ecosystems and targets

Further administrative effort is required to establish an EU wide methodology, indicators and baselines for targets for those ecosystems for which these are insufficiently developed. This includes targets for at least five ecosystems (e.g. marine, urban, soils, agro-ecosystems, forests or others for which targets are yet not defined, as well as pollinators). The cost estimate for establishing an EU wide methodology, indicators and baselines for ecosystems is based on two methods:

Method 1: based on experience with MSFD

Based on experience of developing methodologies, baselines and indicators under the MSFD, it is estimated that this will require work over a period of 3-4 years with inputs from the European Commission, EU experts (EEA, JRC) and Member State officials.

Over the 3-4 year time period, this is estimated to involve:

1 EC staff member working full time to oversee the development of the EU wide methodology and indicators for each ecosystem [800 days per ecosystem]

8 EU experts (EEA, JRC, DG ENV) spending an average of 25 days each on data analysis and indicator development [700 days per ecosystem]

27 Member State experts spending 20 days per year each on meetings/ networks/ data inputs [1890 days per ecosystem].

On this basis, total time inputs would amount to 3 390 days at a cost of EUR 1.07 million per indicator (based on a cost per day of EUR 317 as above). This would amount to a total one-off cost of EUR 5.35 million across the five ecosystems.

Method 2: based on experience with MAES – Mapping and Assessing Ecosystem Services

Since the mapping of ecosystems and assessment of ecosystem services started in 2016 under MAES, the progress that was made by Member States until March 2021 is outlined by the light green in the figure below:

Figure VII-7: Progress by MS to map ecosystems and its services under MAES

Source: MAES

At EU level, for JRC and EEA a total of 2 FTE per year has been occupied to write the guidance reports and to carry out the EU ecosystem assessment under MAES between 2013 and 2020.

MAES was mainly implemented by countries (but in some cases supported with EU or European Economic Area budgets). Every MS that made progress between 2016 and 2021 (in the Figure VII-7) has used a budget between EUR 100,000 and 1.5 million. This range does not consider costs incurred by a number of MS (Finland, Netherlands, UK, Spain, Portugal, Luxembourg, Denmark, Sweden and Czechia) that did work relevant to MAES prior to 2016 or even 2013. For MS that primarily used national budgets, project costs are estimated to range between EUR 100 000 (Ireland, Italy, Poland, Slovakia, Cyprus, Slovenia and Malta), EUR 300 000 (Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania) and EUR 1 000 000-2 000 000 (Hungary, Greece, Bulgaria, Romania and Croatia).

Additional costs were covered by projects like H2020 ESMERALDA (3 000 000) and MESEU and Train (ENV service contracts, 400 000) to help MS implement MAES.

Thus, the costs for implementing MAES (2013-2020) are estimated at EUR 16.5 million, which is comparable to the size of an average Horizon research project.

Cost item

Amount in EUR

EU staff

1.5 million

MS own financing

5 million

EU support to member states (through EU budgets under LIFE, Regional, service contracts H2020, EEA grants Norway):

10 million

Total

16.5 million

Translating these estimations for MAES to the context of establishing an EU wide methodology, indicators and baselines for ecosystems, a one-off cost of around EUR 7.8 million can be expected.

Cost item

Amount in EUR

EU staff: 2 FTE for 4 years at EU level

800 000

MS own financing

4 million (150 000 per MS)

EU projects to give overall support and guidance

3 million

Total

7.8 million

Conclusion

The average of both cost estimates (EUR 5.35 million for MSFD and EUR 7.8 million for MAES) leads to the one-off cost estimate of EUR 6.56 million to establish an EU wide methodology, indicators and baselines for the 5 afore mentioned ecosystems.

d)Administration of restoration measures

The impact assessment estimates the costs of the measures required to meet ecosystem restoration targets. In addition to the costs of the restoration works, further costs will be incurred by Member State authorities in administering programmes of restoration action.

Based on data from the Prioritised Action Frameworks (PAFs), we estimate that the costs of administration and communications (excluding surveys, planning, and monitoring, which are estimated here separately) account for an average of 10 % of the costs of nature conservation measures.

Table VII 3 presents estimates of the annual costs of habitat restoration, maintenance, and re-creation measures for five types of HD Annex 1 habitats, based on analysis for this impact assessment study. The annual cost of these measures is estimated at EUR 4.4 billion over the 9 years 2022-2030, based on the 15 % ecosystem restoration target. Based on estimated administration costs at 10 % of the costs of these measures, the costs of administering these habitat actions will amount to a further EUR 438 million across the EU each year.

Table VII-3 Estimated costs of administration of restoration measures for Annex 1 habitats (EURO)

Ecosystem

Estimated Annual Average Costs, 15 % restoration target (2022-2030)

Estimated Annual Administration Costs at 10 %

Forests

2 607 607 200

260 760 720

Grasslands

1 220 709 426

122 070 943

Heathlands and scrublands

168 896 807

16 889 681

Marshes

164 950 693

16 495 069

Peatlands

221 050 458

22 105 046

Total

4 383 214 584

438 321 458

e)Monitoring of restored ecosystems

Ecosystem restoration needs to be followed by a programme of monitoring, to record changes in condition of ecosystems in response to restoration measures.

We estimate that monitoring will be required for restored and re-created ecosystems on average as follows:

·One visit to all areas 1 year after restoration

·60 % of restored areas 2 years after restoration

·30 % of restored areas 3 years after restoration

·On average, visits to all areas once every 6 years, to coincide with BHD, WFD and MSFD reporting, adjusted to risk (e.g. more frequent visits to areas that have the potential to change rapidly)

This implies that each restored hectare would be monitored on average 4.3 times over the period 2022-2050 (based on a 90 % restoration target by 2050). However, based on current practice Member States would only sample 10-15% of area which would provide a sufficiently representative sample.

The EEA Dashboard indicates that a total of between 321 220 km2 and 1 053 736km2 of Annex 1 habitats require restoration across the EU, based on the areas known not to be in good condition and those in not good or unknown condition, respectively.

Applying an average monitoring cost of EUR 15/ha (see under survey costs above) on 15 % of restored area, and a 90 % restoration target by 2050, would give a total monitoring cost of between EUR 280 million and EUR 918 million over the period 2022-2050, or an average of EUR 10 to 32 million per year (midpoint EUR 21 million per year).

f)Regulatory reporting

Member States will be required to report to the Commission progress in implementing restoration plans and in restoring the condition of degraded ecosystems.

It is assumed that reporting will be based on existing data collected under the actions identified above, and require inputs averaging 50 -100 days per Member State every 6 years (similar to requirements under the Habitats Directive; ICF, 2017).

On this basis, and applying a cost of EUR 317 per person day of work required, costs of regulatory reporting would amount to approximately EUR 107 000 per year across the EU27.

Table VII-4 Summary of Costs of Enabling Measures

Estimated Costs

One-off costs

Annual costs

Surveys of ecosystems

1 099 000 000

Development of national restoration plans;

12 800 000

Development of methodologies and indicators (5 ecosystems)

6 580 000

Administration of restoration measures (2022-2030; 15 % target)

438 321 000

Monitoring of restored ecosystems    

20 643 103

Reporting progress against restoration targets

107 000

Sub-total 

1 118 380 000 

459 071 103

Costs from 2022 to 2050

1 118 380 000 

12 853 990 884

Total costs from 2022 to 2050

13 972 370 884



Annex VIII: Background information for potential restoration targets

This Annex includes facts and figures per ecosystem derived from the Member States' reporting and assessments under Article 17 of the Habitats Directive (source: EEA).

Because of its size, it is split and provided in separate files.



Annex IX: Key relevant findings from the evaluation study on the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020

1.The EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 

The EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 54 provided the EU framework for action on biodiversity in the 2011-2020 period. It responded to the EU’s global commitments under the Convention on Biological Diversity. It set out the following targets, actions and horizontal measures:

Headline target: Halt the loss of biodiversity and the degradation of ecosystem services in the EU by 2020, and restore them in so far as feasible, while stepping up the EU contribution to averting global biodiversity loss.

Target 1: Fully implement EU Nature Legislation

To halt the deterioration in the status of all species and habitats covered by EU nature legislation and achieve a significant and measurable improvement in their status so that, by 2020, compared to current assessments, 100 % more habitat assessments and 50 % more species assessments under the Habitats Directive show an improved conservation status; and 50 % more species assessments under the Birds Directive show a secure or improved status.    

Target 2: Maintain and restore ecosystems and their services

By 2020, ecosystems and their services are maintained and enhanced by establishing green infrastructure and restoring at least 15 % of degraded ecosystems

Target 3: Increase the contribution of agriculture and forestry to biodiversity

By 2020, maximise areas under agriculture across grasslands, arable land and permanent crops that are covered by biodiversity-related measures under the CAP so as to ensure the conservation of biodiversity and to bring about a measurable improvement in the conservation status of species and habitats that depend on or are affected by agriculture and in the provision of ecosystem services.

By 2020, Forest Management Plans or equivalent instruments, in line with Sustainable Forest Management (SFM), are in place for all forests that are publicly owned and for forest holdings above a certain size that receive funding under the EU Rural Development Policy so as to bring about a measurable improvement in the conservation status of species and habitats that depend on or are affected by forestry and in the provision of related ecosystem services.

Target 4: Ensure sustainable fisheries and support healthy marine ecosystems

Achieve Maximum Sustainable Yield (MSY) by 2015. Achieve a population age and size distribution indicative of a healthy stock, through fisheries management with no significant adverse impacts on other stocks, species and ecosystems, in support of achieving Good Environmental Status by 2020, as required under the Marine Strategy Framework Directive.

Target 5: Combat Invasive Alien Species

Target 6: Help avert global biodiversity loss

Horizontal measures: Strengthen financing, partnerships and governance

2.Evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 

In March 2022, the Commission published the report of a support study on the evaluation of the Strategy implementation 55 assessing its effectiveness, efficiency, relevance, coherence and EU added value. It concluded that progress towards the headline target has been limited, and the target has not been reached. None of the six targets of the Strategy have been fully achieved, despite numerous actions being undertaken. Biodiversity, and the flow of benefits from healthy ecosystems, has continued to decline in the EU 56 and globally 57 . Although many of the Strategy’s actions have been delivered, progress on the ground has been too slow and uneven, and its effect limited by continued pressures on biodiversity from human activities 58 . The findings of the evaluation study indicate that, in terms of implementation progress 59 :

·Progress to the headline target has been limited. There have been positive examples of pressures reduction, restoration and sustainable management of ecosystems, that demonstrate the feasibility of halting and reversing biodiversity loss. However, their scale has been too small to reverse degradation, and the loss of biodiversity and ecosystem services has continued in the EU and globally.

·Progress to Target 1 has been moderate (despite significant progress in implementing the actions). Less than half (47 %) of all species assessments under the Birds Directive, and only 15 % of habitat assessments under the Habitats Directive showed good status in the 2013-2018 reporting period (a decrease compared to the 2010 biodiversity baseline). The proportion of species assessments under the Habitats Directive that show favourable status or improving trends has increased from 17 % to 27 %. Despite progress in designation, the achievement of favourable conservation status has been hindered by management deficiencies such as a lack of adequate conservation objectives and measures for many sites, conflicting land management objectives, and funding constraints (funding has increased but remains clearly insufficient).

·Progress to Target 2 has been limited (despite significant progress in implementing the actions). The initiative on the Mapping and Assessment of Ecosystems and their Services (MAES) has helped to build a significant knowledge base on EU ecosystems and the services they provide, and the EU Green Infrastructure Strategy (2013) has helped to mobilise funding for green infrastructure from EU instruments. The Commission has provided guidance to the Member States on developing Restoration Prioritisation Frameworks to advance towards the 15 % restoration target. However, only a few Member States have presented such frameworks and restoration progress has been slow and uneven. Pressures on ecosystems continue and affect their capacity to deliver essential benefits to people.

·Progress to Target 3 has been limited (despite moderate progress in implementing the actions). Biodiversity has continued to decline in agricultural habitats, and to a lesser extent in forests. In agroecosystems, these declines have been primarily because of two trends: (i) intensification of cultivation techniques on most grasslands and croplands, involving high fertiliser and pesticide use, crop specialisation, increases in field size and losses of non-farmed habitats and landscape features, on the one hand, and (ii) agricultural abandonment (and in some cases, conversion) in semi natural habitats, such as semi-natural grasslands. In forest ecosystems, investments in improving forest resilience, including biodiversity aspects, were included in more than two-thirds of the national Rural Development programmes, however payments for biodiversity had a limited uptake. Budgets and uptake have been far below the scale of implementation required for Member States to meet their legal obligations under the Habitats and Birds Directives.

·Progress to Target 4 has been limited (despite moderate progress in implementing the actions). Thanks to measures under the revised Common Fisheries Policy, several commercial fish stocks have shown recovery. However, other stocks have continued to be overfished and/or are outside the safe biological limit. Data gaps (on the status and trends of marine ecosystems) hinder the design of effective marine biodiversity measures. Further pressures from land and sea use, pollution, invasive alien species and climate change need to be addressed to achieve Good Environmental Status of marine ecosystems.

·Progress to Target 5 has been limited (despite full implementation of the actions). The adoption of the IAS Regulation and the strengthening of the EU plant and animal health regimes have been important first steps to combat IAS in the EU. Implementation on the ground is still in its early stages and its full impact is yet to be realized. Invasive alien species remain a persistent and growing threat across the EU ecosystems.

·Progress to Target 6 has been limited, despite measures to increase financing and support for global biodiversity, tackle illegal wildlife trade and some drivers of global biodiversity loss related to EU consumption (such as deforestation). Biodiversity and ecosystem functions and services are deteriorating worldwide.

·Horizontal measures (governance, partnerships and financing) have been moderately successful: there are many examples of partnership-building activities across the targets, with actions focused on information-sharing and collaboration. Significant action has been undertaken to integrate biodiversity objectives in the EU policies in the 2014-2020 budget and to increase the contribution of related funding instruments to EU and global biodiversity. However, funding has continued to be a major limitation to implementation across all targets. The lack of legally binding provisions, and the absence of a dedicated financing instrument have been identified as challenges for funding mobilisation.

The Strategy and its targets were widely recognised by experts and stakeholders as being relevant to the EU’s needs with respect to biodiversity, as evidenced by the literature review, stakeholder interviews and national case studies. However, stakeholders consulted in the course of the evaluation support study have pointed to issues that should have been given greater prominence such as climate change; cultural heritage and landscapes; more emphasis on the range of ecosystems and the range of pressures on biodiversity in each main ecosystem type in the EU.

The evaluation lessons emerging in the course of the evaluation support study have been considered in the development of the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030, and they will inform the design of measures to deliver the 2030 commitments. Findings and lessons of pertinence to the impact assessment of binding EU nature restoration targets are presented below.

3.Key findings of relevance to the EU nature restoration targets

3.1. Achievements in implementation

The implementation of the Strategy has been associated with a range of positive achievements and impacts 60 :

·Examples of successful local protection and restoration, including the restoration of degraded vulnerable habitats and the return of emblematic bird and mammal species, as well as deployment of nature-based solutions and green infrastructure. While projects financed to date often do not have the critical mass to reverse the trends of biodiversity loss, they have demonstrated the feasibility of biodiversity protection and restoration, as well as the benefits arising from healthy nature. Evidence overwhelmingly indicates that the benefits flowing from healthy ecosystems far exceed the costs related to their protection, restoration and sustainable management, across all biodiversity targets 61 .

·The EU Green Infrastructure Strategy 62 has encouraged the inclusion of green infrastructure measures in various national biodiversity strategies and plans and policy documents, such as on the sustainable development of coastal areas, climate change adaptation strategies, and EU urban policy 63 . Increased political momentum and actions by cities to create green infrastructure have also been noted in some Member States.

·The implementation of the Strategy has resulted in significant improvements of the knowledge base on ecosystems and their services, via the initiative on the Mapping and assessment of ecosystems and their services, with the involvement of national authorities and the science and research community in all Member States. The methodological framework was applied in the first EU-wide assessment of ecosystems and their services published by the Commission at the end of 2020. Member States have also developed initiatives to engage stakeholders and citizens in knowledge and monitoring work, thus supporting both data collection and awareness raising.

3.2. Failures in implementation

Despite these successes, the evaluation also identified significant shortcomings. These include, in relation to restoration efforts:

·While there are examples of local restoration success, data on ecosystem restoration efforts in the EU is incomplete. The non‑binding nature of the Strategy means that there are no reporting mechanisms linked to it (beyond those established under existing legislation) 64

·Estimates in studies suggest that restoration activity is significantly below what would have been required to reach the target of restoring 15 % of degraded ecosystems: between 2 850km2 and 5 700 km2 of habitat restoration is occurring annually in the EU, whereas the restoration needs of Annex I habitats alone (i.e. assessments reported in ′not good′ condition) are estimated at between 167 000 km2 to 263 000 km.

·The Commission provided guidance (in 2014) and requested the Member States to develop Restoration Prioritisation Strategies in order to improve the quality, scale and consistency of ecosystem restoration, whilst also defining areas of intervention which can be used to target EU funds. However, very few Member States developed and submitted such strategies. The absence of Restoration Prioritisation Frameworks (RPF) has been a barrier to the strategic planning, financing, implementation and monitoring of restoration activities. 

·Challenges to the achievement of the Nature Directives 65 related to the availability and targeting of funding and other resources, weaknesses in the management of Natura 2000 sites, and incoherence with other policies and activities.

·Approaches to implementation and the uptake of biodiversity support measures in EU instruments have been uneven across the Member States in the implementation of EU policies and related funding instruments.

·Many direct and indirect pressures and drivers of biodiversity loss have persisted or increased, with a significant proportion of these accelerating in recent times.

3.3. Factors of success or failure

The evaluation identified a range of factors that have enabled or hindered progress, including:

·Policy integration. Mainstreaming and prioritizing biodiversity objectives in other EU policies is essential, considering the complex interactions between biodiversity, the provision of ecosystem services, the impacts of land, water and sea use and management and the potential of nature-based solutions to contribute to wider environmental and socio-economic objectives. While policy integration increased under the Strategy, it has remained insufficient. Biodiversity targets of voluntary nature were not systematically prioritised for funding in the design and implementation of EU instruments in other policy areas, and measures of low or no positive biodiversity impact were often favoured in national programming.

·Understanding of win-win approaches between biodiversity protection and restoration, on the one hand, and wider environmental and socio-economic objectives on the other. Such understanding could increase the deployment of nature-based solutions for biodiversity and climate adaptation, carbon sequestration and storage, disaster prevention and other benefits from healthy ecosystems. Biodiversity loss and climate change are closely linked, yet the potential for synergies between improving ecosystem resilience and nature based solutions, on the one hand, and climate mitigation and adaptation, on the other, has not been sufficiently used. In addition, awareness and understanding of natural capital and nature-related financial risk is needed to encourage greater private sector engagement in efforts to protect and restore biodiversity and ensure its sustainable management.

·Resources for implementation. Funding for biodiversity has increased since 2010 but remains clearly insufficient. Insufficient funding was commonly cited as a key barrier to restoration. The Strategy did not specify the biodiversity financing needs and set no target, which was a major setback in securing the needed resources.

Box 1. Cost-effectiveness of biodiversity protection and restoration

Despite significant variations of magnitude in estimates, evidence overwhelmingly indicates that the benefits flowing from healthy ecosystems far exceed the costs related to their protection, restoration and sustainable management, across all biodiversity targets.

The actual costs of Target 2 implementation activities in 2016 were estimated at between €4.8 million and €33.1 million (highly uncertain). The one-off cost of restoring 15 % of degraded ecosystems has been estimated at around €9.6 billion, and the additional cost of maintaining all restored ecosystems in good condition was estimated at €618 to €1 660 million per year. Restoration activity has been significantly below what would be required to fulfil Target 2, and the realised total expenditure during the 2010-2020 period is significantly lower.

The total benefits of implementation across the EU cannot be estimated or monetised due to lack of systematically collated evidence on the restoration undertaken. Economic activity associated with ecosystem restoration has been estimated to be between €11.5 and €79.5 million. Restoration and the deployment of green infrastructure contribute to a range of socio-economic benefits linked to improved air and water quality, flood control, noise reduction, recreation and social opportunities, pollination, soil fertility and health. The restoration of forest, wetlands and other ecosystems has brought millions of euros in savings across the EU due to lower water retention and purification costs 66 , 67 . National parks can generate substantial employment both directly and indirectly in the broader region 68 . Urban green infrastructure can generate benefits in the form of enhanced health and well-being 69 . According to some estimates, 110 000 direct FTE jobs each year can be supported by investment needed to achieve Target 2 (15 % restoration) 70 . However, very little of the required investment and restoration effort has materialised, and thus most of these benefits and jobs were not created.

EU and international studies have shown that investments in marine biodiversity can generate high economic returns in enhanced yields, higher quality fish products, and tourism. Funding allocated to measures for the protection and restoration of marine biodiversity under the European Maritime and Fisheries Fund has been estimated at around €199 million in 2015, €134 million in 2016, €136 million in 2017, €90 million in 2018 and €128 million in 2019. The benefits provided by healthy fish stocks and oceans are immeasurable.

The Strategy has not fully achieved any of its Targets. This means that not only the full benefits provided by the Strategy’s targets and actions have not materialised, but also natural capital and ecosystem services are further deteriorating. Other socio-economic impacts, such as health impacts, social vulnerability, and safety, can also emerge due to the failure to protect biodiversity and ecosystems. Human induced biodiversity loss also undermines efforts to mitigate climate change and adapt to its inevitable impacts.

·The choice of policy instrument. The voluntary nature of the Strategy has been commonly cited by environmental organisations as a key reason for limited action and progress on the biodiversity agenda throughout Europe, particularly in relation to the low response in developing Restoration Prioritisation Frameworks, and restoration efforts lagging far behind the 15 % ambition set in Target 2. 

Box 2: The nature of the Strategy as an instrument

The EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 had an important role in providing a coherent, strategic EU level framework, giving rise to political commitment, setting common targets, actions and mechanisms for their coordinated implementation and progress tracking, and providing links with other relevant EU policies and legislation. At the same time, the Strategy constituted a largely voluntary framework within which a range of instruments, from voluntary to binding ones, needed to work together to ensure delivery. The evaluation examined whether alternative policy tools would have had the potential to better deliver the targets in a cost-effective manner than a strategy. Implementation experience has helped to identify areas within this wider strategic framework, within which:

-voluntary mechanisms and incentives worked well based on the motivation of stakeholders to engage in biodiversity efforts, such as cooperation of front-running businesses in the EU Business@Biodiversity Platform, or the development of green infrastructure in EU regions and cities that had already set for themselves ambitious biodiversity objectives.

-voluntary instruments worked well in support of the implementation and enforcement of EU legislation in the Member States, such as the provision of Commission guidance on Natura 2000 for different sectors, or the biogeographical cooperation process helping to implement the EU Nature Directives.

-reliance on voluntary instruments alone was not sufficient to ensure delivery, in particular when urgent, strategic and large scale action was needed. This was the case of one of the flagship targets to reverse biodiversity loss: Target 2 to restore at least 15 % of degraded ecosystems in the EU, which also reflected the global Aichi Target and the EU’s commitment under the Convention on Biological Diversity.

Legislative and regulatory instruments are the main tool for environmental policy and have been widely used at EU level. According to SOER 2020 , there are significantly fewer binding targets for biodiversity than for other environment areas, such as climate change, air pollution, waste, and chemicals. When biodiversity policy objectives and targets are not met (as has been the case for several consecutive biodiversity policy instruments), there is a tendency to reiterate them and extend the timeframe for their achievement. SOER 2020 points to six key areas for bold action, one of which is the development of systemic policy frameworks with binding targets to mobilise and guide actions across actors and levels.

It was a clear conclusion of the evaluation, and a view held by a high number of stakeholders consulted that, while voluntary instruments could play an important role in certain contexts, the lack of legislative teeth was a significant factor in the Strategy’s failures in effectiveness and cost-effectiveness. For the operationalisation of the biodiversity targets, the Strategy could have benefited from a different combination of regulatory and market-based instruments. The EP Resolution of January 2020 called upon the Commission to “move away from voluntary commitments and to propose an ambitious and inclusive Strategy that sets legally (and, consequently, enforceable) binding targets for the EU and its Member States".

 

·Clearly formulated, measurable targets. Many of the Strategy’s targets and actions were not measurable or specific enough to guide implementation and enable the monitoring of results. For example, challenges to restoration have arisen from the ambiguity of the 15 % restoration target 71 : the ecosystems it referred to 72 , how to measure the achievement of the objective 73 , unclarity of what restoration activities comprise, and the absence of baseline information to define what ‘degraded’ ecosystems are.

·Knowledge (including cooperation and dialogue between policy-makers and science and research stakeholders) is essential for evidence-based decision-making, robust policy development, implementation and monitoring. Gaps in data and monitoring (including on pressures and their impacts on biodiversity) or lack of transparency and access to data have hindered progress in the implementation of the Strategy. At the same time, knowledge needs have been recognized and the Strategy has supported the development and application of common methodologies for the mapping and assessment of ecosystems and their services, and and approaches to reflect the value of biodiversity in decision-making 74 .

·Clear responsibilities for implementation, co-ordination and cooperation between relevant stakeholders. Most stakeholders consulted in the course of the evaluation considered that the Strategy had either ‘partially’ or ‘poorly’ engaged stakeholders in implementation, in particular at national/regional levels. Stakeholders noted that the governance of the Strategy had contributed significantly to access to information on the state of biodiversity, yet it has not achieved cooperation and coordinated action across policy areas. Private sector engagement has been regarded as a significant untapped potential to reduce pressures on biodiversity from business activities.

·Last but not least, political priority given to biodiversity protection and restoration, especially vis-à-vis other policy objectives, is essential for successful implementation.

4. Key lessons and their relevance to the Nature Restoration initiative

1. Effective implementation requires specific, measurable targets with clear definitions, timelines and responsibilities for implementation.

In relation to nature restoration, the proposed EU Nature Restoration Law will set out concrete definitions, targets, timelines and responsibility for implementation.

2. Well-designed biodiversity protection, restoration and sustainable use measures can bring wider environmental and socio-economic benefits

The proposed EU Nature Restoration Law puts a strong emphasis on biodiversity as well as socio-economic benefits for restoration, in particular support to climate mitigation and adaptation, disaster risk reduction and the provision of a range of further ecosystem services.

3. Actions to halt and reverse biodiversity loss needs to cover the range of pressures on all main ecosystem types

The impact assessment for the EU Nature Restoration Law has carefully considered the range of main EU ecosystem types and the feasibility of setting targets that tackle both pressures (passive restoration) and active measures to restore degraded ecosystems. Where sufficient evidence was available, concrete targets have been proposed. Where further research is needed, the legislation includes provisions for strengthened monitoring to collect the evidence needed.

4. A mixture of policy instruments is needed to deliver the biodiversity commitments

The approach to an overarching strategic framework for coherent biodiversity action has been retained in the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030. At the same time, a range of policy instruments are envisaged to deliver its commitments, from a new Nature Restoration Law through to strengthened financing and partnerships.

5. A substantial increase of funding is necessary, with a robust tracking system

The EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 indicates the scale of funding that needs to be made available for the implementation of the Strategy and sets out measures to meet the implementation funding needs. This is matched by an increased funding ambition for biodiversity in the EU budget for the 2021-2027 period. Legal restoration targets are expected to both strengthen the mainstreaming of measures in support of restoration in EU instruments, and the uptake of such measures at the national level.

6. EU programmes and instruments should be biodiversity-proof to ensure no harm

Nature restoration targets and the need to ensure the sustainability of restored ecosystems will be taken into account in the biodiversity proofing of EU programmes and instruments.

7. A robust biodiversity governance framework is needed to ensure evidence-based policy-making, stakeholder engagement, responsibility for implementation, and robust and transparent monitoring and review mechanisms

The Commission put in place, in 2022, an enhanced governance and monitoring framework for the EU Biodiversity Strategty for 2030.

Lesson 8. Knowledge, awareness, capacities and skills are crucial to support action on biodiversity across all parts of society, sectors and levels

In synergy with other EU instruments, the Nature Restoration Law will encourage actions in the Member States to strengthen knowledge, awareness and skills for restoration.

Lesson 9. Biodiversity loss and climate change are inter-linked and need to be tackled together

The proposed Nature Restoration Law builds on the strong synergies between restoring healthy ecosystems and the benefits they provide for climate mitigation and adaptation.

Annex X: Coherence with EU legislation and policy initiatives related to nature restoration; approach to non-deterioration

This annex includes:

1.Synergies and added value of the Nature Restoration Law with respect to BHD, WFD, MSFD and climate regulation.

2.An overview (table) of policy initiatives and laws that are existing and currently in preparation as well as how they (could) relate to the setting of legally binding restoration targets. 

3.The approach to ensure non-deterioration of ecosystems that are in good condition and of those that still need to be restored.

1.Synergies and added value of the Nature Restoration Law with respect to BHD, WFD, MSFD and climate legislation.

Birds and Habitats Directives (BHD):

Based on the arguments presented below, the added value of the new legislation on restoration will be:

1)to set a clear deadline for achieving good status for species and habitats of EU conservation concern (all birds, habitats and species listed in the Habitats Directive’s annexes);

2)to create explicit restoration obligations for species and habitats of EU conservation concern outside the Natura 2000 network;

3)to give a real impetus to restoration in Natura 2000 as well as in other protected areas (30 % voluntary conservation improvement target for both terrestrial and marine set out in EU Biodiversity Strategy);

4)put in place a strategic restoration planning by Member States up to 2050, thereby creating a mechanism to achieve good status which would address in a coherent way the restoration needs under the Habitats, Birds, Water Framework and Marine Strategy Framework Directives;

5)to set restoration targets for ecosystems not explicitly / comprehensively covered by existing legislation, such as soil, pollinators, urban;

6)to create strong links with the climate mitigation and adaptation agenda by requiring Member States to prioritize the most climate relevant restoration, i.e. creating a win-win situation.

The Birds Directive aims to protect all wild bird species and their habitats across the EU.

It requires restoration of bird populations to favourable conservation status (FCS) 75 for all 460 species of naturally occurring birds in the wild state in the European territory of the Member States to which the Treaty applies.

However, the Directives’ specific provision on restoration mainly relate to the habitats of bird species for which Member States have to classify, protect and conserve Special Protection Areas (part of the Natura 2000 network), which cover 197 species and sub-species listed in Annex I of the directive as well as regularly occurring migratory species not listed in Annex I. Outside Natura 2000, while there is a more general duty under Article 3 of the Directive to maintain or re-establish a sufficient diversity and area of habitats for all 460 species of birds, these provisions are more general and harder to implement/enforce.

The Habitats Directive covers 1200 threatened or endemic species of wild animals and plants, collectively referred to as species of Community interest (listed in its Annexes II, IV and V), as well as 233 rare habitat types, listed in its Annex I.

The Habitats Directive requires restoration to FCS for all habitat types and species of Community interest. However, its specific provisions on restoration relate to Annex I habitats as well as habitats of the species listed in Annex II within Special Areas of Conservation (part of the Natura 2000 network). Outside Natura 2000, there is no specific provision on restoration for habitat and species of Community interest, albeit the achievement of the directive’s objective would require restoration to happen.

The Natura 2000 network on land currently covers 18 % of the EU surface, ranging from 8,3 % in Denmark to 36,7 % in Croatia, which reflects differences in biodiversity richness but also different designation strategies by the MS. The network covers approximately 34 % of the surface of all Annex I habitat types, which means that about two thirds lies outside.

Therefore, it can be concluded that – as regards the Habitats and Birds directives - the areas for which there is no specific provision on restoration cover all land and sea that do not fall within Natura 2000 sites, i.e. the majority of the EU territory, large parts of which are undergoing continuous degradation (EU Ecosystem Assessment 2020).

Moreover, since the Birds and Habitats Directive do not specify a deadline by which FCS shall be reached, the pace of implementation of measures towards this goal has been very slow; action has been concentrated in setting up Natura 2000 sites and to date it has been mainly linked to protection of the habitats and species in the sites, rather than to their restoration.

Although protection and restoration of habitats (e.g. peatlands) under the Birds and the Habitats Directive will benefit soil health and soil biodiversity, this is not an explicit objective of the Directives. Furthermore, although some pollinators are protected under the Habitats Directive (e.g. rare butterfly species) and they also benefit from habitat conservation measures (e.g. for grasslands) they are not a particular focus of the Nature Directives. Finally, there is no EU legislation requiring the restoration of urban ecosystems.

Water Framework Directive (WFD) and Marine Strategy Directive (MSFD)

The Nature Restoration Law proposal and in particular the freshwater and a marine targets will

-Support an acceleration of the implementation of both the MFSD and the WFD;

-Can cover topics which go beyond the direct scope of application of both the MFSD (fine grained detail for several marine habitats) and the WFD (free flowing rivers, connectivity with riverine habitats, and small water bodies);

-Support efforts to secure a more frequent and regular monitoring of the actual state of biodiversity, in line with the more frequent and regular monitoring promoted under the 8th EAP and, more recently, under the Zero Pollution Action Plan too.

The fact that MS would have to set out National Restoration Plans on how to reach the above targets, further requirements to address key pressures on both marine and freshwater ecosystems can be introduced. These can accelerate the implementation of both the MFSD and the WFD – paving the way for a more ambitious approach to both MFSD and WFD targets, notably beyond the, respectively, 2020 and 2027 legal deadlines for achieving good status for all seas, rivers and lakes, transitional and coastal water bodies.

Marine environment:

In the future in particular for marine species, the legal proposal can pave the ground for a much more granular monitoring of data on all these species, allowing to set targets for species in a second step, as soon as Member States will have collected sufficient data. In this context, synergies will be sought with the upcoming “Action plan to conserve fisheries and conserve marine ecosystems”, which builds on the Technical Measures report adopted last September and which will, among a variety of actions, focus on certain individual species. Habitats (for example seagrass beds) harbour an abundant variety of species. Protecting habitats therefore has the added value of restoring both ecosystems as well as those (non-resident) species that rely on these habitats. Habitats are more easily monitored and progress can be registered over a short-medium period of time. Focusing on restoring them as a first step makes sense.

Also in the future there is a possibility to turn the indicators used to achieve the marine targets into indicators to achieve Good Environmental Status under the MFSD. Progress towards achieving the restoration targets could thus feed into progress under the MSFD.

There are also synergies in terms of better cross-linking the reporting on restoration efforts (hence better integrate the policy objectives) under the MSFD, WFD and HD to be able to tell a comprehensive story of marine environmental protection.

Freshwater environment

The targets proposed for “Rivers, lakes and riverine/alluvial habitats” would stimulate synergistic for the WFD. In particular, the restoration target in the form of a requirement to map and, where possible, remove obsolete barriers, as an opportunity to:

- accelerate the implementation of the WFD;

- help to maintain good status / non deterioration after 2027.

Achieving WFD objectives will in itself contribute to the 2030 BD target (considering that 20 out of 32 Annex I Habitats Directive categorised as “rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats” are rivers and lakes), and will contribute to the 2050 BD target by enabling a prioritisation of barriers to be removed. The prioritisation will build upon the systematic approach taken under the WFD, enabling to identify

1) barriers justified under Art 4(3) WFD;

2) barriers in natural river water bodies and measures required to achieve good status (possibly but not necessarily taking down barriers) and

3) barriers whose removal can be carried out in the most cost effective manner, to achieve high status/free flowing rivers and create floodplains to the benefit of ecosystems outside, yet directly dependent on, water bodies.

Similarly, the requirement to map out smaller water units, which may not be part of the WFD delineated water bodies, to verify how severely they have been impacted, the primary pressures and the current conditions they are in, can help pave the way towards setting specific restoration targets in a second stage, and ultimately could play a critical role in meeting the EU restoration policy objectives by 2050, by closing existing data gaps of unmapped and unknown habitats and conditions.

Climate Legislation

Enabling effective implementation will also be supported by establishing effective synergies with climate legislation.

A specific opportunity is the review of the Regulation on land use, land-use change and forestry (LULUCF). This work would develop monitoring requirements on LULUCF emissions and removals, particular from high carbon stock land, land under protection or restoration provisions, and land with high climate risk, and explicitly link to the land definitions in environmental legislation. This would in the longer term enable cross referencing between land-based climate change mitigation, and adaptation, disaster risk reduction and ecological condition. This would lead to better cross correspondence between climate law and the restoration law in the longer term.

A related opportunity is the forthcoming mandatory requirement to ensure progress in adaptation to climate change under Article 4 of the EU Climate Law, to adopt and implement national adaptation strategies and plans, and to promote nature-based solutions and ecosystem-based adaptation.

2. Overview of links and synergies with EU legislation and policy initiatives

Policy initiatives and laws

Status

Relevance for ecosystem restoration

Possible alignment/overlap/synergies with the proposed Nature Restoration Law (NRL)

EU Directives, Regulations and Decisions

Birds and Habitats Directives 76  

Existing

·HD Article 2(2) requires that measures taken pursuant to the HD shall be designed to maintain or restore, at favourable conservation status, natural habitats and species of wild fauna and flora of Community interest (habitats listed in Annex I and species listed in Annex II and/or IV or V). However, it does not set a deadline or timeframe for achieving this objective. 

·According to HD Article 3, Natura 2000 shall enable the natural habitat types and the species' habitats concerned to be maintained or, where appropriate, restored at a favorable conservation status in their natural range.

·HD Article 10 furthermore states that MS shall in their land-use planning and development policies encourage the management of landscape features with the aim of improving connectivity within the N2000 network.

·HD Article 6 is the key provision governing the protection and the management of Special areas of conservation. In particular:

oHD Article 6(1) states for special areas of conservation, MS shall establish the necessary conservation measures involving, if need be, appropriate management plans specifically designed for the sites or integrated into other development plans, and appropriate statutory, administrative or contractual measures which correspond to the ecological requirements of the natural habitat types in Annex I and the species in Annex II present on the sites. 

oHD article 6(2) states that MS shall take appropriate steps to avoid, in the special areas of conservation, the deterioration of natural habitats and the habitats of species as well as disturbance of the species for which the areas have been designated, in so far as such disturbance could be significant in relation to the objectives of this Directive. 

·The BD requires restoration to FCS for all species of naturally occurring birds in the wild state in the European territory of the Member States to which the Treaty applies. This shall be achieved by means of protection, management and restoration of species and their habitats across the territory of the Member States, as well as in Special Protection Areas (SPA) for certain bird species.

·By virtue of article 7 of the HD, obligations arising under Article 6 (2) (and (3) and (4)) of the HD also apply to SPA classified under the BD.

·Definition of good ecosystem status under NRL has to be aligned with favourable conservation status (FCS) under BHD.

·NRL will support delivering the voluntary target in the BS2030 that habitats and species show no deterioration in conservation trends and status and at least 30 % reach favourable conservation status or at least show a positive trend.

·Restored ecosystems outside Natura 2000 under NRL could be designated as (strictly) protected areas thus contributing to the relevant BDS2030 targets.

·The NRL will complement the BHD by: (1) setting a deadline for achieving FCS for birds, Annex I habitats and species listed in Annex II and/or IV or V, which is missing in both the Birds and Habitats Directives; (2) creating more explicit restoration obligations for Annex I habitats and habitats of birds and species listed in Annex II and/or IV or V outside of the Natura 2000 network; (3) putting in place the mechanism to achieve FCS, e.g. by requiring MS to prepare restoration plans; and (4) creating links with the climate change policy, e.g. by requiring Member States to restore carbon and nature rich habitats.

Water Framework Directive (WFD) 77

Existing

·Establishes a framework for the protection of inland surface waters (including rivers, lakes, transitional waters, coastal waters) and groundwater which i.a. prevents further deterioration and protects and enhances the status of aquatic ecosystems. 

·The NRL definition of good ecosystem condition does not duplicate, nor substitute the 2027 target of good status for all water bodies under WFD; it rather complements it.

·In line with the BDS2030, the NRL targets on freshwater ecosystems reinforce and work in synergy with the targets of the WFD (achieve good ecological status for all water bodies by 2027)

·NRL targets contribute to accelerate the implementation of WFD and reinforce the synergies between WFD and the nature legislation.

·NRL requirement on non-deterioration would match the existing WFD requirement to take measures to prevent deterioration of the status of all bodies of water

Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) 78

Existing

·Establishes a framework within which Member States shall take the necessary measures to reach the target of achieving or maintaining good environmental status in the marine environment by the year 2020 at the latest.

·Requires MS to develop marine strategies that protect and preserve the marine environment, prevent its deterioration or, where practicable, restore marine ecosystems in areas where they have been adversely affected.

·Definition of good ecosystem status under NRL aligned with good environmental status under MSFD.

·The MSFD implementation of Art.13 (and the ongoing MSFD review) may consider the NRL targets as measures to achieve good environmental status.

·NRL targets reinforce existing MSFD targets (and do not create a derogation from the deadline/ambition).

·NRL targets focus on the maintenance of ecological functions at a higher resolution than the normal management/reporting scales under the MSFD, ensuring consistency and synergy of the policy objectives.

Marine Spatial Planning Directive (MSPD) 79

Existing

·Requires MS to consider i.a. environmental aspects to support sustainable development and growth in the maritime sector, applying an ecosystem-based approach. 

·Requires MS to set up marine spatial plans that consider interactions of activities and uses and contribute to i.a. the preservation, protection and improvement of the environment, including resilience to climate change impacts. 

·NRL could provide concrete objectives and measures to apply the ecosystem-based approach enshrined in the MSPD

·The links between NRL and marine protected areas could provide more certainty and usefulness to the spatial plans

Floods Directive (FD) 80

Existing

·Establishes a framework for the assessment and management of flood risks, aiming at the reduction of the adverse consequences for i.a. the environment.

·NRL reinforces FD because the restoration of the ability of marine and freshwater ecosystems to provide regulating services, such as natural water retention, could help prevent and mitigate the effects of floods (climate adaptation).

·Also, healthy ecosystems are more resilient to the effects of severe floods.

Climate Law

Existing (Regulation 2021/1119 of 30 June 2021).

·Establishes a framework for the irreversible and gradual reduction of greenhouse gas emissions and enhancement of removals by natural or other sinks in the Union.

·Sets a legally binding target of net zero greenhouse gas emissions (climate neutrality) by 2050 and negative emissions thereafter.

·Introduces a new EU target for 2030 of reducing net greenhouse gas emissions by at least 55 %, compared to 1990. This includes the review and possible revision of climate and energy laws to be able to achieve this updated target (fit for 55 package).

·Requires MS to develop and implement adaptation strategies to strengthen resilience and reduce vulnerability to the effects of climate change.

·Strengthens existing provisions on adaptation to climate change. 

·Establishes a framework for achieving progress in pursuit of adaptation goals, in a consistent manner in all policy areas, including biodiversity (in particular nature-based solutions).

·NRL, by focusing on restoring ecosystems with a high potential for climate adaptation/mitigation (e.g. through carbon removals), will contribute to achieving Climate Law targets. 

·The Climate Law contributes to the NRL by strengthening EU policies on climate change (both mitigation and adaptation), which is a major pressure on biodiversity loss.

·The Climate Law acknowledges the role of ecosystem restoration in maintaining, managing and enhancing natural sinks and promoting biodiversity (consideral 23).

·Under the Climate Law, Member States shall promote nature-based solutions and ecosystem-based adaptation.

Climate Governance Regulation 81  

Existing

·Specifies common rules on the planning, monitoring and the reporting of climate action, in particular emissions and removals associated to land use, land-use changes and forestry.

·The review of the LULUCF Regulation proposes to introduce high-level monitoring provisions for land with high carbon stock, land under restoration, land under protection and land with high climate risk.

·The NRL would allow to amend this list, when restoration targets will be clarified.

Environmental Impact Assessment Directive (EIAD) 82

Existing

·Requires ‘developers’ to do an environmental impact assessment for a wide range of defined public and private projects, and covers impacts on biodiversity, with particular attention to species and habitats protected under BHD. 

·The potential NRL requirements for non-deterioration and to identify, describe, assess and disclose the impacts of (new) sectoral policies likely to exacerbate ecosystem degradation processes, could be aligned with the EIA Directive.

·NRL could say that assessment of project-level impacts needs to be done according to the EIAD where this could apply, including for interests that go beyond the species/ habitat protected under the BHD. 

Strategic Environmental Assessment Directive (SEAD) 83

Existing

·Examines the likely environmental impacts of certain plans or programmes in order to take them into account in the decision-making process, with the aim of achieving a high-level protection of the environment and to promote sustainable development. 

·The potential NRL requirements for non-deterioration and to identify, describe, assess and disclose the impacts of (new) sectoral policies likely to exacerbate ecosystem degradation processes, could be aligned with the SEAD. Restoration plans under the NRL themselves would also require SEAD. 

Eel Regulation No 1100/2007 84

Existing

·Sets a framework for the recovery of the European Eel.

·NRL will greatly help in the restoration of eel habitats (in particular in river and coastal areas) and ultimately in the recovery of eels.

Common Fisheries Policy (CFP) 85

Existing

·Lays out rules and guidance on the conservation, management and sustainable exploitation of living aquatic resources.

·The CFP provides a framework for the conservation of marine biological resources and the management of fisheries and fleets exploiting those resources; it aims to ensure that fishing and aquaculture activities are environmentally sustainable in the long-term and consistent with achieving socio-economic benefits.

·NRL marine targets could contribute to achieve sustainable fishing.

Common Agricultural Policy (CAP)

Existing (renewal being negotiated)

·To reach the MFF/NextGen target to spend 30 % on climate objectives, 40 % of CAP spending must be dedicated towards these objectives. If CAP budget will be spent on e.g. carbon removals, this would contribute to achieving the NRL targets.

·Possible NRL targets on agroecosystems may also be addressed by the CAP, e.g. in terms of crop diversity, nutrient balance, fertiliser use, pesticide use and risk reduction. Depending on the target some indicators might be available under CAP monitoring. 

·NRP might introduce additional targets/indicators on agroecosystems that supplement requirements in the coming CAP to further improve the balance between farming and nature. For such cases, CAP might not provide the framework for monitoring and evaluation.

Environmental Accounts Regulation (EAR)

Incoming

·Proposes a new ecosystem accounting module providing legal definitions of ecosystem extent, ecosystem condition, conversion and ecosystem services, as well regular reporting on these by MS.

·Definitions under EAR and NRL are streamlined where beneficial.

Environmental Liability Directive (ELD) 86

Existing

·Establishes a framework of environmental liability, i.a. to prevent and/or remedy environmental damage to water, protected species and natural habitats (both within and outside N2000 under certain circumstances, as confirmed by the Commission Guidelines/Notice on environmental damage in paragraph 90) through restoration of the environment to its baseline condition - in case of strict/fault-based liability. 

·The potential NRL requirements might contribute to knowledge of baseline conditions through monitoring, and knowledge of remediation techniques through methodological provisions on restoration. 

·ELD establishes a precedent of legally binding prevention and restoration obligations outside N2000. 

·“Environmental damage” under ELD includes not only damage to Annex I habitats themselves but impairments of the “natural resource services” that they provide. As paragraph 42 of the Notice notes, these can include carbon services and flood protection.  

LULUCF Regulation 2021-2030

Existing (Regulation 2018/841)

Establishes a non-debit rule at MS level,

Require that all land categories contribute to the reduction of emissions and the enhancement of removals.

·MS forest reference levels should be consistent with the objective of contributing to the conservation of biodiversity.

MS have published national forest accounting plans, which, among other, explains how forest reference levels are consistency with biodiversity conservation objective.

LULUCF Regulation 2021-2030 (525/2013) proposal

Existing COM (2021) 554 final

·Strengthen LULUCF objectives at EU and MS level.

·Compliance reports shall include an assessment of synergies between mitigation and biodiversity.

·Maps and monitors certain habitats relevant for restoration.

·Potential co-benefits for restoration in terms of carbon sinks in the land use sector.

·Monitoring requirements are being streamlined (through amendments to the Governance Regulation). NRL will be able to update the elements introduced by the LULUCF Regulation Review.

·LULUCF targets will push Member States to enhance natural carbon sinks. 

·Compliance reports will assess synergies between climate and biodiversity

8th Environmental Action Programme (Commission proposal for a Decision of the EP and Council) 87

Being adopted, provisional agreement reached by co-legislators on December 1, 2021

·Legal framework that guides environmental and climate policymaking and implementation until 2030.

·Includes a policy objective to i.a. restore biodiversity.

·Lists potential indicators that overlap with the NRL (common birds, grassland butterflies, fish stock, and land take or soil cover/ sealing).

·Potential co-benefits for restoration.

·The foreseen 8th EAP headline indicator set should be coordinated with the indicators and monitoring foreseen in the NRL, to ensure overall coherence and reduction of administrative burden.

Taxonomy Regulation 88

Delegated acts on (1) biodiversity and ecosystems, (2) Climate Adaptation and (3) Mitigation

Existing and Incoming, 2021.

Climate delegated act (Del Reg 2021/2139)

·It outlines criteria for activities so that they substantially support at least one of six areas (incl. biodiversity and ecosystems) without doing any significant harm to another. 

·Economic activities qualifying as environmentally sustainable will support reaching the NRL targets for protection and restoration of ecosystems. 

·Restoration of wetlands (including peatlands) is identified as a sustainable investment under the EU Taxonomy Regulation Climate Delegated Act.

·The Taxonomy Regulation and its Delegated Act defines technical screening criteria for sustainable activities, including

oBiodiversity DNSH criteria for activities with a significant contribution to climate change mitigation or adaptation

oMitigation and adaptation DNSH criteria for activities with a signification contribution to biodiversity and ecosystem restoration.

Legislation and guidance on green public procurement (to boost NBS) 89

Incoming, 2022

·The existing EU GPP sets criteria to facilitate the inclusion of green requirements in public tender documents with the aim to reach a good balance between environmental performance, cost considerations, market availability and ease of verification.

·Potential co-benefits for restoration when environmental performance criteria reduce pressures on biodiversity.

Invasive Alien Species (IAS) Regulation 90  

Existing

·Invasive alien species (IAS) generally cause damage to ecosystems, reduce their resilience, including to climate change and affect (mostly negatively) the ecosystem services provided.

·Degraded ecosystems are particularly prone to the establishment of IAS. Many IAS thrive particularly in heavily modified, ecologically degraded environments.

·The IAS Regulation calls for undertaking proportionate restoration measures to strengthen the ecosystems' resilience towards invasions and to repair the damage caused.

·Article 20 of the IAS Regulation requires Member States to “carry out appropriate restoration measures to assist the recovery of an ecosystem that has been degraded, damaged, or destroyed by invasive alien species of Union concern unless a cost-benefit analysis demonstrates, on the basis of the available data and with reasonable certainty, that the costs of those measures will be high and disproportionate to the benefits of restoration.

·Article 20 further specifies that these restoration measures shall include at least the following: (a) measures to increase the ability of an ecosystem exposed to disturbance caused by the presence of invasive alien species of Union concern to resist, absorb, accommodate to and recover from the effects of disturbance and (b) measure to support the prevention of reinvasion following an eradication campaign.

·Article 21 of the Regulation states that, in accordance with the polluter pays principle Member States shall aim to recover the costs of measures needed to prevent, minimise or mitigate the adverse impacts of invasive alien species, including environmental and resources costs as well as the restoration costs.

·The list of IAS of Union concern was updated the last time in 2019 and currently includes 36 plants and 30 animals. A new update of the list is currently under preparation. The species listed are to be addressed as a priority across the Union. As these may negatively affect a wide range of ecosystems, whether terrestrial, aquatic or marine, implementation of the measures foreseen under the IAS Regulation contribute to the objectives of the NRL.

·On the other hand, the NRL can be expected to contribute to achieving the objectives of the IAS Regulation as ecosystem restoration often requires the removal of invasive alien species. Restored, healthy ecosystems can reduce the risk of establishment of new IAS and reduce their spread in the case of already established ones.

·A pre-requisite for ecosystems to qualify as restored under the NRL could be that IAS are removed or controlled so that they don’t significantly alter their main structure and function.

National Emission reduction Commitment Directive (NECD) 91

Existing

·Sets national reduction commitments for the periods 2020-29 and 2030 onwards for a range of air pollutants that affects ecosystems and biodiversity negatively and contributes to off-setting restoration efforts through eutrophication, acidification and tissue damage.

·NECD helps reduce pressures on biodiversity loss, thereby also contributing to the foreseen non-deterioration requirement under the NRL.

Regulation on deforestation-free products 92

Existing

·This Regulation does not cover restoration but focuses on minimising deforestation and forest degradation. 

·It aims to guarantee that the products that EU citizens consume on the EU market do not contribute to deforestation and forest degradation within the EU and globally.

EU strategies, programmes or initiatives

European Green Deal 93  

Existing

·Key elements of the European Green Deal depend on or contribute to the restoration of ecosystems, including the BDS2030, Farm to Fork Strategy , the climate-neutrality ambition by 2050  and the increased climate ambition by 2030 , the new EU Climate Adaptation Strategy , the zero pollution ambition/action plan , the Chemicals Strategy for Sustainability , the Circular Economy Action Plan , and the Just Transition Mechanism . Also relevant are the new EU Forest Strategy and the new EU Soil Strategy.

·NRL contributes to various elements of the Green Deal, which are specified in separate rows dedicated to these elements.

Mid-term review and final evaluation of the Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 94  

Existing

·Provides lessons learned related to restoration.

·The following lessons learnt have informed the NRL development: (1) successful local examples demonstrate the feasibility of, and the benefits from restoration, (2) reliance on voluntary instruments alone proved insufficient to mobilise coordinated restoration action of sufficient scale; (3) targets need to be specific enough to guide implementation and monitoring, and backed by clear definitions; (4) insufficient funding is a major barrier to restoration; and (5) an EU-wide monitoring effort is necessary to fill knowledge gaps. For more information see Annex IX.

Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 (BDS2030) 95

Existing

Contributes to restoration through I.a. the following commitments:

·Legally binding targets to be proposed in 2021.

·No deterioration of any protected habitats and species by 2030 - trend to be positive for at least 30 %.

·Organic farming: 25 %.

·Landscape features: 10 %.

·50 % reduction of use and risk of chemical pesticides.

·3 billion trees planted.

·Reverse decline in pollinators.

·Restore 25 000 km free flowing rivers .

·New Urban Greening Platform: the Green City Accord.

·Invasive alien species: half the number on the red list.

·Reduction of pollution from fertilisers.

·Reduction of damage to seabed, bycatch.

·NRL contributes to achieving the headline ambition to ensure that by 2050 all of the world’s ecosystems are restored, resilient, and adequately protected, and that Europe's biodiversity is on the path to recovery by 2030. 

·NRL contributes to delivering on the commitment to propose legally binding targets.

·NRL goes beyond the BDS2030 by including a non-deterioration requirement not only for HD Annex I habitats and habitats of protected species and within/outside N2000, but also for ecosystems beyond any protection (e.g. those not covered by HD Annex I habitats and habitats of protected species).

Farm to Fork Strategy (F2F) 96

Existing

Includes targets that have the potential to contribute to restoration by reducing pressures on biodiversity resulting from food production:

·Reduce the overall use and risk of chemical pesticides by 50 % and the use of more hazardous pesticides by 50 % by 2030.

·Reduce nutrient losses by at least 50 %, while ensuring that there is no deterioration in soil fertility. This will reduce the use of fertilisers by at least 20 % by 2030.

·Halve per capita food waste at retail and consumer levels by 2030 (which is to be legally binding once data/baselines become available in 2022).

Contributes to restoring agro and marine ecosystems, if done right, through the following:

·Target that at least 25 % of the EU’s agricultural land is under organic farming by 2030 and a significant increase in organic aquaculture (which means the environmental status and biodiversity health needs to be improved).

·Commitment to bring fish stocks to sustainable levels by applying zero tolerance in the fight against illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing (IUU) and combat overfishing, promote sustainable management of fish and seafood resources and strengthen ocean governance, marine cooperation and coastal management’.

·EU carbon farming initiative under the Climate Pact will promote a new green business model based on climate benefits such as carbon sequestration.

·As regards the agriculture related targets of F2F, COM invited MS, in their CAP Strategic Plan, to set explicit national values for those targets, taking into account its specific situation and recommendations.

·The reduction of pressures under F2F helps reduce (further) deterioration and thereby decrease the totality of needed restoration. 

·The requirement of no deterioration in soil fertility under F2F and the non-deterioration requirement under NRL will strengthen one another.

·Restoration targets for agro-ecosystems under NRL need to be considered in transition efforts to organic farming under F2F.

·The organic action plan under F2F (including the use of CAP interventions) does not include targets that are legally binding target, which can be addressed by the NRL.

·F2F seeks to enforce existing rules and modify the demand side but does not foresee direct restoration activities e.g. establishing no-take zones. NRL can address this gap.

·The promotion of business models for carbon sequestration under F2F would support the achievement of targets related to soils under NRL.

·Ecosystem restoration under NRL will contribute to the F2F goals by increasing the health of ecosystems that provide services and resilience to the benefit of the food system.

Zero Pollution Action Plan 97

Existing

·Contributes to restoration by mitigating pollution as a pressure on biodiversity loss, by initiating actions to better prevent, monitor and remedy pollution from air, water, soil and consumer products.

·NRL contributes to monitoring and remedying pollution, including from soil.

Circular Economy Action Plan 98

Existing

·Sets out a plan to reach a climate-neutral circular economy. More circular natural resource use (e.g. electronics, packaging, plastics, textiles, construction material) can contribute to restoration e.g. by mitigating pressures on biodiversity loss resulting from land use for extracting and processing materials, fuels and food.

·Sets out the objective to significantly reduce total waste generation and halve the amount of residual (non-recycled) municipal waste by 2030, i.a. by developing methodologies to minimise the presence of substances that pose problems to heatlh or the environment in recycled materials and articles made thereof.

·Mentions that the development of a regulatory framework for certifying carbon removals will be explored to incentivise the uptake of carbon removal and increased circularity of carbon, in full respect of the biodiversity objectives. This can contribute to restoration when carbon removal and storage are nature based, e.g. through restoration of ecosystems, forest protection, afforestation, sustainable forest management and carbon farming/sequestration.

·Announces a regulatory framework for certifying carbon removals based on robust and transparent carbon accounting to monitor and verify the authenticity of carbon. 

·The initiatives under the Circular Economy Action Plan promotes the uptake of carbon removal and increased circularity of carbon in respect of the biodiversity objectives, thereby reducing pressures on biodiversity loss.

Chemicals strategy for sustainability towards a toxic-free environment (CS) 99

Existing

Outlines i.a. the following actions related to chemical pollution in the natural environment:

·Proposes new hazard classes and criteria in the CLP Regulation to fully address environmental toxicity, persistency, mobility and bioaccumulation.

·Ensure that the information made available to authorities on substances allows comprehensive environmental risk assessments by strengthening requirements across legislation

·Address the impact on the environment of the production and use of pharmaceuticals in the upcoming pharmaceuticals strategy for Europe.

·Support research and development for decontamination solutions in terrestrial and aquatic environments.

·Reinforce the regulation of chemical contaminants in food to ensure a high level of human health protection. 

·CS helps reduce the pressures on biodiversity loss of chemical pollution (e.g. in soils), thereby also contributing to the foreseen non-deterioration requirement under the NRL.

Green Infrastructure Strategy 100

Existing

·The Natura 2000 network is at the core of the EU’s Green Infrastructure (GI) strategy. Additional measures through GI deployment, including GI projects at EU level, would improve the network's coherence and would help achieve the objectives of nature directives aiming to maintain or restore at favourable conservation status for all species and habitats of Community importance, while at the same time contribute to other targets of the BDS2030.

·Depending on the local situation, GI deployment will therefore require both the conservation of existing biodiverse ecosystems in good ecosystem condition, as well as the restoration of degraded ecosystems.

·National Restoration Plans put in place by MS could take into account Green Infrastructure deployment. GI projects will also help achieve the objectives of the NRL, if biodiversity principles are followed.

Sustainable Carbon Cycles communication

Existing (COM (2021) 800 final)

· The Communication sets out short- to medium-term actions to support carbon farming and upscale this green business model to better reward land managers for carbon sequestration and biodiversity protection. By 2030, carbon farming initiatives should contribute 42Mt of CO2 storage to Europe's natural carbon sinks. Measures to achieve this goal include:

opromoting carbon farming practices under the Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) and other EU programmes such as LIFE and Horizon Europe's “Soil Deal for Europe” research mission, and through national public financing and private finance;

ostandardising the monitoring, reporting and verification methodologies needed to provide a clear and reliable certification framework for carbon farming, allowing for developing voluntary carbon markets;

oprovide improved knowledge, data management and tailored advisory services to land managers, both on land and within blue carbon ecosystem.

·The Communication also aims to develop blue carbon initiatives, as using nature-based solutions on coastal wetlands and regenerative aquaculture.

· NRL will include targets that can also be contribute to carbon farming, increasing carbon sequestration while often providing important co-benefits for biodiversity and other ecosystem services. Although very site-dependent in application, the following are effective examples of improved land management practices:

oAfforestation and reforestation that respect ecological principles favourable to biodiversity and enhanced sustainable forest management including biodiversity-friendly practices and adaptation of forests to climate change;

oAgroforestry and other forms of mixed farming combining woody vegetation (trees or shrubs) with crop and/or animal production systems on the same land;

oUse of catch crops, cover crops, conservation tillage and increasing landscape features: protecting soils, reducing soil loss by erosion and enhancing soil organic carbon on degraded arable land;

oTargeted conversion of cropland to fallow or of set-aside areas to permanent grassland;

o Restoration of peatlands and wetlands that reduces oxidation of the existing carbon stock and increases the potential for carbon sequestration.

·NRL will also include targets which are effective carbon removal solutions ensuring no negative impact on biodiversity or ecosystem deterioration in line with the precautionary and Do No Significant Harm principles.

·NRL will benefit of the the carbon farming challenge: every land manager should have access to verified emission and removal data by 2028 to enable a wide uptake of carbon farming;.

EU Pollinators Initiative 101  

Existing

·Aims to address the decline of pollinating insects, a key structural and functional component across different types of terrestrial ecosystems (agro-ecosystems, forests, wetlands, heathland and scrubs). Restoration of such ecosystems would not be possible without restoration of pollinator populations.

·Sets actions to tackle the major causes of pollinator decline, which are at the same time key pressures on ecosystems, such as land use (change), agriculture, pesticides, environmental pollution, invasive alien species. 

·There is no overlap, only complementarity and synergies. The NRL would strengthen the Initiative by providing a legal character to its critical elements (overarching objective, monitoring).

·The Initiative is currently developing a monitoring system and indicators for pollinators which can be used to set a baseline/target on pollinators and a monitoring obligation under the NRL.  

·The Initiative’s action framework will steer and guide the development of the NRP under the NRL. 

Climate Adaptation Strategy 102

Existing

·Sets out how the European Union can adapt to the unavoidable impacts of climate change. and become climate resilient by 2050.

·Proposes actions that push the frontiers of knowledge on adaptation so that we can gather more and better data on climate-related risks and losses.

·Promotes nature-based solutions for adaptation

·Promotes carbon farming as a new green business model based on climate benefits such as carbon sequestration (CO2-removal from atmosphere). “Through carbon farming, the Commission will promote a new business model for land-based carbon removals, including financial incentives to rollout nature-based solutions”.

·NRL 2050 target that all EU ecosystems are restored by 2050 reinforces the CAS 2050 climate resilience target, and vice versa.

·MS can use CAS data on climate-related risks and losses when determining restoration priorities.

·NRL contributes to CAS because restoration can be done in a way that it is a NBS for adaption.

·NRL will include targets that can also be considered as nature-based solutions for adaptation

Updated Soil Strategy 103

Existing

·Sets out a number of initiatives to encourage voluntary action by MS. Possible actions including (1) providing support to MS in drafting national action plans to achieve land degradation neutrality; (2) recommending MS to address degraded soil in the context of the CAP; (3) providing guidelines on afforestation and close to nature forestry as means to restore degraded soil; and (4) outlining what is needed/expected in the NRL. 

·Proposes to tabling a Soil Health Law including measures to achieve good soil health by 2050.

·Soil Strategy outlines what is necessary in the NRL to achieve soil-related objectives.

·The Soil Health Law announced in the Soil Strategy (and subject to impact assessment) will contribute to restoring ecosystems, in particular by improving soil health.

·NRL binding requirements will substantially contribute to soil objectives, e.g. in light of soil health and soil biodiversity being insufficiently addressed by existing legislation.

·Soil Strategy actions will complement and help achieve the NRL targets, and vice versa.

·Indicators and monitoring in the Soil Strategy and NRL are aligned. 

New Forest Strategy (FS) 104

Existing

·Promotes restoration of damaged forests addressing climate change adaptation (e.g. developing an EU framework/guidance) based on best available knowledge and practices, including on biodiversity friendly afforestation and restoration.

·Includes measures for strengthening forest protection and restoration and improving and harmonising the planning and monitoring of EU forests.

·Provides a roadmap for planting at least 3 billion additional trees by 2030.

·Facilitates existing EU financing mechanisms, explores the potential of EIB funds, and provides financial incentives for forest owners and managers for improving the quantity and quality of EU forests (protection and restoration).

·(still under discussion): “The Commission will also “encourage MS to design an ecoscheme for forest protection, restoration, […] and develop guidance to pro-vide inspiration […]. Develops guidance on the different financing measures for forest protection, restoration […].”

·Developing Sustainable Forestry Management indicators and criteria under FS will be streamlined with and support the achievement of NRL forestry targets: COM will identify additional indicators as well as thresholds or ranges for sustainable forest management concerning in particular forest ecosystem health, biodiversity and climate objectives. Subject to the impact assessment, these will be included in the future legislative proposal on EU forest planning and monitoring.

·FS makes explicit reference to NRL.

Action Plan to conserve fisheries resources and protect marine ecosystems

Incoming, 2022

·Provides an action plan to conserve fisheries resources and protect marine ecosystems, thereby reducing pressures on marine ecosystem/species degradation.

·NRL targets/monitoring and the action plan both contribute to reaching favourable conservation status and good environmental status of marine waters.

EU guidance documents

Guidance on the prioritisation of species and habitats for restoration to improve status of at least 30 % of species and habitats currently not in FSC 105  

Existing (June 2021)

·The guidance provides clarification on the scope of the target and suggests criteria for MSs to prioritise habitats and species for which measures shall be put in place to improve their status, or at least achieve a strong positive trend, by 2030.

·There are strong synergies between the NRL and the so-called “30% status improvement target”, insofar as both aim at achieving, by 2030, significant improvements in the status of habitats and species protected under EU Nature legislation. De facto, most of the measures required to improve the status of species and habitats would quality as ecosystem restoration measures under the proposed NRL.

·As achieving the (voluntary) 30% status improvement target by 2030 requires that Member States submit their pledges in 2022 and start implementing the necessary improvement measures as soon as possible thereafter, implementing the target might act as a “test-bed” or precursor for the legally binding and ecosystem-specific (and hence more constraining) targets under the NRL, the date of entry into force of which cannot yet be anticipated.

Criteria and guidance for protected areas designation 106  

Existing (January 2022)

·The guidance provides criteria for MSs to identify additional protected areas.

·There are synergies with the NRL as restored ecosystems under NRL outside Natura 2000 or other existing protected areas could be designated as (strictly) protected areas thus contributing to the relevant BDS2030 targets. Furthermore, protected areas and strictly protected areas may contribute to achieving the restoration targets under NRL.

Technical guidance and support to MS to identify sites and help mobilise funding for the restoration of 25,000 km of free flowing rivers 107  

Existing (December 2021)

·Aims to support the identification of restoration sites and of funding opportunities to achieve the BDS2030 target of restoring 25 000 km of rivers into free-flowing state.

·The guidance document is a stepping stone towards faster and more ambitious implementation of the WFD, in line with the BDS2030.

·It is designed to provide clarification on the concept of free-flowing rivers and to contribute to a common understanding of how this target is linked to the objectives of the WFD and of EU Nature Directives.

·The guidance will support MS in devising measures to achieve a potential NRL target related to the restoration of rivers into free-flowing state.

Technical guidance on urban greening

Incoming (Q1 2022)

·In the BDS2030 the Commission ‘called upon’ all cities of over 20 000 inhabitants to develop Urban Greening Plans – this technical guidance will explain what and how this process can be implemented. 

·The technical guidance will, in this way, help to set the framework from which local authorities can plan and implement actions to improve the quality of urban ecosystems by making Urban Greening Plans. 

·It will include suggestions for the governance of urban green planning (i.e. how to integrate it with other local planning processes and how to engage local actors in the process) and set a baseline of what indicators need to be mapped, measured and monitored to understand local ecosystems. 

·To set and meet any targets – voluntary or legally based – relating to urban greening, the quality of urban ecosystems requires appropriate, systematic mapping and monitoring of certain key indicators at the local level.  

·The technical guidance will support this process fully. Any NRL targets for urban ecosystems will be mirrored in the technical guidance (and supported by the establishment of an urban greening platform).

Establishment of a new cooperation-based EU biodiversity governance (including a monitoring and review mechanism)

Incoming

·BDS2030 announced the setting up of a new cooperation-based EU biodiversity governance framework to steer the implementation of biodiversity commitments agreed at national, European and international level. This framework is under development and will be finalised in cooperation with the Member States and stakeholders. It will include a system of expert groups for the coordinated implementation of the Strategy, a monitoring and review mechanism to enable regular progress assessment and corrective action if needed, as well as measures to support administrative capacity building, input from science, transparency, stakeholder dialogue and participatory governance at different levels.

·The governance structure for the implementation of the future EU Nature Restoration Law will be integrated into the wider biodiversity governance framework. This may include:

onew expert groups, Committees, scientific or stakeholder bodies to be set up for the implementation of the new legislation,

ocertain aspects of the NRL implementation to be reflected in the mandate of existing groups and bodies as appropriate (e.g. on soil, on forests and nature, on monitoring and assessment and others),

ointeraction with further groups to ensure synergies with other policy areas,

othe integration of indicators and requirements set by the new NRL to monitor restoration progress and gather knowledge on ecosystem condition and services, into the wider biodiversity and environmental monitoring frameworks; and building on existing indicators to the extent possible, and

othe streamlining of reporting processes and online tracking tools to minimise administrative burden.

Guidance on new sustainability criteria on forest biomass for energy, that have to be developed under the Renewable Energy Directive – 2021 (suggestion EASME) 108  

Incoming, 2021

·Provides guidance on sustainability criteria on forest biomass for energy, that will be developed under the Renewable Energy Directive (RED).

·A draft RED and implementing act are currently under discussion with MS. The degree of emphasis on biodiversity, for example in the context of regeneration, is still to be decided on.

3.Approach to non-deterioration 

It is important to ensure that the condition of ecosystems in the EU does not deteriorate. This can apply to areas that need to be restored as well as those that are already in good condition and need to be maintained. Protecting areas that still need to be restored from further degradation means that less efforts/investments will be needed to restore them later, and protecting areas that are already restored means that the returns on such investments are maintained. A further argument for non-deterioration can be based on the potential of providing ecosystem services such as carbon sequestration or natural carbon storage, e.g. wetlands. These would naturally favour the non-deterioration of these territories. Overall, an approach needs to be developed in which restoration goes hand in hand with (long-term) protection and maintenance. 

To address the issue of non-deterioration it is useful to consider areas of terrestrial territory according to the following three main regimes:

a.Annex I habitats of the HD and habitats of protected species and within N2000. It is estimated that 44 % of HD Annex I habitat area lies within Natura 2000. For these areas, the duty of non-deterioration is already covered by existing legislation.

b.Annex I habitats of the HD and habitats of protected species but outside N2000. 56 % of HD Annex I habitat area lies outside Natura 2000. For these areas, the duty of non-deterioration is partly covered by fault-based or negligence-based prevention and remediation duties under the Environmental Liability Directive, and sometimes by strict liability under this. It is also implicitly covered by the requirement of the Habitats Directive to maintain or restore, at favourable conservation status, natural habitats and species of wild fauna and flora of Community interest at national/biogeographical level. In addition, aquatic and riparian habitats within this category benefit from the non-deterioration and other requirements of the Water Framework Directive. The duty not to deteriorate also exists for breeding sites and resting places of protected species, but this is limited to those listed in Annex IV of the Habitats Directive. Relevant duties also exist for wild birds’ habitats across the territory of the Member States. However, even taken together, there are shortcomings. Therefore, to ensure a comprehensive protection level, establishing additional duties under the nature restoration law to ensure non-deterioration would probably be needed. These could however, be lighter than those obligations to ensure non deterioration within Natura 2000.

c.Ecosystems beyond any protection (e.g. those not covered by Annex I habitats and not habitats of protected species). Ensuring no deterioration for habitats other than HD Annex I habitats and habitats of protected species is more challenging, although some results are achievable through , for instance, minimum standards for farmers benefitting of CAP support of Good Agricultural and Environmental Conditions (GAEC) under current cross-compliance. Resulsmay also be achievable in other ways; aquatic and riparian habitats within this category, for instance, benefit from the non-deterioration and other requirements of the Water Framework Directive. A process to set a further non-deterioration requirement (e.g. through new duties as explained below) could be established together with the process for setting additional targets (e.g. through setting up a monitoring mechanism to measure ecosystem conditions and set baselines first). These targets and any requirements of non-deterioration could then be established in law in step 2.

The following points should also be taken into consideration:

-Habitats outside Annex I that are turned into an Annex I habitat types (through restoration / re-establishment) would then become part of Annex I and enjoy the same protection, either as in a) or b).

-The EIA and SEA Directives can help identify projects and plans likely to exacerbate ecosystem degradation and can be used to help avoid some degree of non-deterioration across a), b) and c).

A similar approach could be envisaged for marine territories. The Marine Strategy Framework Directive aims to achieve the broad goal of Good Environmental Status (GES) of the EU's marine waters. Further to that, Annex I marine habitats are protected within Natura 2000 marine sites, for instance, and enjoy a measure of protection outside them thanks to the ELD, the overarching objective of the Habitats Directive and other instruments.

Restored areas need to receive a type of protection that will ensure the full recovery of the restored areas and ensure the long-term viability of the restored ecosystem. These could for example be designated as protected areas and be taken into account for the 30 % protected area and 10 % strictly protected area targets. Member States may choose other means to ensure long-term protection of the restored areas, such as Other effective area-based conservation measures (OECM) or private land conservation measures. Where appropriate, in particular in the marine environment, Member States may choose to achieve the restoration targets by ensuring strict protection of the areas hosting the degraded ecosystems (passive restoration).

Annex XI: Restoration frameworks in Member States

Obtaining data on the area of ecosystems undergoing restoration in Europe is a challenge due to a number of factors, including the fact that much restoration activity is voluntary and that there are few legal mechanisms that require reporting of the areas restored 109 . The Netherlands, Germany, Belgium (Flanders), Austria and Spain have put in place Restoration Prioritisation Frameworks. Furthermore, in the first Expert Workshop towards an EU legal proposal for binding restoration targets organised by the Commission (9 December 2020), a number of Member States also shared information about national restoration efforts. 

Member States that have submitted Ecosystem Restoration Prioritisation Frameworks (RPF) at national or sub-national level (Target 6A in the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020) 110

Netherlands

Naar een strategisch kader voor ecosysteemherstel (‘RPF’) in Nederland (Towards a strategic framework for ecosystem restoration in the Netherlands), 2014.

Germany

Priorisierungsrahmen zur Wiederherstellung verschlechterter Ökosysteme in Deutschland (Prioritisation framework for the restoration of degraded ecosystems in Germany), 2015.

Flanders (Belgium)

Prioriteitenkader voor ecosysteemherstel in Vlaanderen (Prioritisation framework for ecosystem restoration in Flanders), 2016.

Austria

Strategischer Rahmen für eine Priorisierung zur Wiederherstellung von Ökosystemen auf nationalem und subnationalem Niveau, 2020 111 .

Spain

Spanish National Strategy for Green Infrastructure, Connectivity and Ecological Restoration, 2021.

Additional information on national restoration efforts shared by Member States in the first Expert Workshop towards an EU legal proposal for binding restoration targets organised by the Commission, 9 December 2020

Sweden

·Prioritised Action Framework (PAF) for Natura2000 in Sweden

·National environmental objectives

·National species action programmes

·Regional plans for Green Infrastructure

·National programme of action for remediation of water courses

·Municipal biodiversity programmes

·Wetlands restoration project 2018 - ongoing. Promoting construction of new and restored wetlands all over Sweden in order to strengthen the landscape's own ability to maintain and balance water flows

Ireland

Ireland’s Protected Raised Bog Restoration Programme

Finland

·Biodiversity strategy

·Helmi programme

·METSO programme

·Ecosystem restoration and management monitoring for different habitat groups (forests, semi-natural grasslands, mires)

Portugal

2030 Biodiversity & Nature Conservation National Strategy - Resolution of the Portuguese Council of Ministers:

Axis 1 - Improve natural heritage conservation status

Axis 2 - Promote recognition of the natural heritage value

Axis 3 - Encourage appropriation of natural values & biodiversity by the stakeholders.

Biodiversity & Nature Conservation Action Plan

Protected Areas Management Plans

Annex XII: Financing options at EU level

This annex provides an overview of the financing needs as well as potential sources of financing for ecosystem restoration at EU level, including programmes and funds under MFF 2021-2027, Next Generation EU as well as private investments. Member States would be asked to outline in their National Restoration Plans how they would access these sources. In addition, Member States would need to outline available funds from their national and local budgets as well as how market-based instruments are used to help cover the cost of ecosystem restoration and prevent deterioration.

The Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 states that biodiversity action requires at least EUR 20 billion per year stemming from “private and public funding at national and EU level”, of which the EU budget will be a key enabler and component. As such, in December 2020 the EU co-legislators came to the interinstitutional agreement 112 to set a biodiversity spending target of 7.5 % as of 2024 and 10 % as of 2026 under the 2021-27 MFF. Mainstreaming and tracking of biodiversity in EU programmes and funds are currently being revised to strengthen biodiversity considerations and fill the financing gap that is, according to draft Programme Statements in March 2021, foreseen to be at least €1.924 billion for 2026 and €2.291 billion for 2027.

Specifically, the European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development (EAFRD) and European Agricultural Guarantee Fund (EAGF) will be central to achieving higher levels of biodiversity spending under the 2021-27 MFF. Furthermore, Cohesion policy funds and the European Maritime Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund (EMFAF) will also play a central role in achieving the biodiversity ambition. Other programmes will also contribute to this target, such as LIFE, Copernicus and InvestEU. Member States would also be encouraged to seek synergies between different programmes and funds to support large-scale implementation of restoration projects.

Moreover, the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 states that a significant proportion of the part of the 2021-27 MFF dedicated to climate action will be invested in biodiversity and nature-based solutions. As ecosystem restoration will directly contribute to climate mitigation and adaptation objectives, restoration would also benefit from the climate spending target in the MFF.

Financing needs for ecosystem restoration under policy options 3 and 4

Restoration costs

According to the two scenarios with different ambition levels (15-40-100 % restoration versus 30-60-100 % restoration, both for 2030-2040-2050) presented in the table below based on a more detailed table in Annex VI, the average annual restoration, re-creation and maintenance costs to 2030 for peatlands, marshlands, forests, heathland and scrub, grasslands, rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats, and coastal wetlands are estimated at EUR 5.3 billion for Scenario A and EUR 7.6 billion for Scenario B.

Ecosystem type

Scenario A:

Scenario B:

15 % by 2030, 40 % by 2040, 100 % by 2050

30 % by 2030, 60 % by 2040, 100 % by 2050

 

Average annual cost to 2030 (€M)

Average annual cost to 2050 (€M)

Average annual cost to 2030 (€M)

Average annual cost to 2050 (€M)

Peatlands

202

265

274

266

Marshlands

165

175

173

177

Coastal Wetlands

195

331

352

331

Forests

2097

2811

2916

2816

Agro-Ecosystems

1221

1353

1367

1353

Heathland and scrub

139

148

148

149

Rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats

1299

2282

2407

2279

Total

5318

7365

7637

7371

Note: opportunity costs in terms of foregone income (e.g. by landowners as a result of rewetting a grassland so that it becomes a wetland) are included in the calculation of restoration and maintenance costs. Opportunity costs of potential land use changes (e.g. turning grassland into an industrial district) are not included.

For Natura 2000 sites, estimates of restoration costs until 2030 are also available under the MS Prioritised Action Frameworks (PAFs) submitted in March 2021: a total cost for one-off maintenance and restoration projects sites for a number of ecosystem types amount to approximately EUR 10 billion over 2021-27 (1.4 billion annually). It should be noted that these figures focus on Natura 2000 i.e. do not address the broader ecosystem restoration funding needs including beyond the N2000 network.

PAF figures on restoration based on aggregated estimations by Member States

A: Natura 2000 site-related maintenance and restoration measures for species and habitats

One-off/ project costs (MEUR/year)

Marine and coastal waters

103

Heathlands and shrubs

79

Bogs, mires, fens and other wetlands

201

Grasslands

334

Other agroecosystems (incl. croplands)

89

Woodlands and forests

352

Freshwater habitats (rivers and lakes)

272

Total annual costs

1 430

Total (2021-2027)

10 010

Note: Opportunity costs such as income foregone are included in the figures for Member States that are planning to compensate landowners for restoration.

The annual cost figure, for example of EUR 7.6 billion under scenario B, is expected to be higher because restoration and maintenance costs for marine, urban and soil ecosystems as well as pollinators are not included due to uncertainties and data gaps on the restoration need and costs, although it is likely that pollinators will benefit from costs incurred to restore terrestrial ecosystems such as grasslands.

Costs for enabling measures (administrative costs)

Besides restoration and maintenance, there are costs foreseen for enabling measures such as establishing methodologies and indicators, developing National Restoration Plans and monitoring progress. According to the impact assessment study in Annex VI, these are estimated to include annual costs averaging EUR 583 million from 2022 to 2030 and EUR 498 million over the period 2022-2050..

Estimated costs for enabling measures (MEURO)

 

Average annual costs 2022-2030

Average annual costs 2022-2050 

Surveys of ecosystems

 

122.1 

37.9 

Development of national restoration plans;

1.4 

0.4 

Development of methodologies and indicators (5 ecosystems) 

0.7 

0.2 

Administration of restoration measures

 438.3

438.3 

Monitoring of restored ecosystems

 20.6

20.6

Reporting progress against restoration targets 

 0.1

0.1 

Total annual costs 

583.3 

497.6

Conclusion

While the cost estimates will need to be more precisely calculated, they do provide an indication of how much financing at least needs to be mobilised, namely between EUR 5.9 billion and 8.0 billion over the period 2022-2030. While these costs can be largely compensated by increased potential for ecosystem services, it should be noted that this estimate does not consider the restoration and maintenance costs for some ecosystems for which data is lacking. As such, the total costs are expected to be higher. Moreover, the precise costs for each Member State will vary in line with subsidiarity, as costs depend on the specific restoration needs, priorities, measures as well as land prices and wages per Member State.

Cost item

Amount in EUR billion

Restoration and maintenance costs for peatlands, marshlands, forests, heathland and scrub, grasslands, rivers, lakes and alluvial habitats, and coastal wetlands

5.3 – 7.4

Enabling measures

0.6

Sub-total

15.9 – 8.0

Restoration and maintenance costs for marine, urban and soil ecosystems as well as pollinators

Not exactly determined

EU programmes and funds under MFF 2021-27 and Next Generation EU

The table below provides an overview of how EU programmes and funds under MFF2021‑2027 and Next Generation EU can contribute to biodiversity with a focus on ecosystem restoration in their specific policy areas. The information, including estimates of available funds for biodiversity wherever possible, is based on the ‘Biodiversity Financing and Tracking: First Interim Report’ (study commissioned by ENV to IEEP/Trinomics, 2021), guidance on river restoration that is currently being prepared as well as an ongoing exercise of DGs ENV and BUDG to estimate the contributions from MFF funds and programmes to biodiversity in order to reach the new MFF target of 7.5/10 % for biodiversity spending.

According to figures prepared by DGs BUDG and ENV, under the MFF 2014-2020, biodiversity spending amounted to EUR 85 billion, which was about 8 % of the EU budget. Under the MFF 2021-2027, estimates for biodiversity spending are available for 8 funds/programmes, amounting to nearly EUR 100 billion (EUR 99 123.3 million), an average of approximately EUR 14 billion annually, of which a portion can be employed to the benefit of ecosystem restoration, including restoration projects, capacity building, knowledge exchange, monitoring and transboundary cooperation. This means that the EUR 14 billion annual biodiversity spending under the MFF could cover to a large extent the annual total costs of restoration of EUR 6-8 billion, complemented with other sources of funding mentioned below. Under the current methodology to track biodiversity spending in the MFF, it is not possible to estimate how much funds are channelled to ecosystem restoration.

EU programmes and funds under MFF 2021-27 and Next Generation EU

Source

Preliminary estimates of funds available for biodiversity in 2021-2027 (MEUR)

How could this financing source be used for ecosystem restoration?

Explanation

Financing type (grants/ loans) + beneficiaries

European Agricultural Guarantee fund (EAGF) under the Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) – still under discussion

37 885.2

·Restoration projects for agro-ecosystems

·EAGF funds could be used by MS to finance restoration (soil, habitats and species) under the foreseen eco-schemes, if MS outline this in their national CAP strategic plans for the following specific objective for the period 2023-27: contribute to the protection of biodiversity, enhance ecosystem services and preserve habitats and landscapes

·It is estimated that 14.8 % was counted as biodiversity expenditure under MFF 2016-2020.

·Grants

·Beneficiaries: farmers

European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development (EAFRD) under the CAP – still under discussion

26 513.2

·Restoration projects for agro/ forest ecosystems

·Capacity/knowledge building

·Knowledge exchange

·Cooperation

·EAFRD funds could be used for restoration, particularly under the following priorities of (1) restoring, preserving and enhancing ecosystems related to agriculture and forestry (for 2021-22); as well as under the specific objective (2) contributing to the protection of biodiversity, enhancing ecosystem services and preserving habitats and landscapes (for 2023-2027).

·MS would need to incorporate restoration measures in national CAP strategic plans.

·At least 30 % of funding for each RDP must be dedicated to measures relevant for the environment and climate change, much of which is channelled through grants and annual and multiannual payments to farmers who switch towards more environmentally friendly practices or make investments environmental related.

·While the European Commission approves and monitors CAP SP decisions regarding implementation, such as the selection of projects and the granting of payments are handled by national and regional managing authorities.

·It is estimated that 33% of the total EAFRD budget under MFF 2014-2020 benefitted biodiversity.

·Co-financing for EAFRD

·Beneficiaries: farmers, foresters and other land owners

European Regional Development Fund (ERDF)

Cohesion Fund (CF)

20 138.2

·Restoration projects

·Capacity/knowledge building

·Cooperation

·ERDF could finance restoration projects that support i.a. (1) innovation and research; and (2) the low-carbon economy.

·ERDF: at least 30 % of ERDF resources shall be allocated to Policy Objective 2 (‘A greener, low-carbon Europe’) in each MS/category of regions, covering investments in i.a. biodiversity, green infrastructure and pollution reduction. Investments could include ecosystem approaches as well as preserving and protecting the environment.

·ERDF Interreg could finance cooperation across borders to jointly tackle common challenges and find shared solutions in fields i.a. environment (e.g. restoration projects). For cross-border cooperation, transnational cooperation and outermost regions’ cooperation, 60 % of EU resources in programmes shall be allocated to at least 3 policy objectives, including Policy Objective 2 which is compulsory.

·CF supports Policy Objective 2, and may contribute to the thematic concentration requirement for the ERDF allocation. MS whose GNI per capita is less than 90 % of the EU average are eligible.

·ERDF and CF could also finance technical assistance.

·ERDF and CF are implemented under shared management. Each MS prepares at national level a Partnership Agreement, including strategy, need, complementarity with other EU instruments and priorities to be supported by the funds, that is then implemented through programmes.

·ERDF: grants/financial instruments; maximum co-financing rate from 40 % to 85 % depending on the category of regions.

·ERDF Interreg: co-financing up to 80 % (85 % for outermost regions)

·CF: co-financing up to 85 %.

·Beneficiaries: MS, private sector organisations, universities, associations, NGOs, civil organisations, etc.

Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument - Global Europe (NDICI - Global Europe)

Interreg Pre-Accession Assistance (PA) III

NDICI: 6 209.7

Interreg PA III: 438.5

·Transboundary restoration projects

·Transboundary cooperation

·Transboundary knowledge exchange

·NDICI could facilitate cooperation, knowledge exchange and finance for the restoration of ecosystems that extend to non-EU countries, with benefits in return for the EU

·The first pillar of NDICI (geographical, including climate and environmental objectives) has potential to contribute to restoration. An EU Delegation, in close consultation with EUMS (Team Europe Initiative) and the local Authorities, draft country MIPs (Multiannual Indicative Programmes). Restoration projects could be added once the MIPs are adopted, considering they remain flexible.

·It is unlikely that the second pillar (thematic liked to SDGs and global challenges) would contribute to restoration, unless there is a clear global initiative.

·The third pillar (rapid response) can contribute in case of an emerging opportunity or need in terms of nature restoration in a third country, to which the EU could take a strong policy stance to influence decisions.

·Restoration could furthermore be stimulated under Regional Programmes managed by INTPA, e.g. to restore the Amazon Basin.

·Technical Assistance and Information exchange (TAIEX) could also be relevant for knowledge exchange between COM, MS and a third country in the context of transboundary restoration (workshops, missions and study visits).

·The budget line on Overseas Countries and Territories (OCT) could also be relevant for restoration.

·Interreg PA III can also be relevant. The draft regulation states that actions under this Regulation should, whenever possible, mainstream environmental sustainability and climate change objectives across all sectors with particular attention to environmental protection and tackling cross-border pollution. While it does not mention restoration explicitly, it could support restoration projects of ecosystems that extend to non-EU countries (Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Kosovo, Montenegro, North Macedonia, Serbia, and Turkey), supporting cooperation between candidate countries, potential candidate countries and EU Member States, to contribute in their accession preparations.

·Grant, Service Contracts, blending

·Beneficiaries: third countries/regions bordering the EU

Horizon Europe

6 042.0

·Capacity/knowledge building

·Horizon’s first strategic plan 2021-2024 sets out i.a. the following strategic orientation: Restoring Europe's ecosystems and biodiversity, and managing sustainably natural resources.

·The priority area of ‘societal challenges – supporting research that addresses major social, environmental and economic issues and challenges’ could support research activities underpinning the deployment of restoration projects (e.g. scientific research on ecological processes, development of tools for mapping and assessment).

·Cluster 6 (Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment) includes a number of research areas related to biodiversity and nature protection, where calls will be launched in 2021-2 under the first work programme that can build the foundation or a future legal instrument. Also there will be a specific biodiversity focuses partnership, which will be launched this year.

·The priority area of ‘excellent science – aiming to boost top level research in the EU’ could help to strengthen the capacity, skills, infrastructure and basic science underpinning restoration research.

·Beneficiaries can respond to calls for proposals/ tenders.

·Grants and procurement financing

·Beneficiaries: typically consortia including universities, research institutes and businesses

European Space Programme: Copernicus

930.0

·Monitoring

·Drawing from satellite Earth Observation and in-situ (non-space) data, the service component of Copernicus could be used to help monitor indicators of ecosystem condition i.a. across the areas of land, marine, atmosphere and climate change.

·It supports applications i.a. on environment protection, management of urban areas, regional and local planning, agriculture, forestry and fisheries.

·N.a.

·Beneficiaries: MS

Programme for the Environment and Climate Action (LIFE)

(2021-22) 966.5

·Restoration projects

·Capacity/knowledge building (e.g. testing innovative solutions)

·LIFE could fund restoration projects, in particular those supporting the BHD, N2000, IAS Regulation, BDS2030 and Green Deal.

·LIFE also offers technical assistance.

·Beneficiaries can submit restoration proposals.

·The EU LIFE Programme has been the EU’s top funder for the restoration projects in a study by UNEP-WCMC, FFI and ELP, funding 76 % of the projects and accounting for 48 % of all funding for restoration in Europe.

·Grants, blending, prizes.

·Beneficiaries: Public and private sector bodies and civil society organisations

European Maritime Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund (EMFAF)

·Restoration projects (marine and rivers)

·Capacity/knowledge building

·EMFAF could fund marine and inland (river) water restoration projects, both inside and outside N2000, in support of the priorities of i.a. (1) fostering sustainable fisheries and the conservation of marine biological resources; and (2) strengthening international ocean governance and enabling safe, secure, clean and sustainably managed seas and oceans.

·Under shared management, EMFAF is managed jointly by COM and MS and is implemented through national programmes prepared by MS managing authorities, where they outline their choices for fulfilling the objectives of the fund and identify actions in line with their national strategy. Under direct management, beneficiaries can respond to calls for proposals, including by CINEA, based on work programmes set out annually by the Commission.

·In addition, under direct management, the EMFAF will support voluntary contributions to international organisations and technical assistance.

·Co-financing

·Beneficiaries: MS, who can finance project submissions to calls for proposals

·Grants and tenders

·Beneficiaries: Public and private sector bodies and civil society organisations

European Social Fund (ESF) +

·Capacity/knowledge building

·

·ESF could indirectly contribute to restoration by co-financing projects to equip people with the skills to contribute to restoration projects.

·It is unlikely that substantial amounts of funds will be made available for biodiversity, let alone restoration.

·Grants

·Beneficiaries: MS

Just Transition Fund (JTF)

·Restoration projects (e.g. peatlands)

·Capacity/knowledge building

·The first pillars of the Just Transition Mechanism is a new Just Transition Fund of €17.5 bn (€7.5 bn from 2021-2027 MFF and 10 bn from the EU Recovery Instrument) to support MS in their green transition.

·JTF may support investments in land recovery action in eligible territories most affected by an economic transition to carbon neutrality by 2050.

·MS need to develop territorial just transition plans including social, economic, and environmental challenges; development needs (incl. environmental rehabilitation); and objectives to be met by 2030.

·JTM could provide technical assistance, e.g. on how to integrate restoration in transition projects.

·MS may, on a voluntary basis, transfer to the JTF additional resources from their national allocations under the ERDF and ESF+.

·The second pillar under JTM, a dedicated InvestEU scheme, will be addressed under the InvestEU item.

·Co-financing according to Cohesion policy rules

·Loans backed by EU guarantees

·Beneficiaries: MS

European Solidarity Corps

·Restoration projects

·Organisations can apply for the European Solidarity Corps funding as a response to calls for proposals by COM to develop restoration projects in which young people (18-30) can participate once approved.

·Young people can do volunteering (2 weeks to 1 year), usually abroad in the Programme or Neighbouring Countries. COM outlines volunteering opportunities.

·Young people can prepare their own Solidarity Projects addressing local challenges such as restoration.

·Grants

·Beneficiaries: young people, MS

InvestEU

·Restoration projects

·InvestEU, including a dedicated scheme linked to the Just Transition Mechanism, is expected to mobilise more than €372 billion of public and private investment through an EU budget guarantee of €26.2 billion that backs the investment of financial partners such as the European Investment Bank (EIB) Group and others.

·It could co-finance and attract private investments for either specific restoration projects or broader projects where restoration is a component.

·See more information in the section on public-private investments.

·Co-finance through loans, guarantees, equity etc., backed by an EU guarantee 

·Beneficiaries: implementing partners with whom the Commission has concluded a guarantee agreement (e.g. EIB, EBRD, national promotional banks)

Technical Support Instrument (TSI)

·Capacity/knowledge building

·Knowledge exchange

·TSI provides tailor-made technical expertise to EU Member States to design and implement reforms in the areas of i.a. climate action (but biodiversity qualifies as well), for example in the drafting of National Restoration Plans.

·MS can once a year submit a request for strategic and legal advice, studies, training and expert visits on the ground.

·Grants (no co-financing needed)

·Beneficiaries: MS

Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF)

·Restoration projects

·RRF could finance restoration projects, or projects with a restoration component. All reforms and investments must be implemented by 2026.

·The preamble of the RRF Regulation states that the Regulation should contribute to mainstreaming biodiversity action in Union policies, and that the instrument should also tackle broader environmental challenges within the Union, i.a. the protection of natural capital and preserving biodiversity. Article 18(4e) states that the RRPs should include a qualitative explanation of how measures contribute to the green transition, including biodiversity, and whether they account for an amount that represents at least 37% of the plan’s total allocation, based on the climate tracking methodology present in Annex IV.   In the climate tracking methodology, biodiversity-related Intervention Fields include 050 on “nature and biodiversity protection, natural heritage and resources, green and blue infrastructure” as well as 049 on the protection, restoration and sustainable use of Natura 2000 sites.

·Based on the 22 adopted Recovery and Resilience Plans, the majority of Member States have shown a strong commitment to biodiversity. Relevant measures include reforms and investments dedicated to restoring degraded ecosystems; implementing sustainable forest management and protecting habitats and species; improving forests’ health and resilience; strengthening the knowledge of natural environment, such as biodiversity monitoring and setting conservation objectives and Natura 2000 management plans. Climate adaptation measures are also included in the plans, and can contribute to biodiversity objectives (e.g. when integrating nature based solutions).

·Combination of loans and grants

·Beneficiaries: MS

Private investments

Recognising that public grants cannot cover all the finance needed to reverse biodiversity loss and to have all EU ecosystems restored by 2050, there is a critical role for private sector grants as well as public and private commercial funding (including green equity and debt or bonds).

Private and/or commercial finance and investment solutions are increasingly considered as an option, as attention for the interrelation between nature, the economy and finance grew significantly over the last years. WEF 113 stated (2021) that over half of global GDP depends on nature and the services it provides. The Independent ‘Dasgupta’ Review on the Economics of Biodiversity 114 (2021) offers another recent case in point, by underlining that our economies, livelihoods and well-being highly depend on nature. The study ‘Indebted to Nature: Exploring biodiversity risks for the Dutch financial sector’ 115 (2020) furthermore demonstrates that the financial sector–through investments in economic activities that depend on ecosystem services–is exposed to considerable material risk as a result of biodiversity loss. This makes the case for investing in nature and biodiversity for risk mitigation and economic resilience purposes. The Task Force on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD) 116 is currently developing a framework for financial institutions and corporates to identify and report on nature-related risks and dependencies.

At the same time awareness is growing that opportunities to invest in nature are huge. According to the World Economic Forum 117 , action for nature-positive transitions at the global level could generate up to US$ 10.1 trillion in annual business value and create 395 million jobs by 2030. Through the Finance for Biodiversity Pledge 118 , a number of financial institutions have committed to share knowledge, engage with companies, assess impacts on biodiversity, set targets and report publicly with the ultimate goal to reverse biodiversity loss in this decade. 

An upcoming field is financing nature-based solutions (NBS) through multiple-benefit business cases where revenue streams come from co-benefits in terms of climate adaptation, health and carbon. The Impact Assessment study by the contractor provides insight in the co-benefits arising from services provided by specific ecosystems (e.g. peatlands offering much potential for carbon storage and sequestration), thereby helping to identify possible revenue streams for restoration.

There is also growing attention for the interrelation between nature, the economy and finance at EU level. The EU Business @ Biodiversity Platform 119 , for example, provides a forum for dialogue and policy interface to discuss the links between business and biodiversity at EU level. It was set up by the European Commission with the aim to work with and help businesses integrate natural capital and biodiversity considerations into business practices. Other initiatives at EU level such as the upcoming Renewed Sustainable Finance Strategy, Green Bond Standard, EU Taxonomy and Non-financial Reporting Directive also contribute to ensure that the financial system supports the transition towards a sustainable economic recovery. 

There are multiple examples of schemes and partnerships that aim at channeling private investments towards biodiversity objectives, such as the Nature+ Accelerator Fund 120 , Rewilding Europe 121 , Commonland 122 , Naturvation 123 , CDC Biodiversité’s offset banking 124  and the Coalition for Private Investment in Conservation 125

UNEP-WCMC, FFI and ELP (2020) studied the funding of ecosystem restoration in Europe 126 , and found the following:

·Between 2010 and 2020, more than EUR 1.2 billion has been committed to over 400 projects, restoring over 11 million hectares of degraded ecosystems across Europe.

·To enable this, more than 200 funders from international bodies (most notably the European Commission), European governments, foundations and the private sector committed more than EUR 847 million in primary funding, with a further EUR 360 million committed as co-funding.

·Over 85 % of the restoration projects focused on terrestrial ecosystems, totalling over EUR 1 billion in project funding, with the majority of projects focusing on terrestrial forests, grasslands and wetlands.

·Over EUR 138 million has been committed to restoring European seas, focusing primarily on coastal marine ecosystems.

·Biodiversity conservation was the focus for 8 out of 10 projects and received nearly 80 % of the known funding. The aims of the remaining projects predominantly reflect climate change-related ambitions, such as mitigation and adaptation.

Whilst the needs and opportunities are clearly on the rise, the overall finance and investment landscape for nature and biodiversity finance and investment remains scattered and overall insufficient to counter negative trends.

The Commission will therefore consolidate and intensify its efforts to mobilise public and private funds and partnerships in support of the objectives set out in the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 and related initiatives such as the Commission Communication on Repair and Prepare for the Next Generation 127 . In line with those strategic orientations, efforts are under way to establish a dedicated ‘EUR 10 billion natural-capital and circular economy investment initiative’ building on InvestEU and taking into consideration lessons learned from other public private funds such as the Natural Capital Financing Facility 128 and the Global Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Fund 129 operated by the EIB Group in cooperation with other public and private investment teams. It will make use of the EUR 9.8 billion guarantee for the Sustainable Infrastructure window (of which 60 % is earmarked for climate and environment targets), EUR 6.5 billion under the Research, Innovation and Digitalization window as well as EUR 6.9 billion under the Small and Medium Businesses window. On top of this, other EU programmes and funds will be tapped from as well as philanthropic institutions would be welcomed to contribute as well with the aim to unlock even more private funds. Note that this initiative under InvestEU is only a small part of the portfolios of EIB Group and other implementing partners, which means that there are potentially many more funds to tap from.

The availability of a pipeline of viable investment proposals (project and corporate investments) will be a critical factor for success. Based on lessons learned from the past, a significant effort is required to ensure the supply of adequate and multi-disciplinary technical assistance. A EUR 50 million green advisory initiative is therefore being established, funded from the LIFE programme. Funds will be used to top-up the InvestEU Advisory Hub that provides advisory services to public and private project promoters, as well as supporting financial and other intermediaries that take care of the implementation of financing and investment operations. Such advisory support includes three components: (1) project advisory for project identification, preparation, financial structuring, establishment of investment platforms and blending facilities; (2) capacity building for strengthening investment readiness and capacity of organisations, environmental and social sustainability impact assessments, procurement and compatibility with state aid rules; and (3) market development for preparatory activities in the form of studies, market assessment for policy development, communication and awareness raising. The LIFE sponsored contribution will be used i.e. to establish and co-finance a roster of green investment experts and other means to promote the development of natural capital assessments that can help identify green investment opportunities for companies, sectors, and regions in the EU (possibly to be extended internationally).

To further encourage and support the mainstreaming of biodiversity among businesses and financial institutions, there is a considerable amount of information and tools available, such as the EIB’s step-by-step guide to invest in nature, B@B’s report ‘Positive Impact Finance for Business & Biodiversity: Opportunities and challenges on scaling projects and innovations for biodiversity by the financial sector’ 130  and SBTN’s ‘Science-based Targets for Nature: Initial Guidance for Business’ 131 .  

All should allow to untap the significant potential for investing in nature restoration, including from private and commercial actors. Success will nevertheless require persistence over time; realistically, it can easily take five years or more to develop a significant pipeline of economically viable projects. The setting of a first batch of legally binding targets for nature restoration across the EU will greatly encourage public and private actors to join efforts in designing and funding viable nature restoration assets and activities that will enhance the resilience of our economies and people depending on it.

Conclusion

While the cost estimates will need to be more precisely calculated, it does provide an indication of how much funding at least needs to be mobilised, namely about EUR 6-8 billion annually until 2030, excluding restoration and maintenance costs for marine, urban and soil ecosystems as well as pollinators. So, the total cost is expected to be higher than this figure.

To reach this amount, a range of sources can be harnessed: First, under the MFF to 2027 100 billion will be available for biodiversity spending, which is equivalent to EUR 14 billion annually, of which a percentage could be used for restoration. Similar amounts could potentially become available under subsequent MFFs, especially if the biodiversity spending target of 10 % is extended.

Second, the ‘EUR 10 billion natural-capital and circular economy investment initiative’ could be used, which is to be partially financed by InvestEU’s sustainable infrastructure window of EUR 9.8 billion, of which 60 % is earmarked for climate and environmental targets. Parts of the guarantees under this facility could be employed as well as mobilise additional funds from private sources. The Research, Innovation and Digitalization window (EUR 6.5 billion) and Small and Medium Businesses window (EUR 6.9 billion) could also be tapped into, in addition to other funds from EIB Group and other implementing partners. To do so coherently, MS could stimulate and/or partner up with private entities to submit project proposals that benefit restoration.

Third, market-based instruments could be promoted to help cover costs of restoration and to prevent deterioration, for example fiscal approaches, payments for ecosystem services, result-based payment schemes, etc.

Lastly, national budgets could cover any outstanding costs. The revised  Guidelines on State aid for environmental protection and energy (CEEAG) 132  and the revision of  Commission Regulation (EU) No 651/2014 declaring certain categories of aid compatible with the internal market in application of Articles 107 and 108 of the Treaty (block exemption Regulation) 133  will allow Member States to grant state aid based on the investment costs for restoration, decontamination and biodiversity improvement works including protection/maintenance. Specifically, the guidelines state that investments may qualify if they lead to i.a. (a) the remediation of environmental damage; (b) the rehabilitation of natural habitats and ecosystems; (c) the protection or restoration of biodiversity and (d) the implementation of nature-based solutions for climate change adaptation and mitigation. If an investment does not fulfil the criteria for falling under the block exemption Regulation, the State aid would have to be notified to the Commission and analysed further before it could be approved. The aid may cover 100 % of the eligible costs minus the increase in the value of the land. The limit for funding individual restoration projects without notification is EUR 20 million per project. Above this amount, Member States will need to notify the investment to the Commission. State aid, however, cannot be granted to cover forgone income of economic operators, as the amount of the aid is calculated on the basis of the costs of the restoration project. Something else to keep in mind is that if the land or marine area is not used to conduct economic activities, support for its restoration projects would in principle fall outside the framework for state aid, as the notion of aid applies to support that benefits an economic activity.

In sum, while these figures provide order of magnitude estimates only, it supports the idea that there is a variety of sources of funding available to finance the costs for restoration, maintenance (including compensation) and enabling measures. In theory there is sufficient funding available, however, it depends on the priorities and actions of Member States and the EU whether these funds will be channeled towards ecosystem restoration. It can be expected that a legally binding instrument will contribute to this significantly.

(1)

  https://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/2021-commission-work-programme-key-documents_en .

(2)

  https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12596-Protecting-biodiversity-nature-restoration-targets-under-EU-biodiversity-strategy_en .

(3)

  MAES report (2020).

(4)

  https://www.eea.europa.eu/publications/state-of-nature-in-the-eu-2020 .

(5)

  https://ipbes.net/assessment-reports/eca .

(6)

  Tucker et al., Estimation of the financing needs to implement Target 2 of the EU Biodiversity Strategy, 2013.

(7)

To be published in 2022.

(8)

Trinomics B.V. (2021) Support to the evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020, and follow-up: Final study report (Publications Office of the EU, 2022). For a summary of main relevant findings: see Annex IX. Commission Report on the evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 due in 2022.

(9)

Eftec et al., Technical Support in Relation to the Promotion of Ecosystem Restoration in the Context of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 , Summary Report, European Commission, Directorate General Environment, January 2017.

(10)

  The EU biodiversity objectives and the labour market: benefits and identification of skill gaps in the current workforce , European Commission, 2012.

(11)

  The Health and Social Benefits of Nature and Biodiversity Protection, IEEP, 2012.

(12)

  Natura 2000 Cultural heritage.

(13)

See footnote 3.

(14)

Ecosystem resilience for mitigation of natural disasters , Nordic Council of Ministers, August 2017.

(15)

See the following resources for more information: Valuing nature’s contributions to people: the IPBES approach - ScienceDirect ; EUNCA_SynthReport_4_2_CSERGE_Year2_190115_sent.pdf (europa.eu) ; The IPBES Preliminary Guide on Multiple Values of Nature (aboutvalues.net)

(16)

Tucker, Graham; Underwood, Evelyn; Farmer, Andrew; Scalera, Riccardo; Dickie, Ian; McConville, Andrew; van Vliet, Wilbert. (2013) Estimation of the financing needs to implement Target 2 of the EU Biodiversity Strategy. Report to the European Commission. Institute for European Environmental Policy, London. https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/biodiversity/comm2006/pdf/2020/Fin%20Target%202.pdf

(17)

Maskell L, Jarvis S, Jones L, Garbutt A and Dickie I (2014) Restoration of natural capital: review of evidence. Report to the Natural Capital Committee, UK. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/517024/ncc-research-restoration-natural-capital-review.pdf

(18)

The percentages between brackets represent an alternative (slower) rate of restoration. See explanation in section 6.3.

(19)

As peatland species are well covered as regards their habitat, this target focuses particularly on species of marshlands and coastal wetlands.

(20)

This is related to the target in step 1 which requires Member States to develop inventories of barriers to longitudinal and lateral connectivity of rivers and a detailed plan of which barriers will be removed, with a view to achieving free-flowing status where possible and necessary to restore the habitats depending on such connectivity. This will contribute to achieving the voluntary target of the BDS2030 of 25 000 km of free flowing rivers. As part of step 2, a more exact approach to setting a numerical target on free-flowing rivers, including lateral and longitudinal aspects, would be developed.

(21)

It is important to bear in mind the long time periods to restore certain marine ecosystems, thus this proposed target is based on putting necessary measures into place by 2030 and with the aim of arriving at good condition beyond 2030.

(22)

See for example: EEA (2020) Management effectiveness in the EU's Natura 2000 network of protected areas. Available at: https://www.eea.europa.eu/publications/management-effectiveness-in-the-eus  

(23)

European Commission webpage on financing Natura 2000: https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/natura2000/financing/index_en.htm

(24)

See for example Olmeda C. et al for the European Commission (2016) Integration of Natura 2000 and biodiversity into EU funding. Available at: https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/natura2000/financing/docs/Natura2000_integration_into_EU %20funds.pdf  

(25)

 European Commission (2019) COM(2019) 95 final on the implementation of the Water Framework Directive (2000/60/EC) and the Floods Directive (2007/60/EC). Second River Basin Management Plans and First Flood Risk Management Plans. Available at: https://ec.europa.eu/environment/water/water-framework/impl_reports.htm   

(26)

European Commission (2019) SWD(2019) 439 final on the Fitness Check of the Fitness Check of the

Water Framework Directive, Groundwater Directive, Environmental Quality Standards Directive and Floods Directive. Available at: https://ec.europa.eu/environment/water/fitness_check_of_the_eu_water_legislation/index_en.htm  

(27)

E.g. Schmidt G. & Rogger M. for Living Rivers Europe (2021) The final sprint for Europe’s rivers. Available at: https://wwfeu.awsassets.panda.org/downloads/wwf_the_final_sprint_for_rivers_full_report_june_2021_1.pdf

(28)

European Commission press release of 25 June 2020 ‘More protection for our seas and oceans is needed, report finds’. Available at: https://ec.europa.eu/environment/news/more-protection-our-seas-and-oceans-needed-report-finds-2020-06-25_en  

(29)

 eftec et al., (2017) Technical support in relation to the promotion of ecosystem restoration in the context of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020. Available at: https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/pdf/promotion_of_ecosystem_restoration_in_the_context_of_the_EU_biodiversity_strategy_report%20.zip  

(30)

Available at: https://www.eea.europa.eu/themes/biodiversity/state-of-nature-in-the-eu/explore-nature-reporting-data

(31)

UN Department of Economic and Social Affairs (2018) 2018 Revision of World Urbanization Prospects. Available at: https://population.un.org/wup/  

(32)

European Commission Spring 2021 Economic Forecast: https://ec.europa.eu/info/business-economy-euro/economic-performance-and-forecasts/economic-forecasts/spring-2021-economic-forecast_en

(33)

OECD (2021) EA and EU Economic Snapshot - Economic Forecast Summary (May 2021). Part of OECD Global Economic Outlook. Available at: https://www.oecd.org/economy/euro-area-and-european-union-economic-snapshot/  

(34)

For example, in relation to food and farming, see: European Commission (2021) EU agricultural outlook for markets, income and environment. Available at: https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/food-farming-fisheries/farming/documents/agricultural-outlook-2020-report_en.pdf  

(35)

Section 4.1 of the chapter on cross-cutting ecosystem assessments deals specifically with climate change. Maes, J et al (2020) Mapping and Assessment of Ecosystems and their Services: An EU ecosystem assessment. Available at: https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC120383

(36)

EEA (2019a) ‘Heavy precipitation in Europe. Available at: https://www.eea.europa.eu/data-and-maps/indicators/precipitation-extremes-in-europe-3/assessment-1. Accessed: 29 April 2021.

(37)

 EEA (2019b) Meteorological and hydrological droughts in Europe. Available at: https://www.eea.europa.eu/data-and-maps/indicators/river-flow-drought-3/assessment  

(38)

UN CBD (2020) Updated zero draft of the post-2020 Global Biodiversity Framework: https://www.cbd.int/article/zero-draft-update-august-2020  

(39)

Legislative train schedule for the ‘Fit for 55 Package under the European Green Deal’: https://www.europarl.europa.eu/legislative-train/theme-a-european-green-deal/package-fit-for-55  

(40)

 European Commission (2020) SWD(2020) 176 final with the Impact Assessment accompanying the Communication on Stepping up Europe’s 2030 climate ambition. Available at: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52020SC0176  

(41)

European Commission Better Regulation initiative ‘Land use, land use change & forestry – review of EU rules’: https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12657-Land-use-land-use-change-&-forestry-review-of-EU-rules_en  

(42)

European Commission (2021) 609 final with the Impact Assessment report accompanying the proposal to amend Regulations (EU) 2018/841 as regards the scope, simplifying the compliance rules, setting out the targets of the Member States for 2030 and committing to the collective achievement of climate neutrality by 2035 in the land use, forestry and agriculture sector, and (EU) 2018/1999 as regards improvement in monitoring, reporting, tracking of progress and review. Available at: https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/revision-regulation-ghg-land-use-forestry_with-annex_en.pdf

(43)

 Camia et al. (2021), “The use of woody biomass for energy production in the EU” 

(44)

 European Commission web page on the Biodiversity strategy for 2030: https://ec.europa.eu/environment/strategy/biodiversity-strategy-2030_en  

(45)

European Commission web page on the Farm to Fork Strategy: https://ec.europa.eu/food/farm2fork_en  

(46)

European Commission (2021) COM(2021) 400 final - Pathway to a Healthy Planet for All. EU Action Plan: 'Towards Zero Pollution for Air, Water and Soil'. Available at: https://ec.europa.eu/environment/strategy/zero-pollution-action-plan  

(47)

European Commission (2021) COM(2021) 82 final - Forging a climate-resilient Europe - the new EU Strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change. Available at: https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/ip_21_663  

(48)

For example in relation to total allowable catches (TACs), multi-annual plans, landing obligations, technical measures and discard plans.

(49)

Eftec (2017) Technical support in relation to the promotion of ecosystem restoration in the context of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020. Available at: https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/pdf/promotion_of_ecosystem_restoration_in_the_context_of_the_EU_biodiversity_strategy_report%20.zip

(50)

See, for example, Joppa, L. & Pfaff A., High and Far: Biases in the Location of Protected Areas , 2009.

(51)

Alliance Environnement, Evaluation of the impacts of the CAP on habitats, landscapes, biodiversity , Report to the European Commission, 2019.

(52)

  https://www.eea.europa.eu/themes/biodiversity/state-of-nature-in-the-eu/article-17-national-summary-dashboards/condition-of-habitat .

(53)

Costings for EMBAL assume 3 x 25 hectare plots are covered per day, with an average daily cost of EUR 557 for skilled surveyors. If it is assumed that 50 % of surveyor time is spent in the field, this gives an average cost of EUR 15 per hectare.

(54)

Our life insurance, our natural capital: an EU biodiversity strategy to 2020 ( COM/2011/244 final ).

(55)

Trinomics B.V. (2021) Support to the evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020, and follow-up: Final study report (Publications Office of the EU, 2022).

(56)

European Environment Agency, State of Nature in the EU 2020 , European environment — state and outlook 2020  (SOER), 2020.

(57)

  Global Assessment Report on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES). 

(58)

In particular related to land take and use intensification, the over-extraction of biological resources (such as timber and fish), pollution (such as pesticides and nutrients), and the increasing impacts of climate change and invasive alien species. See EU Ecosystem assessment (JRC 2020) .

(59)

See SWD/2021/XXX, Section 3.1. Implementation progress.

(60)

See SWD/2021/XXX, Section 5.1 Effectiveness, 5.1.2. Major achievements and challenges, and underlying factors.

(61)

See SWD/2021/XXX, Section 5.2 Efficiency, 5.2.1. Cost-effectiveness and socio-economic impacts.

(62)

EU Green Infrastructure Strategy (COM/2013/249 final) .

(63)

Review of progress on the implementation of the EU green infrastructure strategy (COM/2019/236 final) .

(64)

See SWD/2021/XXX, Section 5.1 Effectiveness, 5.1.2. Major achievements and challenges, and underlying factors.

(65)

  Fitness Check of the EU Nature Directives .

(66)

EEA Report No 6/2016 European forest ecosystems. State and trends .

(67)

Siuta and Nedelciu, Report on Socio-Economic Benefits of Wetland Restoration in Central and Eastern Europe , a publication by CEEweb for Biodiversity, 2016, Budapest, Hungary.

(68)

Nunes et al., The Social Dimension of Biodiversity Policy: Final Report , 2011.

(69)

 European Environment Agency Report No 21/2019 Healthy environment, healthy lives: how the environment influences health and well-being in Europe .

(70)

ICF et al., The EU biodiversity objectives and the labour market: benefits and identification of skill gaps in the current workforce , 2012.

(71)

European Habitats Forum Detailed Response to the EU Biodiversity Strategy , 2011.

(72)

Tucker et al., Estimation of the financing needs to implement Target 2 of the EU Biodiversity Strategy , Report to the European Commission, Institute for European Environmental Policy, 2013.

(73)

 European Court of Auditors, Special Report no 13/2020 Biodiversity on farmland: CAP contribution has not halted the decline .

(74)

  Guidance on the integration of ecosystems and their services in decision-making .

(75)

The Environmental Liability Directive ( Directive 2004/35/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 on environmental liability with regard to the prevention and remedying of environmental damage ) has de facto equated the Birds Directive objective to the one of the Habitats Directive, as it applies the concept of favourable conservation status (FCS) to birds, too.

(76)

 Birds Directive: EUR-Lex - 32009L0147 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu) , Habitats Directive: EUR-Lex - 01992L0043-20130701 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(77)

Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2000 establishing a framework for Community action in the field of water policy EUR-Lex - 32000L0060 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(78)

 Directive 2008/56/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 June 2008 establishing a framework for community action in the field of marine environmental policy EUR-Lex - 32008L0056 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(79)

Directive 2014/89/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 July 2014 establishing a framework for maritime spatial planning EUR-Lex - 32014L0089 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(80)

 Directive 2007/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2007 on the assessment and management of flood risks EUR-Lex - 32007L0060 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(81)

Regulation (EU) 2018/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2018 on the Governance of the Energy Union and Climate Action EUR-Lex - 32018R1999 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(82)

Directive 2011/92/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on the assessment of the effects of certain public and private projects on the environment EUR-Lex - 32011L0092 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(83)

 Assessment of the certain effects of plans and programmes on the environment Directive 2001/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the C... - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(84)

 Council Regulation (EC) No 1100/2007 of 18 September 2007 establishing measures for the recovery of the stock of European eel EUR-Lex - 32007R1100 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(85)

  Common fisheries policy (CFP) (europa.eu)

(86)

 Directive 2004/35/CE of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 on environmental liability with regard to the prevention and remedying of environmental damage  CL2004L0035EN0040010.0001.3bi_cp 1..1 (europa.eu)

(87)

Decision of the European Parliament and of the Council on a General Union Environment Action Programme to 2030. 8EAP-draft.pdf (europa.eu)

(88)

  EU taxonomy for sustainable activities | European Commission (europa.eu)  EU Taxonomy Climate Delegated Act: EUR-Lex - C(2021)2800 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(89)

 Case studies and recommendations: Public procurement of nature-based solutions - Publications Office of the EU (europa.eu)

(90)

 Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2014 on the prevention and management of the introduction and spread of invasive alien species EUR-Lex - 32014R1143 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(91)

Directive (EU) 2016/2284 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 December 2016 on the reduction of national emissions of certain atmospheric pollutants, amending Directive 2003/35/EC and repealing Directive 2001/81/EC EUR-Lex - 32016L2284 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(92)

  Proposal for a regulation on deforestation-free products (europa.eu) , 17 November 2021

(93)

  A European Green Deal | European Commission (europa.eu)

(94)

Report from the Commission to the European Parliament and the Council the mid-term review of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 EUR-Lex - 52015DC0478 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu) ; Trinomics B.V. (2021) Support to the evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020, and follow-up: Final study report (Publications Office of the EU, 2022) (For a summary of main relevant findings: see Annex IX). The Commission Report on the evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 due in April 2022.

(95)

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 Bringing nature back into our lives (20 May 2020) . EUR-Lex - 52020DC0380 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(96)

 A Farm to Fork Strategy for a fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food system COM/2020/381 final (20 May 2020)  EUR-Lex - 52020DC0381 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(97)

 Pathway to a Healthy Planet for All EU Action Plan: 'Towards Zero Pollution for Air, Water and Soil' (12 May 2021) EUR-Lex - 52021DC0400 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(98)

 A new Circular Economy Action Plan For a cleaner and more competitive Europe (11 March 2020) EUR-Lex - 52020DC0098 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(99)

Chemicals Strategy for Sustainability Towards a Toxic-Free Environment (14 October 2020) Strategy.pdf (europa.eu)

(100)

Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (6 May 2013)   EUR-Lex - 52013DC0249 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(101)

 EU Pollinators Initiative (1 June 2018)  EUR-Lex - 52018DC0395 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(102)

Forging a climate-resilient Europe - the new EU Strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change (24 February 2021) EUR-Lex - 52021DC0082 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(103)

 EU Soil Strategy for 2030 Reaping the benefits of healthy soils for people, food, nature and climate (17 November 2021)  EUR-Lex - 52021DC0699 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(104)

 New EU Forest Strategy for 2030 (16 July 2021) EUR-Lex - 52021DC0572 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)

(105)

Guidance on the selection and prioritisation of species and habitats for priority actions to ensure that at least 30% of species and habitats not currently in favourable status are in that category by 2030, or at least show a strong positive trend, June 2021. link: https://circabc.europa.eu/ui/group/fcb355ee-7434-4448-a53d5dc5d1dac678/library/4d8f2f91-7708-4ed2-ba0e-e7a945a6d56a/details

(106)

SWD(2022) 23 final

(107)

  Guidance on Barrier Removal for River Restoration (europa.eu) , 21 December 2021

(108)

  JRC Publications Repository - The use of woody biomass for energy production in the EU (europa.eu) , 2020

(109)

  Technical support in relation to the promotion of ecosystem restoration in the context of the EU biodiversity strategy to 2020, Final Report .

(110)

  SWD/2019/184 final.

(111)

  Publikationsdetail Strategischer Rahmen für eine Priorisierung zur Wiederherstellung von Ökosystemen auf nationalem und subnationalem Niveau, (umweltbundesamt.at) .

(112)

  Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092.

(113)

  New Nature Economy Report.

(114)

  Final Report - The Economics of Biodiversity: The Dasgupta Review .

(115)

  https://www.dnb.nl/en/actueel/dnb/dnbulletin-2020/indebted-to-nature/ .

(116)

  https://tnfd.info/ .

(117)

World Economic Forum, New Nature Economy Report II: The Future of Nature and Business , 14 July 2020.

(118)

  https://www.financeforbiodiversity.org/about-the-pledge/

(119)

  https://ec.europa.eu/environment/biodiversity/business/index_en.htm

(120)

  Nature + Accelerator Fund. An innovative and scalable market strategy for Nature-based Solutions .

(121)

  https://rewildingeurope.com/ .

(122)

  https://www.commonland.com/ .

(123)

  https://naturvation.eu/ .

(124)

  https://www.cdc-biodiversite.fr/la-compensation-ecologique/recourir-a-un-site-naturel-de-compensation/ .

(125)

  http://cpicfinance.com/ .

(126)

UNEP-WCMC, FFI and ELP, A summary of trends and recommendations to inform practitioners, policymakers and funders, 2020.

(127)

Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the European Council, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committe and the Committee of the Regions Europe's Moment: Repair and Prepare for the Next Generation, COM/2020/456 final .

(128)

  Natural Capital Financing Facility. Boosting investment for biodiversity and nature-based adaptation to climate .

(129)

  https://www.eib.org/en/products/equity/funds/geeref

(130)

  https://ec.europa.eu/environment/biodiversity/business/assets/pdf/Positive_Impact_Finance-EU_Business_Biodiversity_Platform_2018.pdf

(131)

  https://sciencebasedtargetsnetwork.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/Science-Based-Targets-for-Nature-Initial-Guidance-for-Business.pdf

(132)

Communication from the Commission – Guidelines on State aid for climate, environmental protection and energy 2022 , C/2022/481.

(133)

  https://ec.europa.eu/competition-policy/state-aid/legislation/regulations_en  

Top

ANNEX II: Stakeholder Consultation Synopsis Report

1.Introduction and overview of the consultations carried out

2.Summary of Consultation Results

2.1.Inception Impact Assessment

2.2.Online public consultation

2.3.Consultation workshops

2.4.Ad hoc contributions



1.Introduction and overview of the consultations carried out

The scope of the consultation activities, as outlined in the Consultation Strategy for this impact assessment, related closely to the initiative’s policy objective to restore degraded ecosystems in the EU. The objective of the stakeholder consultations was twofold, namely to:

-Gather views, experiences, evidence and data from a wide range of stakeholders, particularly on topics where available evidence was scarce, and

-Test and validate existing analysis and preliminary findings to ensure that the impact assessment is informed by stakeholders and responds to their needs.

The main stakeholder groups consulted (based on a preliminary mapping in the consultation strategy) were Member States’ authorities in charge of biodiversity, environment and other relevant policy areas at the national and sub-national level; umbrella sector organisations, groups and stakeholders; non-governmental organisations; academia and research organisations as well as the general public. The online public consultation provided an opportunity for any interested stakeholders or citizens to contribute with views and information.

Information about consultations on this initiative was provided via the dedicated page on the Commission’s biodiversity website 1 and the DG ENV twitter account 2 ).

The main consultation activities were:

1.Publication of Inception Impact Assessment 3  (4 November – 2 December 2020);

2.An online public consultation 4  (12 January - 5 April 2021); 

3.Five online stakeholder workshops in the period November 2020 to September 2021.

Input from the stakeholder consultations was used in the data triangulation for the impact assessment. The main results from the consultations are summarized below.

2.Summary of Consultation Results

2.1.Inception Impact Assessment 

An Inception Impact Assessment was open for public feedback from 4 November to 2 December 2020. A total of 132 responses were received, with the highest response rate from Belgium (24) and Germany (21), as well as fewer responses by stakeholders from most of the EU Member States, as well as several non-EU countries. The share of respondents by different stakeholder groups is presented in  Figure 1 ‑1  below.

Figure 1‑1 Main types of respondents to the Inception Impact Assessment

The feedback received revealed overall broad support for the initiative across NGOs, academia, business, citizens and other organisations. Responses suggested that it should contribute as much as possible to the restoration of protected habitats and species - but also that it should go further to restore ecosystems and species not covered by EU legislation and foster connectivity through ecological corridors and green infrastructure.

Calls were made both for legally binding restoration targets and voluntary approaches (funding, payments for ecosystem services or compensation), as well as for measures to support community-led ecosystem restoration and management, knowledge, monitoring and research into the impacts of restoration. Passive restoration as well as measures to protect restored ecosystems and ensure their non-deterioration and sustainable management were considered essential.

Inputs included suggestions for overarching as well as ecosystem-specific EU targets, as well as examples of restoration actions. Some stakeholders proposed that binding targets should be set for the individual Member States, while most considered that the selection of restoration sites should be done at the national and sub-national level, and that the governance, monitoring and reporting framework should provide for this flexibility.

Organisations across the board stressed the need for policy coherence. While there was support for building synergies between biodiversity and climate objectives, many respondents pointed to trade-offs, whereas biodiversity should be priority for restoration.

Calls were made for a comprehensive impact assessment, stakeholder engagement and a science-based approach in the development of EU restoration targets.

2.2.Online public consultation

The survey on developing EU nature restoration targets was published as part of a joint online public consultation on three related biodiversity policy initiatives:

(i) Evaluation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020,

(ii) Review of the application of the EU Regulation on Invasive Alien Species, and

(iii) Development of binding EU nature restoration targets.

The aim was to avoid a proliferation of consultations and stakeholder fatigue, and to ask related questions together and once. The third part of the survey, related to this impact assessment, contained 8 main questions with multiple-choice answers, including an opt-out option (‘Do not know’), boxes to elaborate in open text and an open question for further feedback or documents.

2.2.1.Respondent profile

A total of 111 842 respondents filled in the questionnaire. 

Figure 2-1 Main stakeholder types (all respondents)

A high number of the responses – 104 471 - were mobilised by the NGO-led campaign #RestoreNature. They provided identical responses, leaving question 1 unanswered. 99.6 % of these responses came from EU citizens or EU-based organisations. When this campaign was isolated, the main stakeholder types among the remaining 7 371 respondents changed as follows:

Figure 2-2 Main stakeholder types (without the #RestoreNature campaign)

Out of the 7 371 responses that were not part of the #RestoreNature campaign (the number of total responses to each question varied as not all respondents answered all questions):

-The overwhelming majority (90 %) came from Poland (6 621 responses). Only one response to the consultation per country was registered for 11 countries. 

-Over half of the respondents who indicated their area of activity selected forestry (55 %), followed with a significant margin by environment (14 %), culture (14 %), agriculture (9 %), education (7 %) and industry (4 %). Forestry was the most represented area of activity for most stakeholder types, including 86 % of trade unions and 82 % of companies/businesses. The environment was most often indicated by NGOs and environmental organisations (51 %). Academic and research institutions indicated equally forestry and the environment (38 % each).

Figure 2‑3 Area of activity of respondents (without #RestoreNature campaign)

-The most common stated stakeholder category was “EU citizen” making up just over three quarters of the respondents (5 634; 76 %), followed by companies/organisations (780; 11 %), public authorities (258; 4 %) and NGOs (181; 2 %). Other organisations represented less than 1 % of responses each. Among public authorities, 71 % were local, 16 % national, 10 % regional and 3 % international.

In summary, the #restorenature campaign mobilized 93,5 % of all survey responses. The overwhelming majority (90 %) of the remaining respondents originated from Poland; and 55 % specified forestry as their main field of activity. Analysis also revealed slightly different wording but similar meaning of qualitative answers provided by these respondents. A brief sub-analysis of responses is presented where such results have been significant.

2.2.2.Results

Quantitative information from the questionnaire responses was analysed using in-house tools of the support study contractor (Trinomics). The methodology is described in detail in the support study report. The sections below present for each question of the survey on the development of EU nature restoration targets:

1)An overview of all quantitative responses;

2)An overview of the responses after isolating those mobilized via the #restorenature campaign, and a breakdown of key diverging responses per sectoral stakeholder type;

3)An overview of responses by Polish forestry stakeholders, where significant;

4)Qualitative inputs to open text survey questions (2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8).

Question 1. The EU Biodiversity Strategy to 2020 set the following target in 2011: “By 2020, ecosystems and their services are maintained and enhanced by establishing green infrastructure and restoring at least 15 % of degraded ecosystems”. While the evaluation of the strategy is ongoing, there is sufficient evidence that the 15 % restoration target has not been achieved. In your view, which of the factors below have undermined the delivery of the target?

No responses were submitted for this question by the respondents associated with the #RestoreNature campaign. The quantitative responses are presented in Figure 2 ‑4 below.

Figure 2‑4 OPC responses to Question 1 (without #RestoreNature campaign)

The majority of stakeholders who ‘completely disagreed’ that the voluntary nature of the target had undermined its delivery were forestry-related (963; 54 %). The majority of stakeholders who ‘fully agreed’ or ‘tended to agree’ that unresolved conflicting land use interests were a factor belonged (in decreasing order) to the forestry, environment and culture sectors. The lowest number of respondents considered that insufficient knowledge and skills had been a barrier. Insufficient funding and conflicting land use interests were the answers most often selected by Polish forestry sector stakeholders (39 % and 41 % responded as ‘tend to agree’, respectively).



Question 2. In order to step up the restoration of degraded ecosystems, the EU should:

Figure 2‑5 OPC responses to Question 2 (including NGO-led campaign responses)

Figure 2‑6 OPC responses to Question 2 (all responses)

Campaign contributions dominated the response to options 2.1-2.4, resulting in 95 % of all respondents fully agreeing that the EU should set legally binding restoration targets.

Figure 2‑6 OPC responses to Question 2 (without #RestoreNature campaign)

Once the campaign answers were excluded, the remaining respondents overwhelmingly rejected the setting of legally binding targets and the provision of guidance for Member States to develop restoration plans. Most respondents who ‘totally disagreed’ with these two options belong to the forestry sector (57 % and 55 % respectively), followed by culture and environment. These stakeholders gave more preference to soft measures: funding, economic incentives, training and awareness raising, research and innovation, as well as to cooperating with EU neighbours to restore cross-border ecosystems (forestry stakeholders gave the majority of positive responses to the latter).

Open text comments pointed to a lack of clarity on how restoration is defined, measured or evaluated, and called for a more uniform and clear definition ((9; 18 %) - all of which EU citizens, Poland) and for financial incentives to areas or countries for ecosystem restoration. Respondents also pointed to sustainable forestry management as a way to restore degraded ecosystems (9; 18 % - 8 EU citizens, 1 %).

 

Question 3. To what extent should the following criteria guide the setting of priorities for restoration?

Figure 2‑7 OPC responses to Question 3 (all responses)

Campaign responses were given to every question except on ‘benefits to society’. ‘High priority’ was given to improving the health of ecosystems, the connectivity of natural areas and the resilience of ecosystems, to climate change mitigation and adaptation, disaster risk reduction, pollination and fish stock maintenance. Moderate priority was given to water purification, water quantity regulation, air quality regulation and human health. Options on nutrient cycling; soil fertility; gene pool maintenance; pest and disease control; multi-functionality; cost-effectiveness; and other criteria were given ‘low priority’ in a significantly higher proportion than the answers to the same question without campaign responses, as highlighted in Figure 2 ‑8 below.

Figure 2‑8 OPC responses to Question 3 (excluding responses submitted via the #restorenature campaign)

More than half of the respondents considered that all the criteria listed under question 3 should either moderately or strongly guide the setting of priorities for restoration. Improving the resilience of ecosystems to climate change and disaster risk reduction were the two criteria judged the most important (respectively by 74 % and 71 %). The least prioritized criteria were improving the health of ecosystems, habitats or species of high biodiversity value, nutrient cycling and soil fertility (with 19 % of respondents giving them low or no priority).

The results on ‘improving the health of ecosystems’ and ‘habitats or species of high biodiversity value’ showed particularly contrasting opinions within stakeholder groups: high priority for 34 % and low for 55 % of forestry actors; high priority for 18 % and low for 9 % of environment actors; and high-priority for 15 % and low for 12 % of culture actors. However, the majority of the responses that were not originating from Poland gave ‘high’ or ‘moderate’ priority to all listed but ‘cost effectiveness’.

Open-text responses suggested further criteria such as sustainable (forest) resource use and circular economy in forest products, the needs and role of local communities, local knowledge and culture and social and economic consideration for local communities.

Question 4. Restoration is the process of assisting the recovery of an ecosystem that has been degraded, damaged, or destroyed. Restoration targets may be set in a number of different ways. They can relate to incremental improvements of ecosystem condition or to reaching good condition; to a percentage of EU area or a specified extent of ecosystems on which restoration activities should take place. The restoration commitments of the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 include such different approaches. In your view, should EU restoration targets be set as (multiple answers possible):

Figure 2‑9 OPC responses to Question 4 (all responses)

The #RestoreNature campaign did not include responses on EU level targets per species/groups of species. A significant proportion of responses were given to ‘other’ (see detail further down).

Figure 2‑10 OPC responses to Question 4 (excluding responses submitted via the #RestoreNature campaign)

While the ranking of the options is clear, none was favoured by a majority of respondents. Forestry-related stakeholders rather favoured a general EU-level target across all ecosystems (40 %) than specific EU targets per species or groups of species (29 %) or specific EU targets per ecosystem or habitat (22 %). Responses that originated from Poland largely favoured ‘other’ (53 %), followed by a general EU target (37 %).

Open text respondents overwhelmingly supported target-setting by the Member States (80 % of open text responses) pointing to local social, historical and cultural knowledge, differences in MS economy and policy structures and biodiversity and ecosystem differences within and between the Member States.

Question 5. Should any of the following ecosystem types be prioritised for restoration in the EU?

Figure 2‑11 OPC responses to Question 5 (all responses)

Six ecosystems that received high percentage of ‘high priority’ responses: forests, heathlands, inland wetlands, freshwater, marine and other (elaborated separately). Conversely, urban ecosystems and sparsely vegetated ecosystems received predominantly ‘low priority’ responses. A high proportion of respondents stated that soil ecosystems should have ‘no priority at all’, and gave no opinion to agroecosystems.

Figure 2‑12 OPC responses to Question 5 (without the #restorenature campaign)